SlideShare a Scribd company logo
SAP CO NOTES


                                     INDEX

PARTICULARS                                                      Page No.
CO Areas and Basic Settings for Controlling                         3
Cost Center Accounting                                              11
Online Reconciliation Leger                                         23
           1. Creation of GL Masters                                25
           2. CO Customization                                      27
           3. FI Customization                                      28
Cross Company Code Postings                                         31
Maintain Overhead structure                                         34
Statically Key Figures (SKF)                                        38
Assessment                                                          42
Internal Orders                                                     46
Budgeting and Availability Control                                  60
Profit Center Accounting                                            64
Integration                                                         76
           1. Transaction Key /Process Key                          77
           2. Valuation Class                                       78
           3. Assignment of accounts                                89
           4. MM Customization                                      90
           5. FI Consultant job in MM                               97
           6. Assignment of Accounts for Automatic Postings(MM     100
                to FI)
           7. FI Consultant job in SD                              115
           8. SD Steps
           9.
Co-Profitability Analysis (CO-PA)                                  120
           1. Data flow in CO-PA                                   120
           2. Customization                                        122
           3. SD End user area                                     126
Report Painter                                                     129
Product Costing                                                    132
            1. Co Consultant Job (Activity based costing)          134
            2. PP Consultant job                                   144
            3. CO End User area                                    146
            4. MM End User area                                    147
            5. PP End user area                                    149
Actual Costing                                                     153
              1. CO Consultant job                                 153
              2. PP consultant area                                167
              3. Asset Accounting area                             174
New General Ledgers (ECC 6 New Features )                          179


                                        1
1. Customization                                                 180
            2. Document Splitting                                            188
Central Excise and Sales Tax                                                 192
             1. Central Excise Customization (Purchase)                      195
             2. Central Excise customization (Sales)                         211
             3. SD End user area                                             217
Financial Statement Version                                                  228
Asset Accounting Area                                                        237
Project Report                                                               238




                                       CONTROLLING (CO)

This is used for internal reporting in Co organizational Hierarchy – Highest node is
controlling area. In FI Highest node is company , Company code

CO AREAS :

1.      Cost Elements Accounting: To update Co records / sub modules cost elements
       are required.

There are two types of cost elements
   1. primary cost elements
   2. Secondary cost Elements

2.     Cost Center Accounting: This is used to view department wise costs.

3.      Internal orders: This is used to view costs for specific task.

       Eg: Vehicle wise running expenses / Petrol expenses, Repairs to that Vehicle,
       Telephone wise expenses production order costs / Exhibition costs.

       Create each vehicle as n order and capture the costs

       Production order:
       Create production order as on internal order and capture the costs.

       Exhibition costs: Sales men salaries , Advertisement discounts to customers
       conveyance. Create a exhibition order

4.     Profit center accounting : This is used to view profitability product wise /
       Division wise / Location wise if business area is not used in FI

5      Product Costing :This is used for valuation if inventories


                                              2
Eg: Finished goods and work in process.
6.        Profitability analysis: This is used to view profitability for number of parameters
          at a time.
          Eg. Sales order wise / Customer wise / Product wise / Plant wise / Sales
          organization wise profitability this is reporting tool



      BASIC SETTINGS FOR CONTROLLING:
      Maintain controlling area

      FI Organization Structure                         CO. Organization Structure

      Company                                                   Controlling
         |                                                             |
      Company code                                                     |
         |                                                             |
      Business area                                             Cost Center

      Scenario – 1

      Company
         |
      Company code                               =              Controlling Area
         |                                                             |
      Business area       ---                                   Cost Center


       (a)Controlling area at company code level, b)Business area will be assigned in cost
     centers.)



      Scenario -2

      Company                                    =              Controlling Area
         |                                                             |
      Company code                                                     |
         |                                                             |
      Business area       ---                                   Cost Center

       (a )Controlling area at company (group) level no. of company codes will have one
     controlling area, b) Business area will be assigned in cost centers.




                                                3
1) When management wants to view number of company codes cost centers data at a
      time – It is not possible in 1st Scenario – It is possible 2nd scenario.

       In report it will ask only one controlling area and not multiple controlling area.

   2) When management wants to view number of cost centers data of company code –
      Directly it is possible in 1st scenario.

       Also it is possible in 2nd Scenario – By creating cost center groups.

       It means 2nd Scenario is more flexible.

MAINTAIN CONTROLLING AREA:

Path : SPRO – Controlling – General controlling – Organization – Maintain
controlling area (Tr.Code is OKKP)

If we go for 1st scenario – company code should be the controlling area.

If we go for 2nd scenario we can use any code for controlling area code.

Double click maintain controlling area.

Select new entries button

Controlling area                      :BIL
Name                                  :controlling area forBIL
Company code to controlling area      : Select controlling area same as company code
Currency type                         : select 10 company code currency.

Once we select 10 company code currency , currency field, Chart of Accounts filed and
Fiscal year variant filed will be updated automatically.

Cost Center standard hierarchy       : BILHIER
Save
Select yes button for the message system to create as a standard hierarchy
Select create request button
Short description             : Co customization for BIL

Press enter
Press enter once again to save in the request.

COST CENTER STANDARD HIERARCHY:
Cost center standard hierarchy : BILHIER
                                      |
Cost centers                   Dept. A                       Dept.B            Dept.C



                                             4
At the time of cost center creation – It will ask under which hierarchy we are creating the
cost centers.

In the report – when we give cost center Dept.A – It gives only Dept.A date. When we
give cost center Dept.B – It gives only Dept.B date.

When we give cost center hierarchy BILHIER – It gives all the cost centers data.




Double click on assignment of company codes folder
Select new entries button
Give the company code : BIL
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Press enter to save in your request
Double click on a activate components / control indicators folder
Select new entries button
Fiscal year             :2007
Cost center             : Select component active
Select active type check box
Order management select component active.
Select profit center accounting check box
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter

MAINTAIN NUMBER RANGES FOR CONTROLLING DOCUMENTS:

              1. CO through posting from FI (Business transaction – COIN

              CO No rang interval for the business transaction –COIN

              FI        Document type                        Co
                        And no.ranges

                                SA                           COIN
                                |                            |
                                01                           |



                                             5
|
                        1-100000                               1-00000
Manual posting F-02                                       Automatic posting

   1. Repost Co line items (Business transaction –RKU3)

   Option 1

   Posting in FI

   Wages A/c            Dr       100000          Dept.A
   Wages A/c            Dr       200000          Dept.B
   Wages A/             Dr       300000          Dept C
     To bank                     600000

   1   FI Document
   1   Co Document – COIN


   Note :Automatic posting is a business transaction

   Option 2

Posting in FI                                    Posting in CO

Wages A/c        Dr     600000            Dept common            Dept A       100000
                                          Dept.common            Dept B       200000
                                          Dept. Common           Dept C       300000

       To Bank          600000            Post Co line item

       2         Documents
        1        FI Document                     No FI document
        1        CO Document –COIN               1 CO Document – RKU3

       Transfer document wise/line item wise
       Total documents generated

            1.        FI Document
            2.        CO Documents

Wages A/c               Dr       600000          Dept Common Dept A 300000
                                                 Dept Common Dept B 200000
                                                 Dept Common Dept C 300000

Rent A/c                Dr       50000           Dept     A



                                                6
To bank                 650000          Repot CO line item

Transfer line item wise

Transfer document wise / Line item wise

Report costs ( Business transactions – RKU1)

This is used when we split the cost center into number of cost centers or transfer for
wrong cost center postings.

No FI document will be generated

CO document only will be generated

Transfer cost element wise (GL Account wise) 01/07/2007 split into Dept A and Dept X

Dept A                                                      Dept X

30/04/2008              400100 Salaries 200000
30/05/2008              400100 Salaries 250000
30/06/2008              400100 Salaries 275000
                                      ----------
                        400100 total 725000                          400100 Salaries 200000

30/04/2008              400101 wages             100000
03/05/2008              400101 wages             150000
30/06/2008              400101 wages             125000
                                                 ----------
         Total 400101                            375000              400101 wages 125000

30/04/2008              400300            Rent   500000
31/05/2008              400300            Rent   50000
30/06/2008              400300            Rent   50000
                                                 --------
                        400300 Total             150000              400300       Rent 40000

Planning primary costs ( Business transaction RKP1)

Planning cost center wise or no. range interval for all the types , budgeting cost center
wise for each cost element.

Path: SPRO- Controlling – General controlling – Organization- Maintain number
ranges for controlling document (T.Code is KANK)

            Controlling area                     : BIL



                                                 7
Select maintain groups button
          From the menu select group – Insert
          Text: Co doc no. range interval for BIL
          From number                       :1
          To number                         :100000
          Enter
          Double click on business transactions COIN
                                                  RKU3
                                                  RKU1
                                                  RKP1
          Select Co.No.range interval for BIL check box
          From the menu select Edit – Assignment element group
          Save
          Ignore the message press enter

          Note :Usage of Version locked authorized person only Eg; Cost Accountant

MAINTAIN VERSIONS:

  Version are nothing but budgets

  Original budgets                   Version 0
  Revised budget                     version 1
  Re revised budget                  Version 2

  We can compare actual with original budget, Revised budget and Re revised budget

  Path: SPRO – Controlling –General controlling – Organization – Maintain
  versions

  Select version 0 (Plant /actual version )
  Double click on settings for each fiscal year folder
  Give the controlling area                   : BIL
  Enter
  Select new entries button
  Fiscal year                                 :2008
  Exchange rate type                          :select B (Bank selling rate)


  Once budgeting is completed at end user are a select version locked – So that no body
  can change budget figures.




                                              8
Select save button or Ctrl+S


   Press enter to save in your request
   Select bank arrow
   Planning is made attend user area after planning’s completed we select version locked
   check box , no body can change planned figures.



   COST ELEMENT ACCOUNTING:

   To update CO records / sub modules cost elements are required

   There are 2 types of cost elements

1. Primary cost element                               2 Secondary cost elements
A)Primary cost elements are our general        A)Secondary cost elements are other than
ledger accounts                                general ledger accounts
B) Posting to primary cost elements are        B) Postings to secondary cost elements are
possiable                                      not possible. They are used to allocations /
                                               Settlements

                                           Dept C                Dept A         Dept B
                                           (Service Dept)        (Production Depts)
                                           Salaries              100000
                                           Wages                 200000
                                           Power                 5000
                                           In the month end, by using secondary cost
                                           element, we allocate costs from service to
                                           production Depts.

COST ELEMENT CATEGORIES


PRIMARY COST ELEMENT CATEGORIES:
1.  Primary cost / costs redacting revenues. This used for expenditure accounts
 3. Accrual / Deferral per surcharge :This is used for month end provisions only in
    CO
11. Revenues: This is used for income accounts
12. Sales Deduction: This is used for expenditure accounts like sales commission
    Trade discount where CO-Profitability analysis module is activated
22. External settlement( Settlement from CO – FI): This is used for allocation of
    internal order settlement to GL Accounts / Assets.




                                           9
SECONDARY COST ELEMENT CATEGORIES:

21.       Internal settlement (Settlement from CO to CO) This is used for allocation of
          internal order settlement cost to cost centers.
31.      Order/ Project Results analysis: This is used for work in process calculations is
         product costing.
41.      Overheads rates :This is used for calculation of raw material overhead rate /
         Production overhead rate in product costing .
42.      Assessment: This is used for allocation of primary cost element posing and
         secondary cost postings from one cost center to other cost centers.
43.      Internal Activity Allocation: This is used for calculation of activity types in
         production cost.
         Eg: Machine hours rate / labour hour rate in product costing.


                             COST CENTER ACCOUNTING

This is used to view department wise costs we use cost center accounting.
   1. Creation of primary cost elements, we can create
        A) FI Area                   |
        B)CO Area                    |- Co Area
        C)Automatic creation         |

      2. Display cost elements created
      3. Creation of filed status group by making cost center required entry field
      4. Assign new filed status group in GL expenditure accounts
      5. Creation of cost centers.
      6. Creation of cost center groups.
      7. Creation of cost element groups
      8. To enter exchange rate for type M for INR to Euro
      9. Posting of transaction in FI
      10. To view cost center wise report.
      11. To view CO documents

      1. A) Creation of primary cost element at FI area
         Use to FS00 – GL masters creation
         Give the GL account number : 400100 Salaries Account
         Company code                  : BIL
         Form the menu select GL Account display
         Now select edit cost element button
         Valid from date               :01.04.2008
         To date                       :31.12.9999 comes automatically
         Enter
         Cost element category         : Select 1 (Primary cost / cost reducing revenues)
         Select save button or Ctrl+S




                                              10
1. B) Creation of Primary cost element at CO area:
      Use transaction code FS00

      Path: Accounting- Controlling- Cost element accounting-Master data-Cost
      element –Individual processing-Create primary (Tr.code KA01 )

      Cost element          : 400300 Rent Account
      Valid from            :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
      Enter
      Cost element category        :1 (primary cost /cost reducing revenue)
      Save

          1. C) Automatic creation of primary cost elements:

   1) Marked default settings (OKB2)

path : SPRO-Controlling-Cost element accounting-Master data – Cost elements –
Automatic creation primary and secondary cost elements-Make default
settings.(Tr.code is OKB2)

      Give the chart of Accounts : BIL
      Enter
      Account from            :400301
      Account to              :499999
      Cost element category select 1
      Save
      Press enter to save in your request

      Create batch input session (OKB3)
      Same path as above
      Give the controlling area     : BIL
      Valid from                    :01.04.2008
      Valid to                      :31.12.1999
      Session name                  :BIL (This is text field)
      Execute

      Execute batch input session (Tr code is SM35)

      Same path as above
      Select session name           : BIL
      Select process button
      Select session                :BIL


                                            11
Select display errors only radio button
Select process button
We get a message processing of batch input session completed.
Ignore the message & select exit batch input button




Display primary cost elements created (KA03)

Path: Accounting-Controlling-Cost element accounting-Mater data-Cost
element –Individual processing – Display- (Tr code is KA03)

Select drop down button beside cost element
Give the Controlling area : BIL
Enter

Creation of field status group by making cost center required entry field:
(Tr.Code is OBC4)

Select field status variant: BIL
Double click on filed status groups folder

100000 equity share capital G001       We can’t make cost center required for
                                       balance sheet accounts

400100 Salaries Account                G001
                                       For G004 we make cost center required and
                                       assign in salaries account (i.e in expenditure
                                       accounts)

Double click on field status group G004 cost accounts
Double click on General data
Text make it required entry field
Select next group button
Cost center select required entry filed
Select next page or page down button two times.
Business area make it option entry filed
Save

Press enter to save in your request



                                      12
Assign group new field group in GL expenditure accounts (FS00)

Give the GL account 400100 salaries account
Company code                         :BIL
From the menu select GL account change select create / Bank / Interest tab
Filed status group change to G004
Save
Give the GL Account No.400300 Rent A/c
Company code                         :BIL
From the menu select GL account change
Change field status group to G004
Save

Creation of cost centers:

Path: Accounting-Controlling-Cost center accounting-Master data-Cost center-
Individual processing-create (Tr.code is KS01)

Cost center                          : Dept A
Valid from                           :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Enter
Give the name                        : Dept A
Give the description                 : Dept A
Person responsible                   :Mr.A
Cost center category                 : Select 1 production
Hierarchy area                       : select BILHIER
Business area                        :BILH
Currency                             :INR
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Ignore the warning message press enter
One more cost center                 : Dept B
Valid from                           :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Reference cost center                : Dept A



                                    13
Controlling area                      : BIL
       Enter
       Change the name to Dept B
       Change the description to cost center Dept B
       Change the person responsible         : Mr B
       Other fields are common
       Select save button
       Ignore the warning message press enter
       Cost center                           : Dept C
       Valid from                            :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
       Reference cost center                 : Dept A
       Controlling area                      : BIL
       Enter
       Change the name to                    : Dept C
       Change the description to cost center : Dept C
       Change person responsible to Mr.C
       Cost center category                  : Select to 2 (service cost center)
       Select save button or Ctrl+s
       Ignore the warning message press enter

       Creation cost center groups:
       Hierarchy                        : BILHIER
       Cost centers    Dept A Dept B Dept C Dept X          Dept Y    Dept Z
       Category        Production Prod Service   Production Production Service
       Business Area    HYD      HYD     HYD     BGL       BGL       BGL

       If we want to see all cost centers data – BILHIER

If we want to see production cost centers data – Create a cost center group and assign
Dept A . Dept B, Dept X and Dept Y.

If we want to see HYD cost centers data cost – cost center group and assign Dept A, Dept
b and Dept C

If we want so settled production cost centers data – create A cost center group and assign
Dept A and Dept B




                                            14
Path : Accounting – Controlling – Cost center accounting – Master data- Cost center
group – Create (Tr.code is KSH1)

Give the cost center name     : BILHYD PROD
Enter
Description Hyderabad production cost centers BIL
Select Edit    Cost Center       Insert cost center button
Select the cost centers Dept A
                       Dept B
Save

Creation of cost Element group:

FI : Account groups Personnel cost               CO:Dept wise personal cost or
                                                 Administration

400100 salaries                                  Create cost element group personnel and
                                                 assign 400100 -400199
400101 Wages

400102 Bonus

400103 Staff welfare and Administration          Create cost element group administration
                                                 and assign 400300-400399
400300 Rent
400301 Telephone exp
400302 Petrol exp                                In the report center Dept A Dept C
                                                 Or
                                                 Cost center GRP
                                                 Cost element
                                                 Or
                                                 Cost element GRP personnel
                                                 administration

 Path: Accounting –Controlling-Cost center accounting-Master data-Cost element
group –Create (Transaction code: KAH1)

Cost element group name : BILADMIN
Enter
Description : Administration expenses for BIL
Select insert cost element button (Shift+F4) (Edit –Cost element –Insert cost element)
From 400300 to 400399


                                               15
Save

To enter exchange rate for type M for INR to EURO (Tr.Code is OB08)

Select new entries button
Exchange rate type             : M (Average rate)
Valid from                     :01.10.2008
From currency                  : INR
To                             : EUR
Direct quotation               :0.02
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Press enter to save in your request

Posting of transaction in FI Transaction code:F-02

Give the document date         : Today’s date
Type                           :SA
Company code                   :BIL
Posting key                    :40
Account                        :400100 salaries account
Enter
Give the amount                :500000
Cost center                    : Dept A
Text                           :Salaries posting

One more expenditure

Post key                     :40
Account                      :400300 Rent account
Enter
Amount                       :100000
Cost center                  : Dept A
Text                         : Rent posting
Posting key                  : 50
Account                      :200105 SBI current account
Enter
Amount                       :*
Business area                :BILH
Text                         : Expenditure posting
From the menu select Document Simulate
Select save button or Ctrl+S



                                             16
To view cost center wise report:

Path: Accounting –Controlling-cost center accounting –Information system-Report for
cost center accounting-Line items –Cost centers: Actual line items (Transaction
:KSB1)

Cost center select Dept A (if you want change the posting dates)
Select execute button
Keep the cursor and the first line item
Select document button
Select back arrow
Select change layout button (Ctrl+F8)
Select Document no.under column set
Select value in reporting currency under displayed columns
Select left arrow or show selected filed button
Select reference document no.under column set
Select value in report current under displayed columns
Select left arrow
Select business transition under column set
Select document no. under displayed columns
Select left arrow
Enter

To view co documents:
Path :Up to reports for costs center accounting path is same -Line items – Co
documents :Actual costs (transaction code is KSB5)

Document no.           :1 to 100000
Execute
Select folder button for document no.1


Report co line items:

Business transaction RKU3
FI doc.13
001    400100 Salaries    500000 Dept A            150000 Dept B
                                                   50000 Dept C



                                              17
Report co line item
002    400300 Rent                   100000 Dept A
003    200105 SBI                    600000

Report co line item
Transfer document wise /line item wise , transfer line item wise
No FI document will be generated
Only document will be generated

Path: Accounting – Controlling-Cost center accounting –Actual postings-Report line
items-Enter (Transaction code is KB61)

Select document no. :13
Company code           :BIL
Fiscal year            :2008
Execute
Double click on line item no.1
Amount under new account assignment 150000
Cost center            :Dept B
Select new item button
Select next button
Amount under new account assignment 50000
Cost center            : Dept C
Save

Go and see the cost center report KSB1

Give the cost center    Dept A
Select execute button
To view cost element wise to total
Select cost element column
Select sub totals button
(Note:That is dues cost element wise total)

Repot costs (Business transaction RKU1)

This is used when we split a cost center in to number of cost centers or wrong cost center
postings.
No FI document will be generated
Only CO document will be generated
Transfer cost element wise (GL account wise)




                                              18
Path : Accounting-Controlling-cost center accounting –Actual postings-manual
reporting of costs – Enter (Transaction code is KB11N)

Cost center (old)      : Dept A
Cost element 400100 Salaries
Amount                 :100000
Cost center new        : Dept C
One more cost center (old)      : Dept A
Cost element           :400300 Rent
Amount                 :25000
Cost center (new)      : Dept C
Enter
Select save button or Ctr+S

Period lock:


                                 FI                         CO
A) Transaction which effect      To open                    To open
FI and CO eg:COIN
B) Transaction which effect      No check                   To open
only CO Eg.RKU3, RKU1
C) Transaction which effect      To open                    No check
only FI Eg.Debit balance
sheet and credit balance
sheet
                                 Sept .08 March             Oct 2008 to March 2009

An expenditure posting in FI for September. We can’t post since periods are not open.

Path: Accounting – Controlling-cost center accounting-Environment –Period lock-
chang (Tr.code is OKP1)

Controlling area                : BIL
Fiscal year                     :2008
Select actual button
Select period                   :01
Select lock period button
Save


                                            19
Set controlling area :(OKKS):

Path :up to Environment the path is same          Set controlling area

Give the controlling area     :BIL
Enter
Real time integration of controlling with FI on line reconciliation ledger
This is used when we get for 2nd scenario (no.of company codes having one controlling
area ) all the company codes should use same Char of Accounts.

Planning cost center wise

Path :Accounting –Controlling cost center accounting –Planning –Cost and Activity
inputs –Change (KP06)

Version                :select 0 (Original budget)
From period            :1
To period              :12
Fiscal year            :2008
Select next page or page down button
Cost center group      :BILHIER
Cost element From      :400000
Cost element To        :499999

Free                                              Form Bsed
If we select radio button                         If we select from based radio button
We have to select cost element from the           The cost element list in a available on
drop down list and plan against the               screen plant against cost elements
Climents

Select form based radio button
Select overview screen button
For cost element 400100 Plan Fixed cost 1500000
Distribution key 1 Equal distribution
Select cost element    400100
From the menu select        Goto –Period screen
Select back arrow
Fro cost element 400300 Plan fixed cost 960000


                                             20
Distribution key 1
To plan for Dept B –Select next combination button
To go back to previous dept –select previous combination button
Save




To view variance report cost center wise

Path :Accounting – Controlling-Cost center accounting –Information system –Reports
for cost center accounting –Plan /Actual comparisons –Cost centers: Actual
/Plan/Variance (Tr code is S_ALR_87013611)

Controlling area               :BIL
Fiscal year                    :2008
From period                    :10
To period                      :10
Plan version                   :0
Cost center Value              :Dept A
Execute
Keep the cursor on Salaries A/c actual costs amount
Select call up report button
Double click on cost centers : Actual line items keep the cursor on the first line item.
Select document button




                                             21
ONLINE RECONCILIATION LEDGER

   Reconciliation used when
   when number of company codes having one controlling area – 2nd Scenario
   It can be at controlling area
   All the company codes should use the same Chart of Accounts
   due to online reconciliation ledger, it generated in a document in FI

                                            BIL Controlling area
                                                    |
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                |                                                                        |
       Company code BIL                                                        company code BSL
                |                                                                        |
       ------------------------------------                           ------------------------------------
       |                 |                  |                         |                  |             |
       Dept A            Dept B             Dept C                 Dept X           Dept Y       Dept Z



If salaries paid and posted FI at (F-02)

         Salaries A/c
----------------------------------
100000         |
               |
Out of 100000 salaries 20000 belongs to company code BIL

If we use the reconciliation account at cost center level and the 20000/- is transfer to
company code BSL (Dept X) it passes the entry in financial automatically
Here Reports at – No FI records
In BIL Books
BSL                    Dr 20000
       To Salaries a/c                20000
In BSL books

Salaries account         Dr 20000



                                                  22
To BIL a/c                     20000

Customization at Finance:

To copy company code BIL customization including accounting to BSL

Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure – Definition –Financial accounting –Edit, copy,
Delete, Check company code(T.Code EC01)

Double click on copy, delete, check company code
From the menu select organization object – copy organization object
From Company code              :BIL
To company code                : BSL
Enter
Select Yes for the message (for copy the GL accounts)
Select No button allocate a different local currency
Ignore the message press enter
Select create request button
Short description :Customization for Birla Steel Limited
Press enter
Enter once again to saving the request
Go on press enter till you got the message company code BIL copied to BSL with out 75
number range object
Ignore the message press enter
Select back arrow
Double click on edit company code data
Select position button
Give the company code                  :BSL
Enter
Select company code                    : BSL
Select address button
change the company name to : Birla Steel limited
Enter
save and Save in your request button



                                               23
Assign company code to company

Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure-Assignment –Financial accounting-Assign
company code to company

Select position button
Give the company code          : BIL
Enter
For the company code           :BSL assign BIL(group name)
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Press enter to save in your request

Document type SA should allow inter company postings: (OBA7)

Select type    : SA
Select details button
Select inter company postings check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Creation of GL Masters FS00

BIL Books                                     BSL Books
1) FI/CO reconciliation account under only    1)FI/CO reconciliation account under any
expediter group which should not be a cost    expenditure group which should not be a
element 400150 –Personnel group               cost element 400150 personnel group
2) Birla Steels limited, current assets,      2)Birla Industries Limtied current Assets,
Loans & Advances 200160 Birla Steel           Loans & Advances 200161 – Birla
Limited                                       Industries Limited

Same chart of accounts
BIL chart of accounts BIL
BSL chat of accounts BIL
When we use same chart of accounts, account description should be same in all the
company codes.

In BSL books – If we create account No.200160 – It takes Birla Steels Limited- we can
not crate our account in our books.

Creation of GL masters FS00

Give the GL account no.       :400150



                                             24
Company code                    :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL account o.          :400100 Salaries
Company code                    : BIL
Enter
Change short text & GL account long text to FI/CO reconciliation account
Select create / bank /interest tab
Field status group change to ‘ICCF’ CO < -> FI reconciliation posting
Save
Give the GL Account No.200160
Company code                    : BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL Account No.200100 Cash A/c
Company code                    :BIL
Enter
Select type/Description /tab
Change short text GL account long text to BIRLA STEEL LIMITED
Select create / Bank/Interest tab
Filed status group change to G067
Deselect relevant to cash flow check box
Save
Give the GL account No.400150
Company code                    :BSL
Select with template button
Give the GL account 400150
Company code                    :BIL
Enter & Save
Give the GL account 200161
Company code                    :BSL
Select with template button
Give the GL account 200160



                                             25
Company BIL
Enter
Select type / Description tab
Change short text +GL long text to Bila Industries limited
Save

Prepare cross company code Transaction (Transaction code is OBYA)

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting-GL accounting –Business transactions-Prepare
cross company code transactions

Company code 1                 BIL
Company code2                  BSL
Enter
Posted in BIL
cleared against BSL
Debit posting key       :40
Account debit           :200160 ( Birla Steel Limited)
Credit posting key      :50
Account credit          :200160
Posted in BSL
Cleared against BIL
Debit posting key       :40
Account debit           :200161 Bilra Industries Limited
Credit posting key      :50
Account credit          :200161
Save
Press enter to save in your request

CO customization ( tr code is OKKP)

Maintain controlling area
Assign company BSL to controlling area BIL
Select controlling area         :BIL
Select details button
Company code to controlling area: Select cross company code cost accounting
Reconciliation ledger document type          :SA (GL accounts document)
Double click on activate components / control indicators folder
Select company code validation check box
Double click on assignment of company codes folder


                                            26
Select company code           :BIL
Select copy as button
Change the company code to BSL
Enter & save
Ignore the warning message press enter

Activate reconciliation ledger (Tr code KALA)
Note: Follow through path

Path:SPRO –Controlling –Cost element accounting-Reconciliation ledger-Activate
deactivate reconciliation ledger

Double click on activate reconciliation ledger
Controlling area              :BIL
Select Execute button
Ignore the warning message press enter

Define adjustment accounts for reconciliation posting    (Tr code is OK17)
Same path
Double click on define accounts for automatic postings
Select change account determination button
Save
Reconciliation account:       Give the account no.400150 FI/CO
Save
Press enter to save in your request

FI CUSTOMIZATION

Define variant for real time integration:

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting (new) Financial accounting global setting (new) –
Ledger-Real time integration of controlling with financial accounting –Define variants
for real time integration

Select new entries button
Variant for real time integration B1
Select real time integration active check box



                                             27
Select account determination active check box
Key date active from :01.04.2008
Document type                 :SA
Ledger group (FI)             :0L
Text variant for              :BIL
Select cross company code check box
Select cross business area check box
Select cross profit center check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assign variants for real time integration to company code:

Same path.
Select new entries button
Company code           :BIL
Variant                :B1
Company code           :BSL
Variant                :B1
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Creation of cost center for company code BIL (KS01)

Give the cost center department X
Valid from             :01.04.2008
To date                :31.12.9999
Reference cost center :Dept A
Controlling area       :BIL
Enter
Change the name to     :Dept X
Change the description to cost center dept X
Change company code to        BSL



                                           28
Select save button or Ctrl+s
Ignore the warning message press enter

Repost costs (F-02)

Cost center old        :Dept A
Cost element           :400100 Salaries
Amount                 :20000
Cost center new Dept   X
Save

To make text filed optional for field status group G004 cost accounts(Tr.code is
OBC4)
Select field status variant for BIL
Double click on field status groups folder
Double click field status G004
Double click on General data
Text make it optional entry field
Press enter to save in our request

Go and see the FI documents (Tr.code is FB03)

Select document list button
Give the company code          :BIL
Enter the date :From date      To Date
Execute
Double click on document no.
Select back arrow
Chang the company code to BSL
Execute
Double click on document no.




                                             29
CROSS COMPANY CODE POSTINGS


Company code                :BIL                                    BSL

Outstanding expenses of BSL paid by BIL

BSL         Dr      25000                     Outstanding 25000
      To Bank       25000                            To BIL 25000

Paying company code : BIL
Credit       Bank                             :BIL 25000
Debit        outstanding exp                  :BSL 25000

Use the Transaction code :F-02

Give the document date              :Today’s date
Type                                :SA
Company code                        :BIL
Posting key                         :50
Account no.                         :200105                SBI CA
Enter
Amount                              :25000
Business area                       :BILH
Text                                :outstanding expense payment on behalf of BSL
Posting key                         :40
Account no                          :100500 out standing exp.
New company code                    :BSL
Enter
Amount                              :*
Business area                       :BILH
Text                                :+
From the menu select document      Simulate
Double click third line item
Business area                       :BILH
Text                                :+
Select next item button
Business area                       :BILH
Text                                :+



                                          30
Select save button or Ctr+S
Posting by
Company code                          :BIL
Cross company code no.                :15     08

FI posted by
Company code                          :BSL
Cross company code no.                :2   08

By viewing the cross company code document number – We know which company code
has initiated the posting.

Select continue button

                         Accrual orders (Imputed cost calculation)

This is used for month end provision only in CO
This is used for irregular expenses like Bonus
Cost element category should be 3
Accrual/ Deferral per surcharge
Define CO.No.range in interval for business

Transaction   :KAZ1 – Actual cost center accrual

FI Month end provision
   1. Accrual / Deferral document
         A. Bonus provision for Nov
            30.11.2008      Bonus A/c                 Dr.10000
                            To Out standing exp.                     10000   Dept A
         B. Reverse next month 1st 01.12.2008
            01.12.2008      Outstanding Exp.         Dr.10000
                            To Bonus A/c                             10000   Dept A

           C. Bonus provision for Dec.
              31.12.2008    Bonus A/c                Dr 20000
                            To Out standing exp                      20000   Dept A

   2. Open item management
      A). Bonus provision for Nov.
             30.11.2008     Bonus A/c                Dr10000
                            To Outstanding exp.                      10000   Dept A
      B). Bonus provision for Dec.
             31.12.2008     Bonus                     Dr.10000
                            To Outstanding exp                       10000   Dept A




                                             31
Month end provision

       Number of companies will not prepare profit & loss and Balance sheet every
       month, the will not make provision in the books every month in year end,
       companies follow accrual basis of accounting. They make provisions for the
       whole year.

       Expenditure for all the months       Less (other than March)
       Expenditure for March                More

       In SAP when we take production an accounting entry will be generated
       automatically – Finished goods valuation will be based on costs for the month.

       Stock valuation will be accrual orders      Lower in all month other than March

       Accrual orders                              Higher in March

       Create overhead structure
       Salaries              100000
       Bonus -10% on salaries 1000                 Debit cost center credit cost center
                                                   Dep Dummy (No accounting entry)

       In the month end                            Dept A

              Bonus                                1000 allocation to Dept A costs will
                                                   be allocated to production orders –
                                                   There by Dept A will be zero-
                                                   production valuation will be correct.

       Dept Dummy
             Bonus                          1000

In the year end – in FI when we make bonus provision for the whole year.

31.03.2009    Bonus A/c     Dr        1200000
              To Outstanding          1200000               Dept Dummy

Dept dummy values in the year end


31.03.2009 Dept dummy        1200000        April to March 10000*12 = 120000
                             ======                                    =====

In the year end Dept dummy values will be zero.

Creation of GL master bonus account – personnel cost (FS00) group:-



                                           32
Give the GL Account No.       :400105
Company code                  :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL account no.       :400100 (salaries)
Company code                  :BIL
Enter
Change short and GL account long text to Bonus account
Save
Select edit cost element button (F8)
Valid from date               :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Enter
Cost element category :Select 3 accrual deferral per surcharge
save

Creation of cost center – Dept dummy (KS01)

Give the cost center         : Dept dummy
Reference cost center        : Dept A
Controlling area             :BIL
Enter
Change name to Dept dummy
Change description to cost center: Department dummy
Select save button
Ignore the warning message press enter

Maintain overhead structure:

Path:SPRO-Controlling –Cost element accounting-Accrual calculation –percentage
method-maintain overhead structure (Transaction code is KSAZ)

Select create over head structure button (F7)
Over head structure :BIL1
Description            :BIL overhead structure
Select save button
Row Base
            10 B1
Enter
Give the name salaries
Select create button
Row            O/H rate (Over head rate) Description       FR    To   CR
20                     B2                     Bonus              10   10   B3



                                           33
Enter
Give the name Bonus
Dependency :KRS1(controlling area)
Select create button
Save
Ignore the message press enter
Keep the cursor on overhead structure BIL1
Select assignment button (F5)
Controlling area                    :BIL
Select actual accrual radio button
Select continue button

Valid from      valid to               overhead structure
1 2008                  12      2008          BIL1

Save
Double click on overhead structure BIL1
Keep the cursor on B1
From the menu select Goto calculation base
From cost element 400100
Save
Kept the cursor on B2
From the menu select Goto overhead rate

Valid from      Valid to               Actual overhead
1 2008             12 2008                     10%
Save
From 10         To      10      Crdit B3

Keep the cursor on B3
From the menu select go to credit
Company code            :BIL
Business area           :BILH
Valid to                :12     2008
Cost element            :400105
Cost center             :Dept Dummy
Save




                                             34
Define CO.no range interval for the business transaction KAZ1-Actual cost Center
accrual:(Transaction Code KANK)

Give the controlling area           :BIL
Select maintain group button
Double click on KAZ1- Actual cost center accrual
Select CO.No range interval for BIL check box
From the menu select Edit-Assigned element group
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter

   1. Posting of salaries for the month of August F-02

       Give the document date end posting date :03.08.2008
       Date                                 :03.08.2008
       Type                                 :SA
       Company code                         :BIL
       Posting key                          :40
       Account no.                          :400100 Salaries A/c
       Enter
       Ignore the warning message press enter
       Amount                               :100000
       Cost center                          Dept A
       Text                                 :Salaries posting
       Posting key                          :50
       Account no                           :200105 SBI current Account
       Enter
       Amount                               :*
       Business area                        :BILH
       Text                                 :+
       From the menu select document Simulate and save

       Accrual calculation (KSA3)



                                           35
Accounting – Controlling –Cost element accounting-Actual postings –Accrual
calculation
select cost center radio button
give the cost center            : Dept A
period                          :5
fiscal year                     :2008
deselect test run check box
select details list check box
Execute
Select next list level button

Go and see the cost center report KSB1

Give the cost center        :Dept A
Posting date                :01.08.2008 to 31.08.2008
Execute
Select back arrow
Give the cost center        : Dept dummy
Execute

Bonus provision in the year end in FI Transaction F-02

Give the document date & Posting :31.03.2009
Type                                :SA
Company code                        :BIL
Posting key                         :40
Account no.                         :400105 bonus account
Enter
Ignore the warning message press enter
Amount                              :10000
Cost center                         :Dept dummy
Text                                :Bonus provision for the year 2008-09
Posting key                         :50
Account                             :100500 outstanding exp.
Enter
Amount                              :*
Business area                       :BILH
Text                                :+
Document – Simulate and save

Go and see the cost center report KSB1
Give the cost center               :Dept dummy
Posting date                       :01.04.2008 to 31.03.2009



                                  36
Execute




       STATICALLY KEY FIGURES (SKF)

        This is used as a basis for allocation of costs from one cost center to other cost
       centers.
       Eg. Employee / Area/ Telephone calls
       Dept C                           Dept A                        Dept B
       (service Dept)                          (Production departments)
       Salaries        500000                  No.of employee of A and B
       Rent            100000                  Sq.meter are of A & B
       Telephone Exp25000                      No.of telephone calls of A & B
       Enter CO. No range interval for the business transaction.

       RKS (Enter statistical key figures)
       SKF category Fixed Total

Fixed                                          Total
If we choose fixed, values                     If we choose total
To SKF are common for all months in the        We have to enter values for SKF, for each
year, if we don’t make changes in between      and every month
Eg: Employee / Area                            Eg: Telephone calls



   No.of Employees                                    No.of Telephone calls
   April 2008         100     100     Aprl 2008              1000
   May 2008           |       |       May                    1500
   June               |       |       June                   2000
   July               |       |       July
   Aug                |       |       Aug
   Sep                |       |       Sep
   Oct                |       150     Oct

  Dec                 |       |       Dec
  Jan.’09             |       |       Jan 2009
  Feb                 |       |       Feb
  March               |       |       March




                                             37
Define co.no range interval for the business transaction RKS-Enter Statistical key
figures Transaction Code is (KANK )

Give the controlling area               : BIL
Select maintain groups button
Double click on RKS
Select Co.No.range interval for BIL check box
From the menu select Edit     Assignment element group.
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter.

Create Statistical key figures

Path :Accounting – Controlling –cost center accounting master Data-Statistical key
figures – Individual processing – Create (Tr.Code is KK01)

Give the statistical key figure         :EMP
Enter
Give the Name                           :Employee
Statistical key figure unit of measurement : Select EA each
Key figure category :Select fixed values under radio button
Save

Path : Accounting –Controlling – Cost Center accounting –actual postings-statistical
key figures-Enter (Tr.code is KB31N)

Received cost center            : Dept A
Statistical KF                  : EMP
Total quantity                  :500
Received cost center            : Dept B
Statistical KF                  :EMP
Total quantity                  :250
Save

Period end closing
In the month end, we allocate costs from one cost center to other cost centers



                                                38
Dept C                               Dept A               Dept B
(Service department)                 (Production departments)

Salaries               500000                no.of employee of A and B
Wages                  300000                No.of employee of A and B
Rent                   50000                 Percentage basis

Basis of allocation can be percentage method statistical key figures method /activity type
(machine hour / labour rate)


Allocation methods:
   1. Assessment :
 A) Transfer primary cost postings and secondary cost postings.
Dpt X            Dept C                  Dept A         Dept B
Wages 100000 Salaries     500000           Salaries 400000 Salaries 300000
                 Wages    300000
                 Rent       50000 Add all 85500         Add all from C 95000 10%
      All from Dept X     100000
                          ----------     -----------                  -----------
                     Less 950000         1255000                      395000
                          =====          =======                      =======

Allocation
Primary cost postings
Secondary cost postings

           B) Receiving cost centers can’t track original cost element Dept A and B will
              not show the transfer value –how much salaries wages and rent.
           C) Define Co.No.range interval for business transaction RKIU actual
              overhead assessment.

   2. Distribution
         A) Transfer only primary cost postings
         B) Receiving cost center can track original cost elements.
         C) Sender should be only cost center
         D) Define Co.No.range interval for the business transaction RKIV actual
             overhead distribution.

   3. Periodic reposting:
          A) Transfer only primary cost postings
          B) Receiving cost center can track original cost elements.
          C) Sender can be a cost center or interval order.
          D) Define Co.No.range interval for the business truncation.
             RKIB periodic reposting.




                                            39
4. Indirect activity allocation.
   A)Transfer only primary cost postings.
   B) Receiving cost center can track original cost elements.
   C) Sender should be only cost center.
   D) Transfer quantities as well as values.
   E) Define Co.No.range interval for the business truncation.
      RKIL Indirect activity allocation .

Which over method we follow, we have to create cycles.

When the allocation basic is different for the cost elements in the cost center, we have to
create number of cycles for number of segments for a cycle.

Dept C                                  Dept A               Dept B
(Service Department)                    (Production departments)

Salaries               500000           No.of employees of A and B
Wages                  300000           No.of employees of A and B
Rent                   50000            Percentage basis

Option 1:

               Cycle 1                                   Cycle 2
       (Salaries and wages allocation)                   (Rent allocations)
               |                                                |
               Segment 1                                        Segment 1
Option 2

                                 Cycle 1
                                    |
               ----------------------------------------------
               |                                            |
       Segment1                                    Segment2
       (Salaries and wages allocation)             (Rent allocation)




                                               40
ASSESSEMENT

1. Creation secondary cost element : i.e (that is) assessment cost element :

         Path: Accounting –Controlling –Cost element accounting-Mater data-Cost
         element –Individual processing –Create secondary (KA06)

 Give the controlling area       :BIL
 Enter
 Cost element                    :1000000
 Valid from                      :01.04.2008    to 31.12.9999
 Enter
 Name and description            :Assessment cost element.
 Cost element category           :42 (Assessment )
 Save

 2. Define Co.No.range interval for the business truncation- RKIU-Actual overhead
    assessment
   Use the Truncation code :KANK

 Give the controlling area              :BIL
 Select maintain groups button
 Double click on RKIU
 Select Co.No.range interval for BIL check box
 From the menu select Edit –Assignment element group.
 Ignore the message press enter

 Creation of assessment cycle:

 Accounting –Controlling –Cost center accounting-Period and closing –Current
 settings–Define assessment (Tr.code S_ALR_87005742)




                                               41
Give the cycle                   :BIL1
Start date                       :01.04.2008
Enter
Text                             : Assessment cycle
Select iterative check box.
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Press enter to save in your request
Select iterative check box
Dept C                                  Dept A             60% 300000 54000
Salaries                500000          Dept B             30% 150000 27000
Less :Allocation        500000          Dept Z             10% 50000 9000
                        --------
                        0
Add: Allocation         90000
Less :Allocation        90000
                        -------
                        0
Add: Allocation         1800

Dept Z
Wages                   400000             Dept X          50%     225000     4500
Add: Allocation           50000            Dept Y          30%     135000     2700
                        --------
                        450000             Dept C          20%     90000      1800
Less : Allocation       450000
                        -------
                        0
                        ====

We have to run number of items to make both cost center values zero. If we select
interactive check box, system will run number of items automatically till both cost center
values become zero.

Select attaché segment button.
Segment name                       : Segment 1
Description                        : Salaries allocation
Assessment cost element            :select 1000000
Sender rule                        :select posted amounts
Share in %                         :100
Select actual value origin radio button
Receiver rule                      :Select variable portions
Variable portion type              :Select actual statistical key figures



                                                 42
Select sender / receivers tab
Sender cost center              :Dept C
Under Cost element                      :400100 (Salaries a/c)
Under Receiver cost center group        :BILHYDPROD
Select receiver tracing factor tab
Statistical key figure          :EMP
Select receiver weight factors tab
Select save button or Crl+S
Press enter to save in your request
Select attaché segment button
Segment name segment2
Description                     :Rent allocation
Assessment cost element         :1000000
Sender rules                    :Posted amount
Sharing in %                    :100%
Select actual value origin radio button
Select receive rule             :Fixed percentages
Select senders/ receivers tab
sender cost center              :Dept C
Cost element                    :400300 (Rent )
Receiver cost center group      : BILHYDPROD
Select receiver tracing factor tab
Dept   A       70
Dept   B       30
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Go and see the cost center Report (Tr code is KSB1)

Give the cost center            :Dept C
Posting date                    :01.10.2008 to 31.10.2008
Execute
Select cost element column
Select sub totals button



                                              43
Dept C                   A                     B
Salaries                 1500000        No.of employees
                         500            250
                         100000         50000
Rent                     25000          Percentage basis
                         70             30
                         17500          7500

Execution of assessment cycle:

Path :Accounting –Controlling –Cost center accounting –Period end closing-Single
functions-Allocations –Assessment (KSU5)

Give the period          :7 (October)
Fiscal year              :2008
Deselect text run check box
Select details list check box
Cycle select             :BIL1
Execute
Select receiver button




                                             44
INTERNAL ORDERS

This is used to view costs for a specific task.
Eg. A) Vehicle wise running expenses
Management has to task decision whether to sell the (or) keep the vehicle in company

A) petrol expenses for the vehicle    B) Repairs to the vehicle

It we take GL accounts in FI –we will not create each vehicle wise petrol expenses and
repairs account.

In cost center accounting –vehicles will be under administration cost center and the petrol
expenses repairs and administration expenses will be posted to administration cost center.

By creating vehicle as an internal order we can get the costs.

B) Telephone expenses:
   If we want to know telephone wise expenses in FI –we will have one account for all
   telephones.
   If we take cost center –It will be entered in administration cost center - We can not
   get telephone wise expenses directly.
   By creating telephone as an order we can get telephone wise expenses.

C)       Production order costs
     In a month no. of production orders will be executed. Some production orders
     consume more raw material and same production orders consume less raw material.
     If FI we have only GL account raw material consumption – We don’t know order
     wise consumption.
     By crating production order, we can get order wise costs.

D)     Exhibition costs
     Company is conducting an exhibition

     Salesmen salaries                        One account
     Conveyance                               Different account
     Advertisement                            Different account
     Discounts                                Different account




                                            45
We don't know the exhibition costs by creating an order we can get exhibition costs


Orders will be of 2 types
1)Real orders                                         2)Statistical orders

Settlement is possible                                settlement not possible
We can settle order                                   statistical orders are used for
                                                      decision making

                     To    Cost Center
                           (Internal settlement)
                           From Co to Co
                           GL Accounts
                           Assets
                           (External settlement )
                           (From CO to FI)
When we transfer from cost center –To cost centers allocation by assessment /
Distribution periodic reposting / Indirect activity allocation.

When we transfer from Internal order settlement.
Eg. Telephone expenses        Dr     50000 Cost center Dept
                                             Order Tel no.66110883
        To Bank                      50000
                                             The cost will be allocation to production
                                             orders from CO
In the production order valuation we can’t take.(50000+50000)
We have to take only one time 50000

When we are posting to no. of cost objects are will be real and others will be statistical.

At the time of order creation there is a statistical order check box.
    A) When we select statistical order is statistical order check box.
        Order is statistical (Automatically cost center will be real)
    B) If we don’t select statistical order check box
        Order is real (Automatically cost center will be statistical )

Statistical order :
Telephonewise expenses order we create as statistical order.

Telephone expense        Dr 50000      Cost center Dept A
                                       Order Telephone no.66611983 Statistical
       To Bank              50000

                                Cost Center Dept A
Telephone expenses 50000 Allocation to paid order 50000



                                             46
Cost center Dept A – Zero
In the month end we allocation costs from Dept A to production orders there by cost
center Dept A will be zero.

Order telephone no.66611983
Telephone expenses 50000

Management can see telephone wise expense at any point of time afterwards.

Suppose we create order as real order
Telephone expenses Dr        50000           Cost center Dept A
      To Bank                50000           order telephone no.66611983 Real

Cost center c data
Telephone Expenses            50000          Order Telephone no.6661987
Telephone expenses            50000          Allocation to production 50000

Order will be zero
In the month end we allocate cost from order telephone no.66611983 to production order
there by order will be zero.

Afterwards management can’t see telephone wise expense.

Creation of order types:

Path : SPR O –Controlling –Internal orders – order master data-Define order types
(KOT2_OPA)

Select new entries button
Order category                :Select 01 Internal order (Controlling)
Enter
Order type                    :BILT
Description                   :Telephone orders for BIL
Planning profile              :select 000001 (General budget /plant profile)
Object class                  :Select Over head cost
Select release immediately check box
Save
We get message no.range not processed
Ignore the message press enter
Select assign /change interval button beside no.reage interval



                                            47
Double click order type        :BILT
Select motor pool A-ZZZZZZZZZZZZ(External)
From the menu select Edit      Assign element group
Save
Ignore the message press enter

Creation of filed status group by making cost center and internal order required
entry fields (OBC4)

Select field status variant                    :BIL
Double click on field status group folder
Select field status group G004 cost accounts
Select copy as button
Change the filed status group to G002
Change the text to cost accounts (CC & IO required)      IO =Internal order
Enter
Save                                                     CC=Cost Center
Press enter to save in your request
Double click on G002
Double click on additional account assignment
CO /PP order make it required entry field.
Save

Creation of GL master telephone expense (FS00)

Give the GL account no.400305
Company code            :BIL
Select with template button
GL account 400300 Rent account
Company code            :BIL
Enter
Change short text and GL a/c long text to Telephone expenses
Select crate / Bank/Interest tab



                                             48
Change the filed status group to G002
Save
Select edit cost element button
Valid from date                :01.04.2008
Enter
Cost element category          :Select 1
Save

Creation of Internal orders:

Path :Accounting –Controlling-Internal orders-Master data-Special functions –Order
–Create (Tr code is KO01)

Order type                     :Select BILT
Enter
Order no.                      :BIL 66611983 (Telephone no.)
Description                    :Telephone order no.66611983
Company code                   :BIL
Business area                  :BILH
Select control data tab
Select statistical order check box
Save
One more order
Order type                     :BILT
Enter
Order                          :BIL66611984
Description                    :Telephone order no.66611984
Company code                   :BIL
Business area                  :BILH
Select control data tab
Select statistical order check box
Save




                                              49
Creation order group

Up to master data the path is same      Order group Create (Tr code is KOH1)
Give the order group name            :BILHYDTEL
Enter
Description                          :Hyderabad order group (GRP)for BIL
Select insert order button(Select menu bar Edit Order Insert Order)
Select to orders                     :BIL66611983
                                     :66611984
Save

Posting of transaction in FI (F-02)

Document date                         :Today’s date
Type                                  :SA
Company code                          :BIL
Posting key                           :40
Account no.                           :400305 Telephone exp
Enter
Give the amount                       :100000
Cost center                           :Dept A
Order                                 :BIL66611983
Text                                  :Telephone expenses
Posting key                           :50
Account no.                           :200105 (SBI current account )
Enter
Amount                                :*
Business area                         :BILH
Text                                  :+
From the menu select –Document –Simulate and save

To view internal order wise report

Path :Accounting –Controlling-Internal order-Information system-Reports for Interval
orders -Line items –Order -Actual line items-(Tr. Code is KOBI

Give the order no.BIL66611983
Remove the order group


                                             50
Execute
Keep the cursor and telephone expense line item select document button

Planning order wise

Path :Accounting –Controlling –Internal orders –Planning –Cost and activity inputs –
Change (KPF6)
Version                    :0
From period                :8 (November)
To period                      :8
Fiscal year                    :2008
Select next page or page down button
Give the order no.             :BIL66611983
Cost element                   :400305 Telephone expense
Select from based radio button
Select view screen button
Cost element                   :400305
Total plan cost                :75000
Select save button or Ctrl+S

To view variant report order wise

Path :Accounting Controlling-Internal order –Information system-Reports for internal
order-Plant /Actual comparisons-Order :Actual / plan / Variance (S_ALR_87012993)

Controlling area               :BIL
Fiscal year                    :2008
From period                    :8 (Current month)
To period                      :8
Pant version                   :0
Order values                   :BIL66611983
Execute

Real orders:
They are used for vehiclewise expenses

Petrol expenses                Dr 50000       Order no.AP9Z1234



                                            51
To Bank                     50000

In the month end:
                                      Cost center Dept A
Order no.AP9Z1234 Settle to           Cost center Dept B
                                      Cost center Dept C
Settlement can be percentage basis / ratio basis /Amount basis


                                    Order No AP9A1234
Petrol expenses       50000           Allocation Dept A      25000
                                                 Dept B      15000
                                                 Dept C      10000
                      -------                                ------
                      50000                                  50000
                      ====                                   ====

Order will be zero

Petrol expense        Dr 50000          Cost center:Common
                                        Order No.AP9Z1234 Statistical
       To Bank             50000

In the month end from cost center common allocate to Dept A, Dept B and Dept C by
assessment / Distribution / Periodic posting /Direct activity allocation.




                                      Cost center common
Petrol Expenses                 50000                 Allocation to Dept A 25000
                                                                    Dept B 15000
                                                                    Dept C 10000
                                ---------                                   -------
                                50000                                       50000
                                ====                                        =====
Cost center will be zero

Order no.AP9Z1234
Petrol expense                  50000
                                =====

Management can see vehicle wise expenses at any point of item afterwards.

Creation of filed status group by making only internal order required entry filed
(OBC4)



                                             52
Select filed status variant    :BIL
Double click on filed status group folder
Select field status group G002
Select copy as button
Change field status group to G010
Change the text to cost accounts (IO required )
Enter and save
Press enter to save in your request
Double click on G010
Double cock additional account assignments
Cost center make it optional entry field
Save

Creation of GL master petrol expense under administration group (FS00)

Give the GL Account no.               :400310
Company code                          :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL account no.400300 Rent account
Company code                          :BIL
Enter
Change short text and long text to petrol expenses
Select create/bank /interest tab
Field status group                    :G010
Save
Select edit cost element button
Valid from date                       :01.04.2008
Enter
Cost element category                          :01
Save

Creation of secondary cost element i.e. Statement cost element (KA06):


                                              53
Give the cost element               :1000001
Enter
Name and description settlement cost element
Cost element category               :Select 21 internal settlement
Save




Maintain allocation structure:

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Internal orders-Actual posting- Settlement-Maintain
allocation structures

Select new entries button
Allocation structure                  :B1
Text                                  :BIL allocation structure
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select                                :B1
Double click assignments folders
Select new entries button
Assignment                            :01
Text                                  :Vehicle expenses settlement
Save
Select                                :01
Double click on source folder
From cost element                     :400310 Petrol expenses
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Double click on settlement cost elements folder
Select new entries button
Receiver category                     :Select CTR cost center
Settlement cost element               :1000001
Save



                                            54
Petrol expenses will be settled to cost center by using secondary cost element settlement
cost element.
Through orders.

Maintain settlement profiles:

Same path

Double click on maintain settlement profiles
Select new entries button
Settlement profiles             :BIL1
Description                     :BIL settlement profile
Allocation structure            :B1
Select to be settled in full radio button
Double click on CTR cost center
Select % settlement check box
Select equivalence number check box
Select amount settlement check box
Under valid receivers
For cost center                 :Select settlement required
Max.no. distribution rules      :999
Residence time                  :12 months
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Rule 1:
Order no.AP9Z1234 settle cost center Dept A           30000
Petrol expenses 50000 settle cost center Dept B       15000
                                        Dept C        5000

Rule 2
Order No.AP9Z1234 Settle to cost center Dept A 85%
Petrol expenses 50000 Settle to cost center Dept B 10%
                                                    5%
Order no.AP9Z1234 settle to cost center Dept 4:
Petrol exp 50000                         Dept 3:
                                         Dept 1:




                                             55
Maintain number range for settlement documents:
Go through Same path (Tr.code is SNUM)

Select maintain groups button
Double click on controlling area BIL
Select Standard accounting document check box
From the menu select Edit Assign element group
Save
Ignore the message press enter

Creation of order type (KOT2_OPA)

Select new entries button
Order category                  :Select 01 Internal order (controlling)
Enter
Give the order type             :BILV Vehicle order type BIL
Settlement profile              :BIL1
Budget profile                  :0000001 (General budget profile)
Object class select             :Overhead costs
Select release immediately check box
Save
Ignore the message press enter save in your request
Select assign /Change intervals button beside no.range interval
Double click on BILV
Select motor pool A-ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ external check box
From the menu select Edit –Assign element group.
Save
Ignore the message press enter


Define co.no.range interval for the business truncation K0A0-Actual settlement. Use
the transactions code (KANK)

Give the controlling area               :BIL
Select maintain groups button



                                               56
Double click on KOAO actual settlement
Select co.no.range interval for BIL check box
Form the menu select Edit –Assign element group.
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter

END USER AREA:

Creation of internal order (KO01)
Give the order type         :BILV
Enter
Give the order                  :AP9Z1234
Description                     :Vehicle no.AP9Z1234
Company code                    :BIL
Business area                   :BILH
Select control data tab
Deselect statistical order check box
Select settlement rule button
Category                        :CTR cost center
Settlement receiver             :Dept A
Give the percentage             :70
One more
Category                        :CTR
Settlement receiver             :Dept B
Percentage                      :30
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter

Posting of petrol exp F-02

Give the document date          :Today’s date
Type                            :SA
Company cod                     :BIL
Posting key                     :40


                                                57
Account no.                   :400310 petrol exp.
Enter
Give the amount               :100000
Give the order no.            :AP9Z1234
Text                          :Petrol exp.
Posting key                   :50
Account no.                   :200105 SBI current account
Enter
Amount                        :*
Business area                 :BILH
Text                          :+
From the menu select menu document –Simulate and save

Actual settlement :

Path :Accounting –Controlling-Internal order-Period end closing-Single functions-
Settlement –Individual processing (K088)

Give the order                :AP9Z1234
Settlement period             :8 (current month)
Fiscal year                   :2008
Deselect test run check box
Select check transaction date check box
Select execute button
Select details list button

Note : Order means overall expenses Eg: Vehicle Expenses

        Cost Element means each item wise :Eg.Vehicle expenses for Petrol, Repairs,
        Driver salary etc




                                             58
BUDGETING AND AVAILABILITY CONTROL

Planning                                         Budgeting
1. We can plant cost element wise in the         1.Budgeting will be done order wise
order
2. We can do planning period wise in a           2. Budgeting should be done year wise
year (Month wise)
3.Micro level (Lower level)                      3. Marco level (High level)
                                                For budgeting SAP has given availability
                                                control
                                                Order no.AP9Z1234
                                                Budget amount 500000

                                                Option 1        Option2       Option 3
                                                Give            Give warning Give
                                                Warning         To the user   Error1
                                                To the user     And inform to
                                                                Budget manager
If actual amount exceeds 85% of budget 425000
                Or
If the variance is above 20000 i.e actual 5200000
                Or
Both            Whichever activity comes first
                Or
If a actual amount exceeds 70% of budget go for option1
If actual amount exceeds 85% of budget go for option 2
If actual amount exceed 100% of budget go for option 3

When we do budgeting it generate a document –We have to give budgeting –No. range
interval only for 04 (Hard coded by SAP)

This is given at client level and not at controlling area level –it is not year specify.

Note : Order Eg.Vehicle Expenses

        Cost element :Eg.Vehicle for petrol, repairs,Driver salary etc.,

Maintain no.range for budgeting:




                                              59
Path :SPRO-Controlling-Internal orders-Budgeting / availability control-Maintain
no.ranges for budgeting (Tr code is OK11)

Select change intervals button

Define tolerance limits for availability control
Same path
Select new entries button
Controlling area               :BIL
Profile                        :select 000001 General budget profile
Tr.group                       :++ all activity groups
Action                         :select 2 waring with mail to person response
Usage                          :85
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Specify exempt cost elements from availability control

Same path

Petrol expenses
Repairs
Drivers salary is Fixed cost

We can specify when we post to driver’s salary all with order AP9Z1234 –Even if, it
exceeds 85% of budget no. message need to be given.

It is known expenditure

Select new entries button
Controlling area               :BIL
Cost element                   :400100 Salaries account
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain budget manager
Same path

Select new entries button
Controlling area               :BIL
Order                          :BILV



                                             60
Object class                  :OCost (Overhead cost)
User name                     :SAP user (budget manager)
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Budgeting order wise (END USER AREA)

Path :Accounting-Controlling –Internal order-Budgeting-Original budget –Change
(Tr code is K022)

Order           :AP9Z1234
Enter
For the period :500000 (Budget amount)
Over / budget also 500000
From the menu select Extras –Availability: Control –Activate
Save



Posting of petrol expenses (F-02)

Give the document date        :Today’s date
Type                          :SA
Company code                  :BIL
Posting key                   :40
Account no.                   :400310 Petrol expenses
Enter
Give the amount               :350000
Order                         :AP9Z1234
Text                          :Petrol expense
Posting key                   :50
Account no.                   :200105 SBI current account
Enter
Give the amount               :*
Business area                 :BILH



                                              61
Text                         :+
From the menu select –Document –Simulate and save
Ignore the message press enter

To view in box of the budget manager
Path :SAP Menu Office –Work place (Tr code is SBWP)

Select inbox folder
We get a message accounting document no.




                                       62
PROFIT CENTER ACCOUNTING

This is used to view profitability division wise /product wise /location wise if business
area is not use in FI

Idea scenario

                                    Company                    FI
                                             |
                                    Company code               FI
                                             |
                                    Business area              FI
                                    (Location)
                                             |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|                 |                          |                                   |
Steel             Cement                     Pharma                     Co-profit center
Division          Division                   Division                   Accounting
|                                                                                |
Product wise                                                            Co profitability
                                                                        Analysis

Option 1                                                    Option 2
Hyderabad location                                          HYD               BGL          MOM
       |                                                    |                 |            |
Steel Cement Pharma                                         Steel             cement        Pharma

Profitability                                               Profitability Balance sheet

The advantage of profit center accounting is it derives profit center automatically though
derivation rules.
A) In case of expenditure                    Tough cost centers
B) IN case revenues                          Automatic account assignment
C) In case of balance                        Though business area

Sheet it items (Applicable for option 2)
Eg:a) At the time of creation of cost center assign profit center

        Dept A-Assign profit center steel



                                                  63
b) At the time of posting

        wages a/c Dr 500000           Dept A
          To Bank      500000
It updates cost center Dept A as well as profit center steel.

We have to create dunning profit center. At the time of posting, when there is no
derivation rules, system updates dummy profit center. Transfer form dummy profit center
to respective center. Create derivation rule so that future transactions will not go to
dummy profit center. They will go to respective profit centers.

Set controlling area (OKKS)

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profit center accounting-Basic settings-Set controlling area
Give the controlling area         :BIL
Enter

Maintain controlling area settings: (OKE5)
(Follow through path )

Path :Up to base settings the path is same- Controlling area settings-Maintain
controlling area settings

Standard hierarchy                     :BIL
Select elimination of business volume check box
Profit center local currency type      :Select 20 Controlling area currency
Select confirm button
Select store truncation currency check box
Save

Elimination of internal business volume

Purchase                       Material no.                         1 Profit center steel
Order                          Vendor no.              1234
|                              Plant                   HYD
|                              Profit center           Steel
|                              Qty                     1 Kg
|                              Rate                    100
Goods
Receipt

It should no take in steel profit center 100+100
It should take only one time



                                               64
Create dummy profit center

Path :SPRO-Controlling-Profit center accounting-Master data-Profit center-Create
dummy profit center(Tr code is KE59)

Double click on dummy profit center
Give the dummy profit center             :BIL dummy
Select basic data button
Name                                     :BIL dummy
Description                              :Dummy profit center for BIL
Profit center group                      :BIL
Save

Set control parameters for actual date

Path : Up to basis settings the path is same Controlling area settings -Activate direct
postings-Set control parameters for actual data (Tr code is 1KEF)

Select new entries button
From year               :2008
Select Line items check box
Select online transfer check box
Save

Maintain plan versions

Up to activate the path is same

Plan version     Maintain plan version
Select version                 :0 Plan /Actual Version
Double click on settings for profit center accounting folder
Select new entries button
Year                           :2008
Select online transfer check box
Select line items check box
Exchange rate type             :B (bank selling rate)
Save



                                                65
Press enter to save in your request

Define no. ranges for local documents

   A) At the time of creation of cost center –Assign profit center
      Dept A-Assign profit center
   B) At the time of posting
      Wages A/c              500000          Dept A
              To Bank        500000
      When there is no derivation rule –It updates dummy profit center
      Transfer from dummy profit center
              To Profit center steel

       No FI document will be generated
       No co document will be generated once profit center document will be generated
       (local)

       Path :SPRO-Controlling-Profit center Accounting-Actual postings-Basic
       settings: Actual –Define number ranges for local documents (Tr code is GB02)

       Select maintain groups button
       Select actual document from direct posting with GB01 check box
       From the menu select interval    Maintain
       Give the company code                  :BIL
       Enter
       Select interval button
       Year                                   :2008
       From no                                :1
       To                                     :100000
       Enter and save
       Press enter to save in your request
       Select back arrow
       Select planned doc.with direct posting with GB01 check box
       Form the menu select interval maintain
       Give the company code                  :BIL
       Enter
       Select interval button



                                             66
Year                                 :2008
From no.                             :100001
To no.                               :200000
Enter and save

Creation of profit center:

Path :Accounting-Controlling-Profit center accounting-Master data-Profit
center-Individual processing-Create (Tr code is KE51)

Give the profit center               :Steel
Select master data button
Analysis period to                   :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Name                                 :Steel
Long text                            :Profit center steel
Person responsible                   :Mr A
Profit center group                  :BIL
select activate button (Shift+F1)


One more profit center

profit center cement
select master data button
name :Cement
long text              :Profit center cement
person responsible     :Mr B
profit center group    :BIL
select activate button

Create account groups

up to master data the path is same Account group create (Tr code is KDH1)

Give the account group name                    :PLITEMS ( Profit & Loss)
Enter
Description                          :P & L accounts for BIL
Select insert account button
From                                 :300000


                                    67
To                                   :499999
        Save
        Select Back Arrow
        Account groups                       :BSITEMS
        Enter
        Description                          :Balance sheet accounts for BIL
        Select insert account button
        Form A/c                             :100000
        To A/c                               :299999
        Save

Assign profit center in cost center

Path :Accounting-Controlling-Cost center accounting-Master data-Cost center-
       Individual processing-Change (KS02)

Give the cost center                         :Dept A
Select master data button
Give the profit center                       :Steel
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Ignore the warning message press enter
Cost center                                  :Dept B
Enter
Profit center                                :Cement
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter

Creation of sales account as revenue element (FS00)

Give the GL account no.        :300000 Sales A/c
Company code                   :BIL
Select edit cost element button
Enter
Cost element category          :Select 11 Revenues



                                           68
Save




Maintain automatic account assignment of revenue elements

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profit center accounting –Actual postings-Maintain
       automatic account assignment of revenue elements (Tr code is OKB9)

Select new entries button
Company code                  :BIL
Cost element                  :300000 Sales A/c
Account assignment details    :Select 2 Business area is mandatory
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select                        :BIL with cost element 300000
Double click on detail per business area /valuation area folder
Select new entries button

Option 1                                     Option 2
HYD location
        |
Steel cement Pharma                          HYD             BGL           MUM
     300000                                  |               |             |
HYD           Steel                          Steel           Cement        Pharma
      300001 Sales cement                                      300000      Sales account
HYD           Cement
       300002 Sales pharma                                           HYD     Steel
HYD Pharma                                                           BGL     Cement
                                                                     Mum     Pharma

Business area          : BILH
Profit center          : Steel
Business area          : BILB
Profit center          : Cement
Save

Choose addition balance sheet and p & L accounts

Applicable for second scenario: Application for second option



                                            69
Same path       Select choose accounts (Tr code is 3KEH)

select new entries button
Account from           :100000
Account to             :299999
Default profit center :Steel
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select profit center determination button
Select crate step button
Step description       :Profit center derivation though business area for balance sheet
                       items.
Select drop down button under name column
Select GSBER businesses area
Save
Select maintain rule values button
Select source field intervals on /off button
Account no.100000
To account no.299999
Business area          :BILH
Profit center          :Steel
Account no             :100000
To account no.         :299999
Business area          :BILB
profit center          :Cement
Save

END USER AREA
  1) Planning profit center wise for p & L items

   Path :Accounting –Controlling –Profit center accounting –Planning –cost
   /Revenues-Change (Tr code is 7KE1)



                                               70
Version select                :0
From period                   :8
To period                     :8
Fiscal year                   :2008
Company code                  :BIL
Select next page or page down button
Profit center                 :Steel
Account group                 :PLITES
Select from based radio button
Select overview screen button
Per account no.300000 Sales account
Profit center reporting currency :600000 (Minus report currency)
For account no.400100 salaries A/c without any sign
Save

Planning profit center wise for balance sheet items (Only for second scenario)

Up to planning the path is same         Balance sheet accounts change (Tr code is
7KE3)

Version               :0
From period           :8
To period             :8
Fiscal year           :2008
Company code          :BIL
select next page or page down button
Profit center steel
Account group         :BSITEMS
Select form based radio button
Select overview screen button
For account           :100300 SBI rupee term loan
Profit center reposting currency 20000- with minus sign




                                           71
For 200105 SBI current account profit centers reporting currency 200000 without any
sign
Save




Posting of cash sales (F-02)

Give the document date          :Today’s date
Type                            :SA
Company code                    :BIL
Posting key                     :40
Account no.                     :200105 (SBI current account)
Enter
Amount                          :550000
Business area                   :BILH
Text                            :sales posting
Posting key                     :50
Account no.                     :300000 (Sales a/c)
Enter
Amount                          :*
Business area                   :BILH
Text                            :+
Form the menu select Document –Simulate and save

Posting of salaries (F-02)

Document date                   :Today’s date
Type                            :SA
Company code                    :BIL
Posting key                     :40
Account no.                     :400100 Salaries a/c
Enter
Give the amount                 :475000


                                       72
Cost center                     :Dept A
Text                            :Salaries posting
Posting key                     :50
Account no.                     :200105 SBI current account
Enter
Amount                          :*
Business area                   :BILH
Text                            :+
Document –simulate and save

To View variance report profit center wise for P & L items

Path :Accounting –Controlling –Profit center accounting-Information system-
Repost for profit center accounting-Interactive reporting –Profit center group:Plan
/actual /variance (Tr code is S_ALR_87013326)

From period                     :8 (Current /Running month)
To period                       :8
Fiscal year                     :2008
Plan version                    :0
Profit center values            :steel
Profit center accounts groups   :PLITEMS
Select execute button

To view variance report profit center wise for balance sheet items:

Up to interactive reporting the path is same Profit center group: Balance sheet
accounts plant / Actual /Variance (Tr code S_ALR_87013336)

From period                     :8 (Running month)
To period                       :8
Fiscal year                     :2008
Plan version                    :0
Profit center values            :Steel
Balance sheet account group     :BSITEMS



                                         73
Execute

Transfer of values from one profit center to another profit center
One cost center works for no.of profit centers we an assign only one profit center is
cost center.
In dept A                   Profit center steel
From profit center steel transfer to cement
Manual transfer through cycles

No.FI document will be generated
No.CO document will be generated
Only profit center document will be generated.

Path :Accounting –Controlling-Profit center accounting-Actual postings-Profit
center document –Enter (Tr code is 9KE0)

Layout select 8A-001 document :Profit center /account
Select execute button
Company code                     :BIL
Select Enter screen button
Profit center                    :Steel
Account no.                      :400100 Salaries
In profit center local currency 500000 –(with minus sign)
Profit center                    :Cement
Account no.                      :400100 Salaries
Amount                           :500000 (without minus sign)
Save




                                          74
INTEGRATION

   Organization structure :

   FI: Business area

               Company
                    |
               Company code
               MM:-    Structure                         SD:    Structure

   Business area     | Factory /              Sales organization Company code level /
                     | Plants Branch/Port                 |      Regional location
                     |                                    |             |
   Storage locations Raw material / Finished goods Distribution-> Direct sales through
                     /Packing material               Channel      Agents
                                                          |             |
                                                     Division    Product groups/
                                                                 products

Why we create port as a plant:

Keep the material on ship
HYD                   Chennai                 Customer
Factory               Port

Export sale – Terms of delivery-FOB (Free on Board) ownership will be transferred once
we kept the martial on ship.

Business area will be assigned to plants, plants will be assigned to sales organization
business area will be assigned to sales organizations.

In SD module, combination of sales organization, distribution channel and division –One
sales area.

              Sales Area 1                    Sales Area 2
       Hyd sales Org.                         Hyd Sales org
              |                                      |



                                            75
Direct sales                         Through agents
              |                                    |
        Steel                                      Steel

Movement types: Similar to posting keys in FI
101          Material receipt against purchase order /production order
102/122      Reversal of 101
    201      Issue to cost centers
    202      Reversal of 201
    261      Issue to orders
    262      Reversal of 261
    521      Production receipt without production orders.
    522      Reversal of 521
    561      Opening stocks taking
    562      Reversal of 561
    601     Delivery (sales)
    602     Reversal of 601

   Difference between 201 and 261

   Cost centers                      Dept A                Dept B                  Dept C
   Issue material                    Production order 1
   (Movement type 261)

   Stores items to issue                    Production order 2
   (Mov.type 201)
   (cost center 201)                        Production order 3

   Material issue is identifiable to production orders use movement type 261
   Material issue is not identifiable to production orders use movement type 201

   Transaction key /process key

   a) BSX              Inventory postings
   b) WRX              Goods receipt /Invoice receipt (GR/IR)
   c) PRD              Price difference /Production order differences
   d) GBB              Offsetting entry for inventory postings
                       (i) VBR consumption
                       (ii) VNG Scrapping
                       (iii) BSA Opening stocks
                       (iv) ZOF Production receipt without production order
                       (v) AUF Production receipt with production order
                       (vi) VAY Delivery where sales account is created as revenue
                       element (CO implemented)
                       (vii) VAX Delivery where sales account is not created as revenue
                       element (Co not implemented)



                                           76
(viii) AUA production order differences

Eg: 400000 Raw material consumption
    200121 Inventory raw material

For consumption
Raw material consumption Dr
       To Inventory raw material

For GBB               VBR           Assign account no.400000
For BSX                             Assign account no.200121



Valuation class:
Valuation class determines the GL accounts to be posted automatically.
A) Raw materials      Local
                      Imported
                      Inter unit purchases
                      Inter company purchases 4
                      Valuation class
B) Stores             :Local          2 valuation class
C) Finished goods own manufacturing 1 valuation class

Valuation grouping code / valuation modifier /Valuation modification key:

Company codes                BIL            BCL             BSL
Chart of accounts     BIL
Plants                       HYD-BGL BGL-MUM                HYD-MUM
Local raw materials          RM1 RM2 RM3-RM1                RM2-RM3

Incase of purchases, 200121 –Inventory raw material local

When we follow same chart of accounts for numbers of company codes, Instead of
assigning accounts number of times, assign only one time by using valuation grouping
code.

Valuation             Chat of accounts             Company code          Valuation
Areas Plants                                                             Grouping

HYD                          BIL                   BIL                   X
BGL                          BIL                   BIL                   X
BGL                          BIL                   BCL                   X
MUM                          BIL                   BCL                   X
HYD                          BIL                   BSL                   X
MUM                          BIL                   BSL                   X



                                          77
For X in case of RM local purchases assign account number 200121, inventory Raw
material local.

This is similar to posting periods in FI

A) Define posting period variant                          X
B) Assign posting period variant to company codes         X to BIL
                                                          X to BCL
                                                          X to BSL
c) Define posting periods for variant X
       for X—1, 2008 –12,2008

Material types                        Price controls

Raw materials         ROH V-Moving average price          purchase price
Stores & spares       ERSA V-Moving average price         purchase price
Packing & material    VERP V-Moving average price         purchase price
Finishing goods       FERT S-Standard price               Raw materials +
Semi finished goods   HALB                                Overheads
Purchased                  V-Moving average price         Purchase price
Produced                   S-Standard price               Raw material+Overheads
Trading goods         HAWA V-Moving average price         Purchase price
Services              DIEN

Semi finished goods purchased
              Dept A         Dept B         Dept C        Dept D
                             15 days                                     FG
       Sales order –To be delivered with in 2 days
                                                          Purchase an item where with
                                                          In 2 days purchase an item
                                                          Where processing of A,B and
                                                          C is completed
                                                          D processing of D
Semi finished goods produced
              Dept A         Dept B         Dept C         Dept D
Issue RM      15 days time
              Sales Dept –got an order for sale where the processing of A and B is
              completed
                             Take production
                             After completion
                             Of B and sell
Trading goods: Purchase FG and sell FG without doing any processing.
Services:     Plant is having operating capacity
              No sales orders
              Job work for others



                                           78
We get job work changes –Material
              Does not belong to us
           - Material types are similar to account groups in FI
           - There we create GL masters here we create material masters.
           - GL master are created under account group where as material masters are
              created under material type.
           - Material master is created at plant level-when number of plants are using
              the same material it will be extended(copied) to other plants.
           - For materials we can open 2 periods at a time.
                     Oct                     Nov.
When we open Dec.-Automatically Oct will be closed.
Where we crate material master –We will have number of tabs (Views)
Basic data
Purchase view
Sales view
MRP view
Quality
Ware house management
Accounting
Costing

MM Flow
A) Material requisition               By production Dept to Stores
B) Purchases requisition              By stores to purchases
C) Call for enquiries, Get quotations and do price comparisons By purchase Dept.
D) Create purchase order              Vendor number, Material
                                      Quality, Rate, Plant, Company code
                                      Delivery terms, payment terms,
                                      Purchase organization
E) Release                            It is optional
                                      It will work through work flow

If P.O value is less than Rs.10000   To be released by manager purchases

If P.O value is Rs.10000 and above To be released by GM(Purchases)
And less than 100000 if P.O value is
10000 and above                      To be released by Director

Once we save the purchase order, based on the value it goes to the inbox of the command
authorized person, till is releases we can’t take goods receipt.

F)     Goods receipt –With reference to P.O
       Inventory RM local DR               100
              To GR/IR clearing RM local 100
       Balance sheet current asset         BSX
       Balance sheet current liability     WRX



                                          79
(Qty in GR*Rate as per P.O)

G)     Invoice verification-Against PO/GR
       GR/IR clearing RM local DR        100 Balance sheet CL           WRX
              To party                   100 Balance sheet CL From PO,
                                         Party no. will be taken
    i) Raw material consumption
        RM Consumption                    Local DR 100 P & L Debit GBB VBR
              To inventory RM local                 100 BS C/A(Current Asset) BSX
J) Wages payment
Wages A/c             DR     20      P & L Debit
       To Bank               20      BS CA
K) Production Receipt        At product cost

Inventory FG         DR    120   BS             C/A BSX
(FG =Finished goods)
       To INC/DEC in stocks FG 120 P & L Credit GBB

                ZOF – In case of on production order /CPP module not implement GBB
                AUF –in case of production order (PP module implemented)
SD steps

L) Delivery –At product cost
INC /DEC in stocks FG DR 120 P & L Credit
GBB VAX –If sales account is not created as revenue element (Co not implemented
/GBB VAY –If sales account is created as revenue element (Co Implemented)
       To Inventory FG       120   BS      C/A

M) Sales billing

Customer A/c DR 150        BS    C/A From sales order, customer number will be
taken
             To Sales            150 P & L credit ERL
LCL=Local
Inventory FG=Raw material consumption local +wages
GR=Goods receipt
INC/DEC STK FG=Increase /Decrease stock finished goods

P & L account

H)     RM can local          100     L)Sales                   150
       Wages                 20      J)INC/DEC STKFG 120
       Net profit            30      K)INC DEC STK FG -120     0
                             -------                           -----
                             150                               150
                             ===                               ===



                                          80
Balance Sheet

Surplus in P & L Account                  30    F) INV RM LCL 100
   F) GR/IR CLG RM LCL 100                H) INV RM LCL -100
   E) GR/IR CLRG RM LCL              -100 0                  ---------
                                                                  0
a) Sundry creditors RM                    100   I) Bank                -20
                                                j) INV FG    120
                                                K)INV FG -120            0
                                                L)Sundry debtors        150
                                          ----                         --------
                                          130                          130
                                          ===                          ===
Integration rules

   A) In material master we specify valuation class
   B) For valuation class we assign GL accounts based on the nature of transaction
   C) At the time of material receipt/Issue stores person enters movement type, material
      number and quantity. Our accounts will be up dated automatically based on
      accounts assignment to valuation class which is specified in material master

Eg: Material no. Valuation   Inventory postings    GR/IR                 Consumption
                             BSX                   Clearing              (GBB VBR)
                                                   (WRX)
RM1 (local)     3000 RM local 200121-INV-RM        100520-GR/IR          40000-RM
                                    Local          CLRG RM LOCAL        Consumption-
IMP
Local Raw Material
1. Purchase order    Material –RM1
                     Vendor -1234
                     Qty-100 Kgs
                     Rate 5 Rs Save              P.O.No.1
2. Goods receipt     with reference to P.O-P.O No.1
   Movement          Type:101       Debit BSX          200121
                                    Credit WRX
Material      RM1
Qty           60 kgs
Save

Material Doc no.200001
200121 –Inventory RM local DR       300
100520 GR/IR CLR RM Local           300
(Qty IN GR *Rate as per P.O)
60*5




                                          81
Raw material consumption

Movement type        201    Debit GBB VBR                  Debit A/c No. 400000
Credit BSX 200121
Material      RM1           3000
Qty           10 Kgs
400000         RM Consumption LCL     DR  50
200121         Inventory RM Local         50
(Qty issued * Moving average rate)

Imported raw material

1. Purchase order             Material -RM2
                              Vendor -4567
                              Qty-1Kg
                              Rate -100     PO No.2
2.      Goods receipt- with reference to PO-PO No.2
        Movement type:101 Debit BSX         200122
                              Credit WRX 100521
Martial       RM2             3001
Qty           1 Kg
Save          Material Doc No.200003
200122-       Inventory       RM IMP DR            100
100521        GR/IR CLRG RM IMP                    100
(Qty IN GR* Bate as per P.O)
1*100

Raw material returns
Material doc no.200003

Movement      Type 102      Debit WRX             100521
                            Credit BSX            100122
Material      RM2                          3001
Qty           1 Kg
Save          Material doc no.200004
100521        GR/IR CLR RM         IMP     DR              100
200122        Inventory RM         IMP                     100

Why SAP does not support purchase accounting why it supports inventory
accounting:

RM –Local raw material             1              2                     3
                    Not included in purchase      Bill received Less stock reported
                    Provision statement                         by stores
RM consumption=Qty         Value
Opening stock  0           0       0                       0



                                          82
Add purchase                0        516.50                     516.50
                            _____________________________
                                     516.50                     516.50
Less :Closing stock         300      300                        200
                            ------------------------------------------
Raw material consumption X           X                          X
                            ========================
                            Wrong wrong                         wrong
   1. Purchase order material no.             RM1
                        Vendor                1234
                            Qty               100 Kgs
                            Rate              5 Rs
                            Excise            10%
                            CST               2%
                            Other change 1%
Material receipt:

We get excise invoice to claim cenvat –Final invoice many come or may not come.
Only excise invoice received
Basic price           500
Excise                50
Stores person updates his records with the above data.

Issue: Not included in purchase provision statement:
Account Dep gets a statement from stores in the month end material received bills not
received to make purchase provision.
Stores person –By mistake he has not included the above item in the purchase provision
statement.
Account Dept.gets closing stock statement from stores-in the statement he is showing 60
kgs stock at 5Rs.300

Issue2 –Closing stock valuation wrong
We have received invoice after words in invoice

                                                      wrong
Basic                  500             500
Excise                 50                             50
CST2%                  11              11
Other 1%               5.5             5.5
                       -------         --------       ---
Bill amount            566.50          516.50         50

                               Purchase a/c     cenvat receivable
In the month end stores person sends closing stock statement
60 kgs at Rs.5
Should be value 516.5/100*60=309



                                              83
*Issue less stock reported by stores
If this month production is more, profitability will be more.
If this month production is less, profitability will be less.
Physical stock available -60 Kgs
Reporting to accounts only 40 kgs
40*5=200
Inventory accounting

1. Purchase order     Material no.RM1
                      Vendor                     1234
                      Qty                        100
                      Rate                       5
                      Tax code A1 (10% Excise +2% CST) other charges 1%
                      PO no.1
2. Goods receipt                         with reference to PO no.1
   Movement type             101
   Material                  RM1
   Qty                       100
   Save

Entry will be passed automatically
Inventory RM local DR                 516.50
       To GR/IR CLR RM Local          516.50 Qty in
GR*Rate as per PO

Store records : Material RM1
Qty           :Value
Receipt       :100 Kgs 516.50
Account records 200121 Inventory RM local
                     516.50 DR
3. Raw material consumption
Movement type        201
Material             RM1
Qty                  40 Kgs
Save

Accounting entry will be generated automatically RM consumption local DR
206.5 (516.5) 100*40
To Inventory RM local 206.6
Qty issued moving .AVG price

Stores records:       Material        RM1
                      Qty             Value
Receipt               100 Kgs         516.50
Issue                 40 Kgs          206.6



                                            84
------           ------
                      60 Kgs           309.9

Accounts records 200121 Inventory RM local
              516.50 DR    206.60 DR
CL stock value                           309.9



Price differences are two types
1)Batch method                                 2)Moving average method
                                                        |
                             -------------------------------------------------------
                             |                          |                          |
                      Stock fully available Stock partly available Stock no available

1st method –Batch method:
RM1 PO               PR        10 RS             BILL for 12Rs

                                                 1.Material Receipt
Batch Qty      Rate            Amount            Inv RM local         DR 1000 BSX
1     100      10              1000              To GR/IR CLR RM LCL/100 WRX
2     50       40              2000              2. Raw Material consumption
      -----                    -----             RM consumption local DR 100 GBB VBR
      150                      3000              To INV RM local           100 BSX
      10       10              100
      ---                      ----
      140                      2900              3. Invoice verification
                               180               GR/IR CLRG RM LCR            DR 100 WRX
       -----                   -----             INV RM LOCAL DR 180           BSX 90*2
       140                     3080              Price diff RM LCL 20 PRD 100*2
                                                 To Vendor       1200 form PO vendor no. is
                                                 taken
Break up
1       90     12      1080
2       50     40      2000
Preparation in P & L account :
Raw material consumption :
Raw material consumption +/ price difference RM
Eg: RMC                100
     PD RM             20
                       ----
                       120
                       ===
For the truncation key PRD –We can assign raw material consumption account or price
difference RM A/c



                                                85
Moving average method: stock fully available

RM1           PO Price :10         Final Bill for Rs.12

              Qty rate amount      1. Goods receipt

Bill qty      100     10     1000 Inv.RM local DR 1000 BSX
              50      40     2000 To GR/IR CLRG RM LCL 1000
             ----            ------ 2. Raw material consumption
             150             3000 RM consumption local DR 400 GBB VBR
             20       20     400     To INV RM local 400 BSX
              ----           -----
Average bill 130             2600 3.Invoice verification
                                      GR/IR CLRG RM LCL DR 1000 WRX
                             200     GR/IR CLRG RM LCL DR 1000 WRX
              ----           -----
              130            2800 INV RM Local DR 200 BSX 100*2
                                            To Vendor 1200 form PO Vendor no.is
                                               taken

Consumption rate:
Value / Qty 3000/150=20
Next consumption rate
Value / Qty 2800/130=21.54

3rd method moving average method: Stocks partly available

RM1           PO             Price 10Rs Bill for 12Rs
                                        1.Material receipt

              Qty     Rate   Amount        1. Goods receipt
Bill qty      100     10     1000          INV RM local DR  1000 BSX
              50      40     2000          To GR/IR CLRG RM 1000 WRX
              ---            -----
              150            3000
              130     20     2600          2. Raw material consumption
              -----          ------        RM comp local DR 2600 GBB VBR



                                         86
AVBL QTY 20                 400
                            40             TO inv RM local 2600 BSX
              ----          ----
              20            440
                                           3.Invoice verification
                                           GR/IR CLR RM LCL DR 1000 WRX
                                           INV RM Local           Dr 40 BSX 20 *2
                                           Price diff RM          DR     160 PDR
                                                   To     Vendor 1200 from PO
                                                          vendor no.is taken
Consumption rate
Value / Qty 30000/150=20

Next consumption rate:
Value qty 440/20=22.00
Incase of batch method –It has checked batch wise for the material.
In case of moving average method –if has checked material wise.
4th Method-moving average method: Stocks not available safety socks

RM1 PO Price                10 Rs          Bill for Rs12
                                           1. Material receipt
              Qty    Rate   Amount         Inv RM local DR      1000 BSX
Bill Qty      100    10     1000           To GR/IR CLRG RM LCL 1000WRX
              50     40     2000           2. Raw material consumption
              ----   ----   ------         RM Consume local DR 3000 GBB VBR
              150           3000
              150    20     3000           To INV RM Local
              ----          -----          3. Invoice verification
AVBL Qty      0             0              GR/IR CLRG RM LCL DR 1000 WRX
                                           Price Diff RM DR            200
                                     To Vendor     1200 form PO vendor no.is taken


Sales and Distribution Flow:

   1. Inquiry and quotation:
   2. Sales order : Product, Plant, Sales organization, customer no., quantity, rate
      delivery
                     terms, payment terms.
   3. Delivery :With reference to sales order
          A) Delivery without post goods issue (Delivery without PGI) ownership is
             not transferred.
      Eg. Export sales –Terms of delivery –FOB (Free on board)

              Hyderabad Factory            Chennai Port          Customer
              Delivery without PGI                               Delivery with PGI



                                          87
No FI document only                                  FI document material
               material document                                    document

               FI document :At product cost

       Increase /Decrease in stocks FG DR GBB VAY-If sales account is created as
       revenue element (Co implemented)1


               GBB VAX if sales account is not created as revenue element (Co not
               implemented)
               To inventory FG     BSX

            B) Delivery with Post Goods Issue (Delivery with PGI)
               Eg. Local sales terms of delivery –Ex works
                      Hyderabad factory             Customer
                      Delivery with PGI
Sales Billing: With reference to delivery

Customer account DR            From sales order
To Sales                       :ERL
SD-Pricing procedure

Eg:            1                      2               3             4
From R egion   Andhra                 Andhra          Andhra        Andhra
To Region      Andhra                 Tamilnadu       Andhra        Tamilnadu
Customer       Taxable                Taxable         Non-taxable   Non-taxable
Material       Taxable                Taxable         Non-taxable   Non-taxable

Basic price
Excise % on basic
VAT % on Basic+Excise          CST % on basic+ Excise

From H sales

Condition type:          KOFI (Account assignment-FI)
                         KOFK (Account Assignment –CO)


Assignment of accounts


1              2           3       4              5            6            7       8
Application    Conditi     Chat    Sales          Account      Account      Accou
area           on type     of      originatio     assignment   assignment   nt keys



                                            88
accoun n             group for    group for
                        ts                   customers    materials
V-Sales &    KOFI       BIL    HYD           01           03          ERL       300001 –
Distribution                                                                    Sales Local
                                                                                own goods
V-Sales &    KOFI       BIL     HYD          02           03          ERL       300002-
Distribution                                                                    Sales
                                                                                exports own
                                                                                goods
V-Sales &    KOFI       BIL     HYD          01           01          ERF       300003
Distribution                                                                    Sales local
                                                                                trading
                                                                                goods
V-Sales &    KOFI       BIL     HYD          01           03          ERL       400350 –
Distribution                                                          Sales     Freight
                                                                      revenu    Local own
                                                                      e         goods
                                             01-          01 Traded   ERF
                                             Domestic     goods       Freight
                                             revenues                 Reven
                                                                      ues
                                             02-Foreign   02 Services ERB-
                                             revenues                 Rebate
                                                                      s
                                                                      /Tradi
                                                                      ng
                                                                      Discou
                                                                      nts
                                             03-          03          ERS
                                             Afflicated   Finished    Sales
                                             company      goods       Deduct
                                             revenues                 ions

Note :ERS :Sales commission

Bank                  5000 From customer 5000
                      Reimbursement of expenses


                              MM CUSTOMIZATION

MM consultant job

   1. Define Plants




                                        89
Path: SPRO-Enterprise structure- Definition –Logistic general-Define copy,
delete check plant.

Double click on define plant
Select new entries button
Plant                          :BILP
Name                           :BIL HYD Factory plant
Factory calendar               :Select B2 or 01 (B2=BIL HYD Factory Calendar)
Save                                              (01=Standard calendar)
Give the name                  :BIL Hyderabad factory plant
Country                        :IN
Enter
Select create request button
Short description              :MM customization for BIL
Press enter
Enter once again to save in the request

Define division:

Path :Up to logistic –General the path is same-Define copy, Delete, check
division.

Double click on define division
Select new entries button
Division               :BS (It is a text filed)
Name                   :Steel Division
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Maintain storage location

Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Definition- materials management –
Maintain storage location (OX09)

Give the plant                 :BILP
Enter


                                       90
Select new entries button
Give the storage location       :HYD
Description                     :Hyderabad storage location
Save
Press enter to save in your request



Maintain purchasing organization
Same path

Select new entries button
Purchase organization           :BIR
Description                     :BIL Purchase organization
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assign plant to company code:

Path : SPRO-Enterprise structure –Assignment- logistics General –Assign
plant to company code ( Tr code is OX18)

Select new entries button
Company code                    :BIL
Plant                           :BILP
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assign business area to plant/valuation area and division

Path :Same path -Select plant /valuation area –Division button

Select new entries button
Plant                   :BILP
Division                :BS
Business area           :BILH
Save



                                        91
Press enter to save in your request

Assign purchasing organization to company code

Path :Up to assignment the path is same –Materials management –Assign
purchasing organization to company code

Select position button :Give the purchase org:BILR
Enter
For BILR for assign company code BIL
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assign purchasing organization to plant:

Same path
Select new entries button
Purchasing org          :BILR
Plant                   :BILP
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Create purchasing groups

Path :SPRO-Materials management –Purchasing –Create purchasing groups.

Select new entries button
Purchasing group       :BIL
Description            :BIL RM purchasing group
Save
Press entr to save in your request

Define material groups:( OMSF)

Path :SPRO-Logistic general –Material master-Settings for key fields –Define
Material groups.
Select new entries button
Material group                :BILC
Material groups description :Chemicals



                                      92
Press enter to save in your request


Maintain company code for material management:

Path :SPRO-Logistic General –Material master-Basic settings-Maintain
company code for materials management

Select position button
Give the comp code                     :BIL
Enter
Year                                   :2008
Period                                 :7 (October)

Note : This period enter carefully, if you once enter not modified

Select ABP check box (ABP stands for Allow Back Period Posting)
Note: September entries allowed
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Press enter to save in your request

Define attributes of material types:

Path:up to the material master the path is same – Basic settings –Material type-
Define attributes of material types.
Select position button
Select material type            :ROH (Raw materials)
Enter
Select ROH
Double click on quantity / Value updating folder
Select position button
Valuation area           :BILP ( Nothing but plant)
Enter
For BILP select quantity updating, value update check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request


                                      93
Select back arrow
Select material FERT for finished product
Double click quantity / value updating folder
Select position button
Valuation area           :BILP
Enter
For BILP select quantity updating check box value updating check box
Save

Set tolerance limits for price variance for purchase order

Path: SPRO-Material management –Purchasing –Purchase order –set
tolerance limits for price variance

Select TIKY :PE & SE for company code 1000
Select copy as button
Enter the company code to BIL
For tolerance key                :PE
Enter
Change the company code to :BIL
For tolerance key                :SE
Enter and save
Press enter to save in your request

Plant parameters:

Path :SPRO-Materials management –Inventories management –Physical
inventory –Plant parameters

Select plant :1000
Select copy as button
Change the plant to BILP
Enter and save
Press enter to save in your request




                                       94
Set tolerance limits for goods receipt

Path :Up to inventory management and physical inventory the path is same -
Goods receipt-Set tolerance limits

Select tolerance key B1,B2,VP for company code 1000
Select copy as button
Change the company code to BIL for B1
Enter
Change the company code BIL for B2
Enter
Change the company code to BIL for VP
Enter and save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain default values for tax codes

Path: SPRO- Materials management –Logistics invoice verification-Incoming
invoice maintain default values for tax codes

Select new entries button
Company code            :BIL
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Set tolerance units for invoice verification

Path:Up to logistics invoice verification the path is same – Invoice block-Set
tolerance limits

select tolerance key BD, ST for company code 1000
select copy as button
change the company code to BIL for BD
enter
change the company code to BIL for ST
save



Define automatic status change


                                      95
Path :Up to the logistic invoice verification the path is same – Invoice
verification in back ground –Define automatic status change

Select new entries button
Company code                   :BIL
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Press enter to save in your request

Group together valuation areas:

Path :SPRO-Material management –Valuation and account assignment-
Account determination-Account determination without wizard-Group
togather valuation areas.

Select position button
Valuation      :BILP
Enter
Give the valuation grouping code :X
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Define valuation classes:

Path :Same path – Select valuation class button

Select valuation class 3000 Raw materials local
Select valuation class 7920 Finished products
Select copy as button
Change valuation class 3000 to BIL1
Change the description to Raw materials local
Change valuation class 7920 to BIL2 – Finished product
Enter and save
Press enter to save in your request




                                      96
FI consultants job:

1. Creation of GL masters FS00
      A) Inventory RM local                   Current assets loans & advances
      B) Inventory finished goods                    -do-
      C) GR/IR clearing RM local              Current liabilities & Provisions
      D) RM consumption local                 RM Consumption
      E) INC/DEC in stocks FG                 Increase /Dec in stocks

Give the GL account no.       200121
Company code                  BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL account no.200120 Inventory RM
Company code                  :BIL
Enter
Change the short text to Inventory RM local
Change the GL a/c long text also inventory RM local
Select control data tab
Tax category                  :select * (All tax allowed)
Select posting without tax allowed check box
Select create/Bank/Interest tab
Field status group change to G006 Material accounts
Save
Note :Before post select automatically only check box 200121
Ignore the warning message press enter
GL account no.                :200122
Company code                  :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL a/c no.200121
Company code                  :BIL
Enter
Select type/description tab
Change short text and GL a/c long text to inventory FG
Save



                                     97
GL account                       :100520
Company code                     :BIL
Select with template button
GL account                       :100500 outstanding exp.
Company code                     :BIL
Enter
Change short text and GL account and long text to GR/IR clearing RM local
Select control data tab
Tax category                     :*
Select posting without tax allowed check
Sort key                         :014 Purchase order
Select create /bank /interest tab
Field status group change to G045 goods/Invoice received clearing accounts
Save
G/L account               :400000
Company code              :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL account no.400100 Salaries a/c
Company code              :BIL
Enter
Select type/description tab
Change the account group to RM consumption
Change short text and GL account long text to RM consumption local
Select create /bank /interest tab
Field status group to change to G003 Material consumption accounts
Save
Select edit cost element button
Valid from     :01.04.2008
Enter
Cost element category            :Select 01
Save



                                        98
GL account             :300200
Company code           :BIL
Select with template button
Change the GL a/c no.300100 Exchange gain
Company code           :BIL
Enter
Select type/Description tab
Change account group to Increase /Decrease stocks
Change short text and GL account long text to Increase/Decrease in stocks FG
Select create/Bank/Interest tab
Change field status group to G030 change in stock accounts
Save

*Assignment of accounts for automatic postings

Path :Up to account determination without wizard the path is same – Configure
automatic postings (Tr code is OBYC) (MM to FI Integration )

Select cancel button
Select account assignment button


Double click on transaction BSX inventory posting
Give your Chart of Accounts            :BIL
enter
Select valuation modifier check box
Select valuation class check box
Save


Valuation modified     Valuation class              Account
X                      BIL1 RM local                200121 Inventory RM local
X                      BIL2 Finished products       200122 Inventory FG
Save



                                      99
Press enter to save in your request
    Select back arrow
    Double click on transaction WRX GR/IR clearing account
    Select valuation modifier check box
    Select valuation class check box
    Save
    Valuation modifier             :X
    Valuation class                :BIL1 RM local
    Account no.                    :100520 GR/IR clearing local
    Save
    Press enter to save in your request
    Select back arrow
    Double click on GBB offsetting entry for Inventory posting
    Select General modification check box
    Valuation modifier check box
    Valuation class check box
    Save

Valuation General modification              Valuation class       Account
modifier
X         VBR (consumption)                 BIL1 RM local         400000 RM
                                                                  consumption local
X            ZOF (Production receipt        BIL2 Finished         300200 Increase /
             without production order)      products              Decrease stocks FG
X            AUF with production            BIL2                  300200
X            VAY (Delivery where            BIL2                  300200
             sales account is created as
             revenue element
             Co implemented)
X            VAX Delivery where is          BIL2                  300200
             sales account is not created
             as revenue element
             CO not implemented
    Save
    Press enter to save in your request




                                          100
Document types and no.ranges (OBA7)
WE          :Goods receipt
WA               :Goods issue
RE               :Grass invoice receipt


Tr code is OBA7


Select WE                :Goods receipt
Select details button
Number rage              :50
Select number range information button
Company code             :BIL
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
No.range                 :50
Year                     :2008
From no.                 :800001
To no.                   :900000
Enter and save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Select back arrow 3 times
Select type WA Goods issue
Select details button
Number range             :49
Select no.range information button
Company code             :BIL
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
No.range                 :49
Year                     :2008
From no.                 :900001



                                     101
To no.                  :1000000
Enter and save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Select back arrow three times
Select RE gross invoice receipt
Select details button
No. range               :51
Select no.range information button
Company code            :BIL
Select change intervals button
No.range                :51
Year                    :2008
From no.                :1000001
To no.                  :1100000
Enter and save
Ignore the warning message press enter


MM end user area
Creation of vendor master XK01


Give the company code           :BIL
Purchasing organization         :BILR
Account group                   :BIL2 MM vendors for BIL
Enter
Give the name                   :Nagarjuna Steels Limited
Country                         :IN
Select next screen button 3 times
Reconciliation account          :select 100501 Sundry credit RM
Sort key                        :012 vendor
Select next screen button
Payment terms                   :0001



                                       102
Select next screen button 2 times
Order currency                 :INR
Select GR based invoice verification check box
Save

Creation of RM material master

Path :Logistics –Materials management –Material master-material-
Create(Genral) –Immediately (Transaction code MM01)

Material                :BILRM1
Industry sector         :Mechanical engineering
Material type           :Raw material
Press select views button
Select basic data1, purchasing, general plant data/storage1/accounting1
Select organization levels button (bottom side)
Give the plant                 :BILP
Storage location               :HYD
Enter
Give the description           :Raw material 1
Basic unit of measurement      :KG
Material group                 :BILC (Chemicals)
Division                       :BS (Steel)
Select purchasing tab
Purchasing group               :BIL
Select accounting one tab
Valuation class                :select BIL1 (RM local)
Price control                  :select V moving average price
Moving price                   :50
Select save button or Ctrl+S

To open material periods for November:




                                      103
Up to material master the path is same –Other-Close period (Transaction code
is MMPV)

From company code                    :BIL
Give the period                      :8 (November)
Fiscal year                          :2008
Select check and close period radio button
Execute

Purchase order creation

Path :Logistics – Material management –Purchasing –Purchase order-Create-
Vendor/supplying plant known (The transaction code is ME 21N)

Give the purchasing organization     :BILR
Company code                         :BIL
Enter
Give the purchasing group            :BIL
Item                                 :10
Material                             :BILRM1
PO quantity                          :100 Kg
net price                            :75
Plant                                :BILP
Give the currency                    :INR
Vendor no.                           :2001
Save
Note the purchase order no.4500017092

Goods receipt:

Path :Logistics –Material management –Inventory management –Goods
movement –Goods receipt- for purchase order –PO number known (The
transaction code is MIGO)

Select goods receipt
Give purchase order no.4500017092
Enter


                                   104
Storage location select        :HYD
Select quantity tab
Quantity in delivery note      :100
Select item ok check box
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Select display button
Enter
Select document information tab
Select FI documents button
                                                               BSX
200121 Inventory RM local 7500                 BILRM1          BIL1

                                                               WRX
100520 GR/IR CLRG RM local -7500        BILRM1                 BIL1
      Qty .Received(GR) *Rate as per PO
      100*75

Note: change USTAX to GTAX

Invoice verification:

Path :Logistics –Materials management –Logistics-Invoice verification –
Document entry-Enter invoice (Transaction code is MIRO)

Give the invoice date          :Today’s date
Reference                      :Party bill no.1234
Text                           :Invoice verification
Purchase order                 :4500017092
Select payment tab
Payment terms                  :0001
Baseline date                  :today’s date
Select base data tab
Tax code                       :select V0
Enter
Business area                  :BILH
Select beside data tab



                                      105
Amount                         :7500
Enter
Select save button or Ctrl+s
From the menu select invoice document –Display
Select follow on document button

2001 Nagarjuna Steels Limited 7500 –From party no is taken
100520 GR/IR CLRG RM local 7500 BILRM1           BIL1



Raw material consumption

Path :Logistics –Materials management –Inventory management –goods
movement –goods issue (Transaction code is MB1A)

Movement type          :201
Plant                  :BILP
Storage location       :HYD
Enter
Give the cost center   :Dept A
Material               :BILRM1
Quantity               :30
Select save button or Ctrl+S
From the menu select goods –Issue display
Enter
Select accounting documents button
Select accounting document number
                                                        BSX
200121 Inventory RM local 2250-BILRM1                   BIL1
                                                 GBB VBR
400000 RM consumption LCL 2250-BILRM1                   BIL1
Qty consumed * moving average price
        30*75




                                   106
To view stock ledger

Path :Logistics –Materials management –Inventory management –
Environment –Stock for posting date (Transaction code is MB5B)

Material no.                   :BILRM1
Company code                   :BIL
Plant                          :BILP
Selection date                 :01.04.2008 to 31.03.2009
Select valuated stock radio button
Execute

                               SD CUSTOMIZATION
SD consultant’s job

1. Define region:(State)
   Path :SPRO-SAP netweaver-General settings-Set countries –Insert regions

   Select new entries button
   Country               :IN
   Region                :AP
   Description           :Andhra Pradesh
   Save
   Select create request button(F8)
   Short description SD customization for BIL
   Save in your request

   Define sales organization

   Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Definition –Sales and contribution –
   Define,copy,delete,check,-Sales organization

   Double click on define sales organization
   Select new entries button
   sales organization          :BILS
   Description                 :BIL HYD      Sales organization
   statistics currency         :INR


                                      107
save, Ignore the warning message press enter
Give the name               :BIL HYD sales organization
country                     :IN
region                      :AP
press enter
To save in your request
Define distribution channel

Same path -Sales & distribution –Define,copy, delete,check distribution
channel

Double click on define distribution channel
Select new entries button
Distribution channel                :BD
Name                                :Direct sales
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Define shipping point

Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Definition-Logistic execution –Define,
copy, delete, check shipping point

Double click define shipping point
Select new entries button
Shipping point              :BISH
Description                 :BIL HYD shipping point
Save
Name                        :BIL HYD shipping point
Country                     :IN
Enter
Press enter once again to save in the request

Assign sales organization to company code:




                                  108
SPRO-Enterprise structure –Assignment-Sales & Distribution –Assign sales
organization to company code

Select position button
Sales organization          :BILS
Enter
For sales organization      :BILS
Assign company code         :BIL
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Assign distribution channel to sales organization

Same path
Select new entries button
Sales organization          :BILS
Distribution channel        :BD
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assign division to sales organization

Same path
Select new entries button
Sales organization          :BILS
Division                    :BS
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Setup sales area:

Same path
Select new entries button
Sales organization          :BILS
Distribution channel        :BD


                                   109
Division                     :BS
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assign sales organization –distribution channel- plant:

Select new entries button
Sales organization           :BILS
distribution channel         :BD
Plant                        :BILP
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define rules by sales area:

Path :Up to sales and distribution the path is same –Business area account
assignment –Define rules by sales area

Select position button
Sales organization           :BILS
enter
For sales organization       :BILS
Rule select                  :001 (Business area determination from plant /
                             division )
Save, press enter to save in your request


Assign shipping point to plant:

Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Assignment-logistic execution –Assign
shipping point to plant

Select find button
Enter                :BILP
Press enter
Select               :BILP
Select assign button


                                   110
Select BISH check box
enter
Save
Press enter to save in your request



Define common distribution channels:

Path :SPRO-Sales & Distribution –Master data –Define common
distribution channels

Select position button
Give the sales organization       :BILS
Enter
Distribution channels for condition :BD
Distribution channels for customer master :select BD
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define common divisions:

Same path

Select position button
Sales organization         :BILS
Enter
Division for conditions :select BS
Division for customer master :select BS
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain pricing procedures

Path :SPRO-Sales and distribution –Basic functions –pricing –Pricing
control –Define and assign pricing procedures

Double click on maintain pricing procedures
Select pricing RVAA01 standard
Double click on control data folder



                                111
Condition type SKTV cash discount
Condition type MWST output tax
Deselect required check box
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter to save

Define pricing procedure determination:

Upto define and assign pricing procedures the path is same

Double click on define pricing procedure determination
Select new entries button
Sales organization                :BILS
Distribution channel              :BD
Division                          :BS
Document pricing procedure        :select A standard
Customer pricing procedure        :select 1 standard
Pricing procedure                 :select RVAA01 standard
Condition type                    :select PR00 price
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define tax determination rules:

Path :SPRO-Sales and distribution –Basic functions- Taxes –Define tax
determination rules

Select new entries button
Tax country        :IN for India
Sequence           :1
Tax category       :UTXJ Tax Jursdict code
Save

Setup partner determination:

Partner functions
                            Customer No.
SP Sold to Party            1            1 Not modifiable



                                112
SH Ship to party             1              2 Modifiable
BP Bill to party             1              2. Modifiable
PY Payer                     1              2 Modifiable

If we don’t specify separately (SP,SH,BP and PY)all we be only customer

Path :Up to basic functions the path is same-Partner determination –Set up
partner determination

Double click setup partner determination for customer master
Double click on partner functions folder
Select position button
Partner function   :SP
Enter
Select partner function SP
Double click on account group function assignment folder
Select new entries button
Partner function             :SP
Account group                :BIL2
Partner function             :SH
Account group                :B1L2
Partner function             :BP
Account group                :BIL2
Partner function             :PY
Account group                :BIL2
Ignore the warning message press enter to save in your request
Double click on partner determination procedures folder
Select new entries button
Partner determination        :BIL
Name                         :BIL partner determination procedure
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter


Select partner determination         :BIL


                                    113
Double click partner functions in processor folder
Select new entries button
Partner function                    :SP
Select not modifiable check box
Select mandatory check box
Select partner function     :SH select mandatory function check box
Select partner function     :BP select mandatory function check box
Select partner function     :PY select mandatory function check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Double click on partner determination procedure assignment folder
Select position button
Account group      :BIL2
Enter
For BIL2 Assign partner procedure BIL
Save

Assign shipping points

SPRO-Logistics execution-Shipping –Basic shipping functions –Shipping
point and goods receiving point determination –Assign shipping point

Select new entries button
Shipping conditions         :select 01 as soon as possible
Loading group               :0003 manual
Plant                       :BILP
Propose shipping point      :BISH
Save
Press enter to save in your request



FI consultant job:

Creation of GL master sales local own goods under sales group –FS00



                                 114
Give the GL a/c no.         :300005
Company code                :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL a/c no.         :300000 sales account
Company code                :BIL
Enter
Change short text and GL a/c long text local own goods
Select control data tab
Tax category                :*
Select posting without tax allowed check box
Select create /Bank /Interest tab
Field status group G029 revenue accounts
Save
Select edit cost element button
Valid from         :01.04.2008
Enter
Cost element category :11 Revenues
Save

* Assignment of account for automatic postings:

Path :SPRO-Sales and Distribution –Basic function-Account
assignment/costing Revenue account determination –Assign GL accounts
(Transaction code is VKOA)

Note : This is Important Tr code

Double click on table one
Select new entries button
Application area :Select V Sales & Distribution
Condition type     :KOFI account data
Chart of accounts :BIL
Sales organization :BILS
Account assignment group of customer :Select 01 domestic revenues



                                    115
Account assignment group of material      :03 Finished goods
Account key                       :Select ERL sales revenues
GL account                        :300005 sales local own group
Save
Press enter to save in your request

SD end user area
Creation of customer master       :XD01
Company code                      :BIL
Sales organization                :BILS
distribution channel              :BD
Division                          :BS
Account group                     :SD customer for BIL
Enter
Name                              :DLF Industries Ltd
Country                           :IN
Region                            :AP
Select company code data button
Reconciliation account            :200110 sundry debtors
Sort key                          :031 customer no.
Select payment transaction tab
Terms of payment                  :0001
Select sales area data button
Customer pricing procedure        :select 1 standard
Select shipping tab
Delivery priority                 :select 02 normal
Shipping conditions               :select 01 as soon as possible
Delivery plant                    :BILP
Select billing documents tab
Select price determination check box
In CO terms under delivery and payment terms :select EXW form plant
Terms of payment                  :0001


                                 116
Account assignment group             :select 01 domestic revenues
For Tax category UTXJ Tax classification :select 1 liable for tax
Save

Creation of finished goods material master (MM01)

Give the material                    :BILFG
Industry sector                      :Mechanical engineer
Material type                        :Finished product
Press select views button
Select basic data 1
Select Sales          :Sales organization data 1
Select Sales          :sales org.data 2
Select Sales          :General /plant data
Select MRP1
Select general plant data /storage 1
Select accounting 1
Select organization levels button
Plant                 :BILP
Storage location :HYD
Sales organization :BILS
Distribution channel :BD
Enter
Description           :Finished product
Base unit of measurement :KG
Division              :BS
Gross weight          :1 kg
Select sales          :select 1
sales :Sales org.1 tab
Division              :BS
Tax classification :select 1 (Taxable)
Select sales          :sales, sales organization 2 tab



                                   117
Account assignment group :select 03 finished goods
Select sales        :General /plant tab
Available check            :select KP no check
Transportation group       :select 0003 container
Loading group              :select 0003 manual
Select MRP1 tab
MRP type                   :select ND no planning
Select accounting 1 tab
Valuation class            :select BILL2 finished product
Price control              :select S standard price
Standard price             :400
Save
Creation condition types:

Path : Logistics –Sales & Distribution –Master data-Conditions –Select
using conditions type-create (Transaction code is VK11)

Condition type      :PR00 price
Select key combination button: Select material with release status radio button
Enter
Sales organization BILS
Distribution channel       :BD
Material                   :BILFG
Amount                     :600
Valid from                 :01.04.2008
Valid to                   :31.03.2009
Save
Select back arrow
Condition type             :select UTXJ tax Jursdict code
Select key combination button
Select domestic taxes radio button
Enter
Country                    :IN for India


                                  118
Tax classification for customer :1
           Tax classification for material :1
           Valid from                  :01.04.2008
           Valid to                    :31.03.2009
           Tax code                    :A0 (0% output tax)
           Save
           Ignore the message press enter


                      CO –PROFITABILITY ANALYSIS (CO-PA)

Co for Controlling
PA for Profitability Analysis

This is used to view profitability for number of parameters at a time:

Eg: Customerwise /Productiwise /Sales order wise plant wise, Sales organization
profitability.

Account based profitability /costing based profitability analysis / both (in India we use
both)

PP Module
MM Module
FI Module product costing SD module CO-PA
CO Module
Define an operating concert
Operating concern can be equal to controlling area or above controlling area
Controlling area can be equal to our company code or above company code
Company code =controlling area =operating concern


Data structure

Characteristics                                 Value fields

Customer                 ------
Product                           |
Sales order                       |
Plant                             |-            Sales cost of goods sold net profit
Sales organization                |
Sales employee                    |
Country                           |



                                            119
----

Profitability segment It consists of
   A) System defaulted characteristics
        Eg: customer / Product / Sales order /Plant /Sales organization
   B) Client required characteristics
        Eg: Sales employee / Industry

Data flow in SD module:

   1. Inquiry and quotation
   2. Sales order –customer /product /plant sales organization /quantity /rate delivery
      terms payment terms.
   3. Delivery with reference to sales order.
          A) without posting goods issue (without PGI)
          B) with post goods issue (with PG1)
   4. Sales billing with reference to delivery

   Data flow in Co-PA

               SD condition types                    CO-PA value fields

   PR00       Price                                  VV 010 – Revenues
   VPRS       Costs                                  VV 140 – Cost of goods sold
   (Product costs)
   (up to COGM level)                                CO - +FI
                                                     COGM Admin & SD Exp.
                                                     (Both –costing based and account
                                                     based)
We are going to MAP:
PR00 =VV010
VPRS=W140
Product cost :             BILFG1
Cost sheet:                BILFG
Raw materials              xxx
Raw material overheads     xxx
Production costs           xxx
                           ----- Production valuation will be at COGM level or
                                 COGM+ admin exp. Level
Cost of goods manufactured xxx
(COGM)
Administration             xxx
Sales & Distribution       xxx
                           -----
Cost of goods sold (COGS) xxx




                                           120
In client 800 –for company code 10001 controlling area -1000 operating concern IDEA
In IDEA –All SD condition types and equivalent CO-PA value fields

We check IDEA and do customization the same way for our operating concern also
IDEA is a references to all the CO consultants




CUSTOMIZATION :

Maintain operating concern

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profitability analysis –Structures –Define operating concern
–Maintain operating concern (Tr code is KEA0)


Give the operating concern            :BIL1 (It is a text field)
Select create button
Ignore the warning message press enter
Description     :Operating concern for BIL
Select costing based check box
Select account based check box
select attributes tab
operating concern currency INR
select company code currency check box
fiscal year variant           :V3
save
select data structure tab
select create button under data structure
select KMVTNR sales employee
select left arrow
select value fields tab
select VV010 revenue
select VV140 cost of goods sold



                                             121
select left arrow
select save button
from the menu select data structure save
from the menu select data structure activate
Select back arrow
Select yes button for the message to generate the operating concern environment.
Ignore the message press enter
Save
Define profitability segment characteristics (Segment –level characteristics)

Path: Up to structures the path is same -Define profitability segment Characteristics
(Tr code is KEQ3)

Give the operating concern    :BIL1
Enter
For product and customer
Select costing base and account base radio button
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assign controlling area to operating concern:

Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Assignment –Controlling –Assign controlling area
to operating concern.

Select position button
Give the controlling area             :BIL
Enter
For controlling area                  :BIL
Assign operating concern              :BIL1
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define no.range for actual postings




                                             122
Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profitability analysis –Flows of actual values –Initial steps –
Define no.range for actual postings (Tr code is KEN1)

Operating concern                :BIL1
Select maintain groups button
Select generated groups check box
From the menu select interval maintain
Select interval button
From no.                 1
To no.                   :9999999999 (10 times)
Save
Ignore the message press enter

Maintain assignment of SD conditions to CO-PA value fields:

Path :Up to flows of actual values the path is same –Transfer of billing documents –
Assign value fields .(TR code is KE4I)

Double click on maintain assignment of SD conditions to CO-PA value fields
Select new entries button

Open one more session with SPRO-Controlling-Profitability analysis –Structures –Set
operating concern

Give the operating concern
Select operating concern                 :IDEA
Enter
User the Tr code is KE4I

Come to the first session
Condition type           :PR00
Value field              :VV010 (Revenues)
Condition type           :VPRS (cost)
Value field              :VV140 (Cost of goods/ Sold)
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Notes :Direct posting from FI/MM



                                             123
PR00 price              :VV010 Revenues
Scrap sales/waste sales –Posting only in FI, only FI-No Co account base , if we post
manually in FI
If we post directly in FI-for account no.300000-399999 up date VV010 revenues

VPRS costs             :VV140 cost of goods sold

If we post directly in FI for account no.400000-499999 up date VV140 cost of goods sold

Up to flows of actual value the path is same
(Through path )

Direct posting from FI/MM:Maintain PA transfer structure for direct postings
Tr code is KEI2

Select structure FI (Financial accounting     COPA)
Double click assignment lines folder
Give the controlling area              :BIL
Enter
Enter once again
Select assignment :20 (Direct revenues from FI)
Double click on source folder
From                   :300000
To                     :399999
Double click on value fields folder
Select new entries button
Quality /value         :Select value filed
Fixed /variable        :Select 1 fixed amounts
Value field            :select VV010
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Double click on assignment lines folder
Assignment select      :10 Direct cost from FI
Double click on source folder
From                   :400000



                                              124
To                       :499999
Double click on value fields folder
Select new entries button
Quantity /value          :select value field
Fixed /variable          :select 1 fixed amount
Value field              :VV140
Save

Activate profitability analysis

Path :Up to flows of actual values the path is same          Activate profitability analysis
(KEKE)

Select position button
Give the controlling area                :BIL
Enter
For controlling area                     :BIL
Activate status                          :select 4 (component activate for both types of
                                         profitability analysis)
Save, press enter to save in your request

SD END USER AREA
1. Creation of sales order

Path: Logistics –Sales and Distribution – Sales –Order –Create (Tr code is VA01)

Order type               :select OR (Standard Order)
Sales organization       :BILS
Distribution Channel :BD
Division                 :BS
Enter
Sold to party            :200101
P.O.No.                  :1
P.O.Date                 :To days date
Required delivery date :Today’s date



                                                125
Delivery plant         :BILP
Payment terms          :0001
Item                   :10
Material               :BILFG
Order quantity         :10 kg
Enter
Ignore the message press enter
Select item            :10
From the menu select Goto Item     Conditions
Select shipping tab
From the menu select Edit in complication log
We get a message document is complete ,no errors
Select save button or Ctrl+S

Note the order no.11764

Production receipt :

There are two types of production receipt.

1. Production receipt without production order      2. Production receipt with production
                                                    order
MVT Type:521                                        MVT Type:101

Path :Logistics –Materials Management –Inventory management –Goods movement –
Goods -receipt –Other (Tr code is MB1C)

Moment type            :521 (Receipt w/o production order into unrest –use stock)
Plant                  :BILP
Storage location       :HYD
Enter
Give the material      :BILFG
Quantity               :50
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Note : Check it GL A/c 200122 Inventory, select automatic posting check box


                                             126
From the menu select other goods receipts Display-Enter
Select accounting documents button
Select accounting document no.
                                      BSX
200122 Inventory FG 20000 BILFG BIL2
                               GBB
300200 INC/DEC in stocks FG 20000-BILFG BIL2 ZOF
Qty *Standard Price
50*400

Delivery:
Path : Logistics –Sales & Distribution –Sales –Order –Sub request functions –
Outbound delivery (Tr code is VL01N)
Shipping post         :BILH
Give the order no.    :11764
Enter
Actual goods issue date        :Today’s date
Select item                    :10
Select picking tab
Picked quantity                :10
Select post goods issue button
From the menu select outbound delivery display
Enter
From the menu select Environment      Document flow keep the cursor on goods issue
delivery document no. (down side in document column)
Select display document button
Select accounting documents button
Select accounting document no.
Double click on accounting document no.
200122 Inventory FG 4000-BILFG BSX is assign this A/c BIL2
300200 INC/DEC in stocks FG 4000 BILFG GBB VAY assigned to BIL2
Qty delivered *Standard price
10*400



                                            127
Sales billing

Path :Up to sub sequent functions the path is same –Billing document(Tr code is
VF01)
(Through path)

Select Delivery document no.
Execute
Save
From the menu select Billing document-Display-Select accounting button
Double click on accounting document no.
200100 DLF Industries Limited 6000 customer no.is taken from sales order

300005 Sales local own goods 6000-ERL
Qty sold *Sale price
10*600


                                   REPORT PAINTER

Report to view customer wise/product wise /Sales organization wise /plant wise
profitability

Define forms for profitability reports :

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profitability analysis –Information system –report
components –Define forms –Define forms for profitability reports-(The Tr code is
KE34)

Double click on creation Form
Give the operation concern form :AML
Form description               : From AML profitability
Select two axes (matrix) radio button
Select create button
Select operating concern currency radio button
Enter
Double click on row 1
Select value field with characteristics radio button
Enter
Value field select VV010 – Revenue
Select confirm button


                                            128
Double click on row 2
Select value field with characteristics radio button
Enter
Value field select VV140 –cost of goods sold
Select confirm button
Double click on row 3
Select formula radio button
Enter
Select Y001
Select minus button
Select Y002 cost of goods sold
Enter
Short text Net profit
Select copy short text button
Enter
Double click on column 1
Select characteristics radio button
Enter
Select plant /Actual indicator for available characteristics
Select left arrow
For plant /actual indicator
From :Select 0 actual data
Select confirm button
Save
From the menu select Edit-General data selection
Once again general data selection
From the available characteristics column
Select record type, period /year
Select left arrow
For record type
For form column :Select B direct posting from FI



                                             129
For To column :Select F billing data
For period /year : For from column :Select variable on /off check box
Local variable           :Enter 1
Press enter
For to column select variable on/off check box
Local variable           :2
Enter
Select confirm button
From the select Extras –variables –variable definition
For name 1       : Give the description from period /year
For name 2 Description          :To period /year
Enter & save

Create profitability report:

Same path
Double click on crate profitability report
Tr code is KE31

Give the report          :BILREPORT ( This is a text field)
Description              :BIL Profitability Report
Select report with from radio button
Give the form name :BIL1
Select create button
Select operating concert currency radio button
From the characteristics list :Select customer /plant /product ,Sales organization
Select left arrow
Select output type tab
Select classic drill down radio button
Select available on selection screen check box
Save
Ignore the message press enter
Select execute button



                                             130
Form period/year        :01.2008
To period /Year         :12.2008
Execute
Ignore the message select press enter
To view product wise profitability from the menu select navigate-with drill down
Double click on product
This called date cube
                                   PRODUCT COSTING

This is used for valuation of inventories i.e. Finished goods and Work in progress

PP Module
MM Module               |
FI Module               |          Product costing
CO Module               |

Note: SAP lab :Product costing made easy BPB publication –Not covered product
      costing Crate a cost estimate with quantity structure

Cost element with quantity structure
At standard cost              In the month end we get actual cost

                              Variable will be settled to accounts

How standard cost will be arrived at :

Sales budget for next month Production budget Material requirement Planning
       |                            |
(Make to orders (confirmed orders) (This is same men budget)               +
And make to stock (expected orders))                         Overhead planning =
                                                             Standard cost
Cost sheet for the product BILFG1
Raw materials                                                       xx
Raw material overheads                                              xx
Production costs                                                    xx
Cost of goods manufactured (COGM)                                   xx
Administration Expenses                                             xx
Sales & Distribution exp.                                           xx
                                                                    ----
Cost of goods sold (COGS)                                           xx


To check with client at what level he wants to value stocks


                                            131
At COGM level or At COGM +Admin level

Raw material standard cost
For each product –we find out materials required
For BILFG1 We required BILRM1
                             BILRM2
MM Module :Material Master
Accounting view –moving average price
BIL RM1              75
BILRM2               125

PP Module: Bill of Material (BOM)

To produce BILFG1 what materials are required and how much quantity
BILRM1        1Kg
BILRM2        1Kg
Raw material standard cost =Quantity
from BOM (PP)*Rate from Material Master (MM)
(1*75)+1*125)=200

Raw material overheads

Overheads like freight charges :At the time of receipt it will be added to material –At the
time of consumption the material cost includes freight also.

Overhead like loading and unloading normal amounts change directly to P & L account
clients will tell us-how much percentage can be taken on raw material cost
(consumption.) 5% of raw material costs

Eg: 250*5%=12.5

Production costs:
Cost centers in PP Module :Work centers

                                Dept A        Dept B Dept C           Dept D


                                Dept A        Dept B Dept C           Dept D
Raw material                    Issue         Issue                   Issue finished product

All products need not go through all the Departments

Process flow for each product in PP module we call as routing.

PP Module: Routing                            (Process flow)
                       Dept A                 Dept B         Dept D



                                            132
Raw material           Issue                    Issue         Finished product

Wages                 300000
Salaries              100000
Power                 320000
                      -------
Planned cost          720000
                      =====
Planned hours available
Machines              100 working for 3 shifts (24 Hours )
No.of days            30 Days
                      100*30*24=72000
Machine hour rate     720000/72000=10 Rs
(Activity type)
To Produce BILFG1
Hours required 5Hrs
Production cost 10*5=50

Production cost : (Hours required in Dept A * Machine hour rate)+(Hours required in
Dept B* Machine hour rate )+ (Hours required in Dept D * Machine hour rate)

Example :
Why can’t we allocate based on production

                       Production Qty                   Hrs Req      Cost
BILFG1                 999 Kgs                          1
BILFG2                 1 Kg                             999
                       ------                           -----
                       1000                             1000         720000

If we allocate cost based on production

BILFG1          720000*999/1000=719280
BILFG2          720000*1/1000=         720
                                     --------
                                    720000
                                    ======
If we allocate cost based on hours required

BILFG1         720000*1/1000          =720
BILFG2         720000*999/1000        =719280
                                      -----------
                                      720000
                                      ========
ACTIVITY BASED COSTING




                                            133
Co –Consultants job:

   1. Creation of 2 secondary cost elements (Use Tr.code is KA06)

             A) RM overhead rate
             B) Activity allocation

Give the cost element 1200000
Valid from 01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Enter
Give the name and description         :RM Overhead rate
Cost element category                 : Select 41 overhead rates
Save
Cost element                          :1200001
Enter
Name and description                  :Activity allocation
Cost element category                 :select 43 Interval activity allocation
Save

Creation of activity type –Machine hour:

Path :Accounting –Controlling –cost Center accounting –Master data –Activity type-
Individual processing –create (Transaction code KL01)

Activity type                  :BIL
Valid from                     :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Enter
Give the Name & Description :Machine hour
Activity unit                  :select H
Cost center categories         :Select * (All cost center categories)
Active type category           :select 1 (Manual entry , Manual allocation)
Allocation cost element        :1200001
Save

Creation of cost centers: (Tr.code is KS01)




                                            134
Give the cost center           :Dept G
Valid from                     : 01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Reference cost center          :Dept A
Controlling area               :BIL
Enter
Change the name to Dept G
Change the description to cost center :Dept G
Person responsible             :MrG
Other things are common
Select save button


Cost center                    :Dept H
Reference cost center          :Dept A
Controlling area               :BIL
Enter
Change the name to Dept H
Change the description to cost center:Dept H
Change person responsible to Mr.H
Cost center category :select 9( Allocation cost center)
Save


Create of cost center group (Tr code is KSH1)

Give the cost center group :BILPROD
Enter
Description :BIL Production cost center group
Select insert cost center button
Select cost center Dept G
Save

Define overhead keys:




                                            135
Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling –Product cost planning basic
settings for material costing - overheads-Define overhead keys

Select new entries
Overhead key            :BIL1
Description             :BIL Overhead key
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define overhead groups
Same path

Select new entries button
Valuation area                  :BILP
Overhead group                  :BIL1
Overhead key                    :BIL1
Name of overhead group          :BIL over head group
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Note:
Overhead rate will be given to overhead key
Overhead key will be assigned to overhead group
Overhead group will be specified in material master

Define calculation basis

Path :SPRO-Controlling- Product cost controlling –Product cost planning-Basic
setting for material costing –Over head –costing sheet components –Define calculation
bases

Select new entries button
Base             :D1 (Text filed)
Name             :Raw materials
Base             :D2
Name             :Production cost



                                            136
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Select D1 double click on details folder
Controlling area       :BIL
Enter
Select new entries button
From cost element      :400000
To cost element        :400099 RM consumption
Save
Select back arrow two times
Select base D2 Production cost
Double click on details folder
Controlling area       :BIL
Enter
Select new entries button
From cost element      :400100
To cost element        :400299 Personnel & Manufacturing group


From cost element      :400500
To cost element        :400599 Depreciation a/c


From cost element      :1200001 Activity allocation
To cost element        :1200001
Save

Define percentage overhead rates:
Same path

Select new entries button
Overhead rate          :D3
Name                   :RM overhead rate



                                           137
Dependency             :Select D010 Overhead type/Overhead key
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Select D3
Double click on details folder
Ignore the warning message press enter
Select new entries button



Valid from     To      Controlling area Overhead type Overhead key Percentage

01.04.2008 31.03.2009            BIL          Select 2      BIL1        5
                                         (Planned overhead rate) RM key

01.04.2008 31.03.2009            BIL   1 (Actual overhead rate) BIL1   10

Select save button or Ctrl+S
Press enter to save in your request

Define Credits
Same path

Select new entries button
Credit                 :D4
Name                   :BIL RM credit key
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select                 :D4
Double click on details folder
Controlling area       :BIL
Enter
Select new entries button
Valid to               :31.03.2009
Cost element           :1200000 RM overhead rate
Fixed percentage       :100%



                                            138
Cost center          :Dept H (Allocation cost center)
Save
Actual over head rate 10%
Credit key D4 -1100000 Cost Dept.



   1. RM1 Purchase/Receipt (Freight including)

       Inventory RM local DR             600000
              To GR/IR clearing RM local 600000

   2. Loading & Unloading charges

       Loading & Unloading charges Dr      7000 Dept H
             To Bank                       7000

   3. RM 2 Purchase

       Inventory RM local DR             300000
              To GR/IR clearing RM local 300000

   4. Loading & Unloading charges for RM 2

       Lodging & unloading charges DR      3000
             To Bank                       3000

   5. RM Consumption for production Order 1-RM1 and RM2

       RM consumption local DR             40000 Order 1
       RM Consumption local DR             20000 Order 1
             To Inventory RM local         40000
             To Inventories RM local       20000

   6. RM consumption for production order 2 RM-1 and RM2

       RM consumption local DR             10000 Order 2
       RM Consumption local DR             30000 Order 2
             To inventory RM local         10000
             To Inventory RM local         30000

       In the month end

       RM material consumption                    100000
       Lodging & Unloading charges                10000



                                         139
% on consumption                       10% actual overhead rate


                              Cost center Dept H
                              (Allocation cost center)

Loading & Unloading for RM1 7000 DR           Order 1         6000 DR
Loading & Unloading for RM2 3000 DR           Order 2         4000CR

                                       H Value will be zero


                                       Order 1                Order2
RM Consumption                         60000                  40000
RM overhead rate                       6000                   4000
(Actual 10%)                           -----                  -----
                                       66000                  44000
                                       =====                  =====

Indirectly we are allocating cost center Dept H values to production orders based
on the consumption values.

Define costing sheets:

Path :Up to overhead the path is same- Define costing sheets

Select new entries button
Costing sheet                 :BIL
Description                   :BIL Costing Sheet
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select                        :BIL
Double click on costing sheet rows folder
Select new entries button

Row      Base                 Overhead        Description

10       D1                                   Raw materials
20       400000-400099
                              D3              RM Overhead rate
From            :10
To Row          :10



                                      140
Credit           :D4

        Row              :30
        Base             :D2
        Description      :Product cost

        Row              :40
        Description      :Cost goods manufacturer
        From             :10
        To row           :30
        Save


Assign costing sheet to plant :

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling –Product cost planning –Material
cost estimate with quantity structure- Define costing variants (TR code is OKKN)

Select position button
Cost variant :Select PPC1 standard cost estimate (Materials)
Enter
Select PPC1
Select details button
Select valuation variant button
Select create beside valuation variant /plant
Select new entries button
In plant                 :BILP
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Select back arrow
Select valuation variant         :001 with plant BILP
Select details button
Select overhead tab
Give the costing sheet           :BIL costing sheet both in the places
Save



                                              141
Define cost component structure:

To know the break up of standard product cost
What is raw material cost?
What is RM overhead cost ?
What is production cost ?

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost Controlling –Product cost planning –Basic
settings for material costing –Define cost component structure . (OKTZ)

Select cost component structure       :01
Double click on cost components with attributes folder
Select component structure    :01 with cost component 10 raw materials
Double click on assignment:Cost component –cost element interval folder
Select new entries button
Cost competent structure              :01
Chart of Accounts                     :BIL
From cost element                     :400000
To cost element                       :400099
Cost component                        :select 10 RM
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow
Double click on cost components with attributes folder
Select cost component structure 01 with cost component 80 Material over head
Double click on assignment:Cost component cost element –Interval folder
Select new entries button
Cost component structure              :01
Chat of Accounts                      :BIL
From cost element                     :1200000 RM overhead
Cost component                        :80 Material overhead
Save
Press enter to save in your request


                                             142
Double click on cost components with attributes folder
Select cost component structure     :01 with lost component 50 production machine
Double click on assignment cost component –cost element interval folder
Select new entries button
Cost component structure            :01
Chat of Accounts                    :BIL
From cost element                   :400100
To cost element                     :400299
Cost component                      :select 50 production machine


One more
Cost component structure            :01
Chat of Accounts                    :BIL
From cost center                    :400500
To cost center                      :400599
Cost component                      :50


One more


Cost component structure            :01
Chat of Accounts                    :BIL
From cost element                   :1200001
Cost component                      :50
Save
Double click on cost component structure folder
For cost component structure 01 select active check box
Save
For cost component structure assignment structure 02 also for cost component
Note: The above procedure is to be followed to 02 also

PP CONSULTANT JOB:

Define MRP controller




                                           143
Path :SPRO-Production –material requirements Planning –Master data-Define –MRP
controllers

Select new entries button
Plant                   :BILP
MRP controller          :Mr.A
Save
Press enter to save in your request




Notes:
Define floats (Scheduling margin key)

Floats –Buffer days or grace days
                                                       2 days grace days
Production order creation                       08.12.2008    10.12.2008
Production order release                        10.12.2008    12.12.2008
Production start date                           11.12.2008    13.12.2008
Production end date                             15.12.2008    17.12.2008

Path :SPRO-Production –Material requirements planning –Planning –Scheduling and
capacity parameters –Define floats (Scheduling margin key)

Select new entries button
Plant                                 :BILP
Margin key                            :BIL
Opening period                        :2 days
Float before production               :2 days
Float after production                :2 days
Release period                        :2 days
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define production scheduler

Path :SPRO-Production-Shop floor control- Master data-Define production scheduler

Select new entries button
Plant                  :BILP
Production scheduler :B


                                             144
Description             :Mr.B
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Determine person responsible for work center

Path :SPRO-Production –Basic data –Work center –General data –Determination
person responsible

Select new entries button
Plant                   :BILP
Responsible person : Mr.C
Person responsible for work center :Mr.C
Save
Press enter to save in your request

CO END USER AREA:

Planning cost center wise (KP06)

Version                       :0
From period                   :9 (December)
To period                     :9 (December)
Fiscal year                   :2008
Give the cost center          :Dept G
Select page down button or next page button
Cost element                  :400100 Salaries A/c
Select from based radio button
Select overview screen button (F5)
For 400100 Plant fixed cost                   :720000
Save

Planning for machine hours

Path :Accounting –Controlling –Cost center accounting –Planning-Activity output
/Prices-Change (KP26)

Version                       :0
From period                   :9



                                           145
To period                      :9
Fiscal year                    :2008
Select next page or page down button
Cost center                    :Dept G
Activity type                  :BIL
Select form based radio button
Select overview screen button
Plant activity        :72000
Save



calculation of Machine hour rate

Path :Up to planning the path is same – Allocations –Price calculation (KSPI)

Select cost center group radio button
Cost center group select              :BILPROD
Execute
Select save button
Ignore the message press enter

MM END USER AREA

Creation of material master            (MM01)

A) Raw material       2
B) Finished product   1

Give the material     :BILRM2
Industry sector       :Mechanical Engineering
Material type         :Raw material
Press select view button
Select basic data1    :Select purchasing Select general plant data /storage /Accounting
Select organization levels button
Plant                 :BILP
Storage location      :Hyderabad
Enter



                                          146
Give the description :Raw material 2
Base unit of measurement :KG
Material group           :BILC
Division                 :BS
Select purchasing tab
Purchasing group         :BIL
Select accounting 1 tab
Valuation class          :BIL1 RM Local
Price control            :select V moving
Moving price             :150
Save


One more material        :BILFG1
Industry section         :Mechanical engineering
Material type            :Finished product
Press select view button


Select basic data1, MRP1, MRP2,MRP3, Work scheduling, general plant data /storage1,
accounting , Costing 1
Select organizational levels button /enter
Enter
Plant                    :BILP
Storage location         :Hyderabad
Enter
Description              :Finished product 1
Base unit measurement :KG
Division                 :BS
Select MRP1 tab
MRP type                 :select PD (MRP)
MRP controller           :A
Lot size                 :select EX lot for –lot order quantity



                                               147
Select MRP 2 tab
In –house production :0 days
Schedule margin key :select BIL
Select MPR 3 tab
Ignore the warning message press enter
Availability check       :select KP (no check )
Select work scheduling tab
Production scheduler :B
Select accounting tab
Valuation class          :BIL2 Finished products
Price control            :S (Standard price)
Standard price           :300
Select costing one tab
Overhead group           :select BIL1
Save
Note :BOM=Bill of Material

PP END USER AREA

Creation of Bill of Material

Path :Logistics –Production –Master data –Bills of material –Bill of material –
Material BOM –Create (CS01)

Give the material               :BILFG1
Plant                           :BILP
BOM usage                       :select 1 production
Enter
For item                        :10
Give the component              :BILRM1
Quantity                        :1
Item                            :20
Give the plant                  :BILRM2


                                               148
Quantity                     :1
Save

Creation of work center

Path :Up to mater data the path is same –Work centers –then work centers-create
(CR01)

Plant                        :BILP
Work center                  :Dept G
Work center category         :select 0001 Machine
Select basic data button
Give the description         :Dept G
Person responsible           :Mr.C
Usage                        :009
Under standard value maintenance
Standard value key           :SAP1 Normal production
Select costing tab
Start date                   :01.04.2008
Cost center                  :Dept G
For machine activity :Give activity type BIL
Activity unit                :H (Hour)
Formula key                  :SAP002 (Production machine time)
Save

Creation of routings

Path :Up to master data the path is same –Routings –Routings –Standard routings –
Create (Tr code is CA01)

Give the material                              :BILFG1
Plant                                          :BILP
Enter
Usage                                          :select 1 production
Status                                         ;select 4 (released (general))



                                           149
Select operation button
For operation 10 give the work center          :Dept G
Control key                                    :select PP01 in hour production
Double click on operation                      :10
Machine standard value                         :5
Unit                                           :H (Hour)
Save
Note: Routing is process flow as a department wise

CO –END USER AREA

Creation of cost estimate with quantity structure:

Path :Accounting –Controlling –Product cost controlling –Product cost planning-
Material costing –cost estimate with quantity structure –Create (Tr code is CK11N)

Give the material              :BILFG1
Plant                          :BILP
Costing variant                :select PPC1 (standard cost estimate for material )
Enter
Costing date from              :Today’s date
Note :In live environment next month first day date, this is planning date, In training
institution use today’s date
Costing date to                :31.12.9999
Quantity structure date        :08.12.2008
Valuation date                 :08.12.2008
Enter

Cost sheet
Raw materials

BIL RM1          1 Kg   75
BILRM2           1Kg    150                    225

RM overhead cost -5%                           11
Production costs 5*10                          50
Machine hours 5 Hrs



                                             150
Machine hour rate 10Rs                        -----
                                              286

From the menu select Costs –>Display cost components
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Enter

Marking and releasing

Display material master

Path :Logistics –Materials management –Material master-Material –Display –Display
current (MM03)

Material               :BILFG1
Press select views button
Select costing 2 view
Enter
Plant                  :BILP
Enter

A) Marking and releasing

Display material master
1. Making updates future price in live environment on 21st February create estimate for
March and store in the System.

2. Realizing updates current price on 1st of March release stock valuation will be at the
new rate from 1st of March

B) Marking and releasing :

Path :Accounting –Controlling –Product cost controlling –Product cost planning –
material costing –Price update (CK24)


Posting period                :9
Fiscal year                   :2008
Company code                  :BIL
Plant                         :BILP
Material                      :BILFG1
Select test run check box
Select marking allowance button



                                            151
Select company code             :BIL
Costing variant                 :select PPC1
                                (Standard cost estimate for materials)
Save


Select back arrow
Deselect test run check box
Execute
Select material                 :BILFG1
Select costing to tab
Select back arrow two times
Select release button
Execute
Select material                 :BILFG1
Select costing to tab



                                   ACTUAL COSTING

CO consultant Job

Check costing variants for Manufacturing orders (PP)

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling -Cost object controlling –product
cost by order –Manufacturing orders –Check costing variants for manufacturing
orders(PP) (Tr.code is 0PL1)

Select costing variant PPP1 Production order plan
Select details button
Select valuation variant button
Select create button beside valuation variant /plant
Select new entries button
In plant                :BILP
Save
Press enter to save in your request



                                               152
Select back arrow
Select valuation variant        :006 with plant BILP
Select details button
Select overhead tab
Give the costing sheet          :BIL costing sheet
Save
Select back arrow
Select costing variant PPP2 production Order Actual
Select details button
Select valuation variant button
Select create beside valuation variant/plant
Select new entries button
In plant                        :BILP
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow
Select valuation variant 007 with plant :BILP
Select details button
Select overhead tab
Costing sheet            :select BIL costing sheet
Save

Define goods received valuation for order delivery:
Same path

Select new entries button
Valuation area                 :BILP
Valuation variant              :007 production order -Actual
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Work in process customization

Creation of 5 secondary cost elements (Tr code is KA06)

Give the cost element           :1100000


                                               153
Valid from                     :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Enter
Name & Description             :Order /Project result analysis
Cost element category          :select 31 (order /project results analysis)
Save
Cost element                   :1100001
Reference cost element         :1100000
Controlling area               :BIL
Enter & Save


Cost element                   :1100002
Reference cost element         :1100000
Controlling area               :BIL
Enter & Save
Cost element                   :1100003
Reference cost element         :1100000
Controlling area               :BIL
Enter & Save
Cost element                   :1100004
Reference cost element         :1100000
Controlling area               :BIL
Enter
Save


Define results analysis keys

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling –Cost object controlling –Product
cost by order –Period end closing –Work in process –Define results-Analysis keys (Tr
code is OKG1)

Result analysis key :FERT WIP calculation for production orders


Define results analysis versions(Tr code OKG9)
Same path


                                             154
Select new entries button
Select controlling area              :BIL
Technical result analysis cost element :select 1100000
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define valuation method (Actual cost) ( Tr code is OKGC)
Same path
Select new entries button
Select actual cost button
Controlling area        :BIL
Result analysis version :0
Result analysis key     :FERT
Enter & Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define line Id’s
Same path
Purchase of to get the break up of WIP (Work In Progress)value
Select line ID EL (Revenues)
               EK       Direct cost
               FK       Production cost
               ABR settled cost for controlling area 1000


Select copy as button (F6)
Change the controlling area to BIL for all line ID’s
Enter & Save
Press enter to save in your request


Define Assignment (OKGB)
Same path
Select line ID EL that is revenues for controlling area     :1000
Select copy as button
Change the controlling area to BIL



                                            155
Change masked cost element to 00003+++++ (5 times plus)(300000 to 399999)
Enter & Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select line ID :EK Direct cost for controlling area 1000
Select copy as button
Change the controlling area to BIL
Change mass cost element to 00004000++
Enter and save
Select line ID FK that is production cost for controlling area 1000
Select copy as button
Change the controlling area to BIL

Production cost elements:
400100 -400199 Personnel              00004001++
400200-400299 Manufacturing           00004002++
400500-400599 Depreciation            00004005++
1200001 Activity allocation           00012+++++

Change master key cost element to 00004001
Enter & Save
Notes: for define assignment line ID brak up of WIP
                        Dept A        Dept B                 ept C
Issue RM                              work in progress
RM over head
Production costs        100000        200000
Calculate internally WIP by using secondary cost elements and transfer to financial
accounting require the break up of WIP by using line ID’s and account assignments to
line ID’s.


Select line ID FK production cost for controlling area BIL
Select copy as button
Change the mass cost element to 00004002++
Enter & Save



                                           156
Select 2FK line ID’s for controlling area BIL
Select copy as button –Change masked cost element from first line ID 00004005++
                                                               Change to 00012+++++
Enter & save
Select bank arrow


Select line ID ABR Settled cost for controlling area 1000
Select copy as button
Change the controlling area to BIL
Change mass cost element to 0001000001 :(settlement cost element)
Enter & save

Define update; (Tr.code is OKGA)

Same path
Select new entries button
Controlling area        :BIL
Version                 :0
Result analysis key     :FERT
Line ID                 :select EL revenues
Category                :select N (costs not to be included)
Controlling area        :BIL
Version                 :0
Result analysis key     :FERT
Line ID                 :Select EK (Direct cost)
Category                :select K cost
WIP                     :1100001
Revenues                :1100002
Controlling area        :BIL
Version                 :0
Revenues analysis key :FERT
Line ID                 :FK production cost



                                              157
Category               :select K cost
WIP creation           :1100003
Reserves creation      :1100004
Select page down button
One more controlling area :BIL
Version                :0
Result analysis key    :FERT
Line ID                :ABR settled cost
Category               :select A (Settled cost )
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Creation of two GL Masters:

WIP entry

Work in process        DR                BS         CA(Current assets, Loans &
                                                    Advances)
        To Increase /Decrease in WIP     P&L        Credit INC/DEC in stocks


FS00

Give the GL Account no.        :200123
Company code                   :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL A/c No.200121 INV RM local
Company code           :BIL
Enter
Change short text to and GL A/c long text to work in process
Other fields are common
Save


GL A/c No.300201
Company code :BIL



                                              158
Select with template button
Give the GL A/c no.300200 Increase /Decrease stocks FG
Company code              :BIL
Enter
Change short text and GL A/c loge text to INC/DEC stocks – WIP (Work in Progress)
Save

Define posting result for setting work in process

Path :Up to period end closing the path is same –Work in process –Define posting
results for setting work in process (OKG8)

Select new entries button
Controlling area          :BIL
Company code              :BIL
Result analysis version :select 0
Result analysis category :WIPR (Work in Process with requirement to Capitalized)
P & L A/c                 :300201
Balance sheet             :200123
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define results analysis version (OKG9)
Same path

Select controlling area          :BIL
select details button
Select transfer to Financial accounting check box
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Press enter to save in your request



RM issue overhead production costs Dept A       Dept B    Dept D
                                                                  FG not received
Settle to accounts by using secondary costs elements break up WIP (BY using line IDs)


                                          159
Define variance keys:

Path :Up to period end closing the path is same –Variance calculation :Define
variance keys (OKV1)

Select variance key 00001 Production order
Select copy as button
Change the variance key to BIL1
Change the name also variance key for BIL
Enter & Save

Define default variance keys for plants (OKVW)
Same path

Select position button
Give the plant          :BILP
Enter
For plant               :BILP
Assign variance key :BIL1
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define target cost version: (OKV6)

Notes:
Budgeted cost =Budgeted production Qty       *       Standard price

Standard cost =Standard quantity * Standard price

Target cost =Actual production qty *         standard price

Actual cost =Actual Production *      actual price

Path :Same path

Select controlling area 1000 with target cost version 0
Select copy as button
Change the controlling area to BIL
Change the description to target cost version for BIL
Enter & Save



                                           160
Press enter to save in your request

Assign variance key in Material master

Path :Logistics –Material management-Material master –Material –Change –
Immediately (MM02)

Give the material no.BILFG1
Press select views button
Select costing 1 view
Enter
Give the plant :BILP
Enter
Variance key :select BIL1
Save

Creation of cost element group (KAH1)

Give the cost element group :BILPRODN
Enter
Description                  :Production cost element for BIL
Select Edit-Cost element -Select insert cost element button
400100         400299        Personnel & Manufacturing
400500         400599        Depreciation
1200001                      Activity allocation
Save


Create allocation structure:

Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling- Cost object controlling –Product
cost by order-Period end closing –Settlement –create allocation structure

Select new entries button
Allocation structure    :B2
Text                    :BIL Production differences allocation structure
Save
Press enter to save in your request




                                            161
Select                 :B2
Double click on assignments folder
Select new entries button
Assignment                      Text
01                              Direct costs(Raw materials)
02                              Material overheads
03                              Production costs
Save


Select assignment 01
Double click on source folder
From cost element      :400000
To cost element        :400099
Double click settlement cost elements folder
Select new entries button
Receiver category      :select G/L, GL account
Select by cost element check box
Save


Double click on assignments folder
Select assignment 02 Material overheads
Double click on source folder
From cost element      :1200000 RM overhead rate
Double click on settlement cost elements folder
Select new entries button
Receiver category      :select G/L , GL Account
Select by cost element check box
Save
Double click on assignment folder
Select assignment 03 production cost
Double click on source folder



                                            162
Give the cost element group :BILPRODN
save
Double click on settlements cost elements folder
Select new entries button
Receiver category       :select G/L
Select by cost element check box
Save

Create settlement profile:
Same path

Select new entries button
Settlement profile      :BIL
Description             :BIL production order differences settlement profile
Select to be settled in full radio button
Allocation structure :B2
Default object type     :select G/L
Select % settlement check box
Select equivalence number check box
Select amount settlement check box
Under valid receivers for GL account :Select settlement required
Document type           :SA
Maximum no.of distribution rules :999
Residence time          :12 months
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define CO.No.range interval for the business transactions

RKL -Actual Activity Allocation
KZPI- Actual overhead (Periodic)


User transactions code :KANK



                                            163
Give the controlling area       :BIL
Select maintain groups button
Double click on RKL
Double click on KZPI
Select Co. No. range interval for BIL check box
From the menu select –Edit –Assign element group
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter

Define exchange rate for type P (Standard truncation for cost planning for INR to
EURO

(Transactions code OB08)

Select new entries button
Exchange rate type             :P
Valid from                     :01.12.2008
From currency                  :INR
To currency                    :EUR
Direct quotation               :0.02
Save
Press enter to save in your request

FI Consultant job
BILRM2       receipt

Purchase order         Opening stock
|
GR
|
IV

Inventory RM local              DR            BSX
       To Stock taking          GBB           BSA    Current liability & provision

Production order differences are to be settled to accounts
Production order differences manufacturing DR         PRD
              To INC/DEC in stocks FG GBB AUA


Creation of 2 GL masters (FS00)




                                             164
Give the GL A/c No.400201
Company code            :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL A/c No. :400200 Conversion charges
Company code            :BIL
Change short text and GL account long text to production order differences
Select create /bank/Interest tab
Field status group change to G014 MM adjustment account
Save
GL A/c No.              :100599
Company code            :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL A/c No.100500 VAT payable
Company code            :BIL
Enter
Select type /Description tab
Chang short text and GL account long text to Stock taking
Select create /bank /interest tab
Change the field status group G049 (manufacturing cost accounts)
Save
Give the GL account no.300200 INC/DEC stock in FG
Company code            :BIL
Select edit cost element button
Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999
Enter
Cost element category          :select 22 external settlement
Save



Assignment of account for automatic postings (OBYC)
(See the material )

Double click on transaction PRD Cost (Price) differences


                                            165
Give the Chart of Accounts      :BIL
Enter
Save
Give A/c No.400201 production order differences
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow
Double click on GBB offsetting entry for inventory posting
Valuation modifier      :X
General modification :BSA opening stock taking
Valuation class         :BIL1
Account no.             :100599 stock taking account
Valuation modifier      :X
General modification :AUA production
Valuation class         :BILL
Account                 :300200
Save
Press enter to save in your request

PP CONSULTANTS AREA

Define order type –Dependent parameters

Path :SPRO-Production –Shop floor control-Master data –Order-Define order type
dependent parameters. (Tr code is OPL8)

Select plant   :1000 with order type PP01
Select copy as button
Change the pant to BILP
Enter and Save
Press enter to save in your request


Define scheduling parameters for production orders




                                            166
Path :Up to Shop floor control the path is same- Operations-Scheduling –Define
scheduling parameters for production orders (Tr code is OPU3)

Select plant            :1000 with order type PP01
Select copy as button
Change the plant to BILP
Enter and save
Press enter to save in your request

Define confirmation parameters

Path :Up to shop floor control the path is same –Operations-Confirmation-Define
confirmation parameters (OPK4)

Select plant 1000 with order type PP01
Select copy as button
Change the plant to BILP
Enter and Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define checking control

Path :Up to shop floor control the path is same –Operations –Availability check –
define checking control (OPJK)

Select business function       :1 & 2 for order type PP01 for plant 1000
Select copy as button
Change the plant to BILP
Enter
Change the plant to BILP
Enter and save
Press enter to save in your request

END USER AREA

Creation of production order:




                                           167
Path :Logistics –Production-Shop floor control-Order –Create –with material (Tr code
is CO01)
Give the material           :BILFG1
Production plant               :BILP
Planning plant                 :BILP
Order type                     :select PP01 Production order
Enter
Give the total Qty under quantities :10
Start date & end date :Today’s date
Select cost order button (Ctrl+F7)
From the menu select Goto      Costs –Analysis
Select back arrow
Select release order button (Ctrl+F1)
Save
From the menu select order display note the order no.60003225
Enter
Select assignment tab
Not to the reservation no.66076

Raw material receipt by way of opening stock

Path :Logistics –Materials management –Inventory management –goods movement –
Goods receipt –Other (Tr code is MBIC)

Give the movement type                  :561
Plant                                   :BILP
storage location                        :HYD
Enter
Give the material no.                   :BILRM2
Quantity                                :100 kgs
Select save button or Ctrl+S
From the menu select other goods receipts display
Enter
Select accounting documents button


                                               168
200121         Inventory RM LCL 15000 BILRM2             BIL1 BSX
100599        Stock taking          15000 BILRM2         GBB BSA       BIL1


                                       100*150



Raw material issue to production order:(Tr code is MB1A)

Select to reservation button
Give the reservation no.66076
Enter
                Qty
BIL RM1         :15
BIL RM2         :15
Save
From the menu select goods issue display
Enter
Select accounting documents button
Select accounting document no.

200121        Inventory RM local    1125 BILRM1 BSX      BIL1

400000        RM consumption local 1125 BILRM1 GBB VBR BIL1
              Quantity consumed * Avg rate ( 15 *75)

200121        Inventory RM local 2250 BILRM2 BSX BIL1

                                                         GBB VBR
400000        RM consumption local 2250                  BILRM2  BIL1
              Qty consumed * Avg. rate (15*150)

Actual overhead calculation

Path :Accounting –Controlling –Product cost controlling –Cost object controlling –
product cost by order –Period end closing –single functions –Overhead –Individual
processing (Tr code is KGI2)

Give the order no.      :60003225
Period                  :9
Fiscal year             :2008
Select text check box
Select dialog display check box


                                           169
Execute
Select back arrow
Deselect text run check box
Execute



Work in process calculation

Path :up to single functions the path is same –Work in process –Individual processing
–Calculate (Tr code is KKAX)

Give the over no.       :60003225
WIP period              :9
Fiscal year             :2008
Result analysis version :select 0
Select test run check box
Execute
Select back arrow
Deselect test run check box
Execute
Settlement of work in process to accounts
(31.12.2008 (month end date)

Path :Up to single functions the path is same –Settlement of individual processing (Tr
code is K088)

Give the order no.      :60003225
Settlement period       :9
Fiscal year             :2008
Deselect text run check box
Select check transaction date check box
Execute
Select detail lists button
Select accounting documents button
Select accounting document no.



                                          170
300201          INC/DEC in stock WIP 3713 P &L Account
200123         Work in Process 3713 Balance Sheet
(Actual RM +Actual RM overheads)



To view work in process report

Path :Accounting –Controlling –Product cost controlling –Cost object controlling –
Product cost by order –Information system –Reports for product cost by order –Object
list –Order selection (Tr code is S_ALR_87013127)

Plant                       :BILP
Material number             :BILFG1
From period                 :01   2008
To Period                   :9    2008
Execute
Select report call button

Confirmation of production order
Path :Logistics –Production –shop floor control –Confirmation –Enter-For operation –
time ticket (Tr code is Co11N)

Give the order no.          :60003225
Operation /Activity         :10 kg
Confirmation type           :select final confirmation
Yield to confirm            :10 kg
Fro activity 2 to confirm   :60 Qty
Unit                        :H (Hour)
Save

Production receipt

Path :Logistics –Material management –Inventory management –Goods movement –
Goods receipt for order (Tr code is MB31)

Give document date          :31.12.2008
Posting date                :31.12.2008
Give the movement type      :101 (Goods receipt for order into ware house)



                                          171
Order                          :60003225
Plant                          :BILP
Storage location               :HYD
Enter
Ignore the warning message press enter
Select save button or Ctrl+S
From the menu select goods receipt display
Document no.5000011861
Enter
Select accounting documents button
Select accounting document no.

200122        Inventory FG 2860        BILFG1     BSX    BIL2

                                                         GBB AUF
300200       INC/DEC in stocks FG 2860 BILFG1            BIL2
             Qty produced * standard rate
             10*286
To make production order technically complete (TECO)

Path :Logistics –Production –shop floor control –Order –Change (Tr code is CO02)

Give the order no.60003225
Enter
From the menu select functions –Restrict processing –Technically complete
Save

Calculation of variances

Path :Accounting –Controlling-Product cost controlling –Cost object controlling –
Product cost by order - period ending closing –single functions- Variances –Individual
processing (Tr code is KKS2)

Give the order no.60003225
Select execute button
Select back arrow
Deselect text run check box
Execute



                                           172
Double click on variance amount


Open one more session for order display (CO03)
Give the order no.60003225
Enter
From the menu select go to cost analysis

Calculation of work in process (KKAX)

Path :Upto single functions same path –Work in Progress –Individual processing-
Calculate

Work in process for Dec
Production for Dec
To calculate WIP once again work in process will be reserved and variances will be
settled to accounts
Give the order no.      :60003225
WIP to Period           :9
Fiscal year             :2008
Result analysis version:0
Deselect text run check box
Execute
Settlement of work in process to accounts :KO88
Give the order no.      :60003225
Settlement period       :9
Fiscal year             :2008
Deselect test run check box
Select check transaction date check box
Execute
Select details list button
Select accounting documents button
Select accounting document no.
                                                   GBB AUA



                                           173
300200           INC/DEC in stocks FG 853 BILFG1           BIL2
400201          Production order diff 853 period
300201          INC/DEC in stock WIP 3713 P & L debit
200123          work in process 3713 –Balance sheet credit



ASSET ACCOUNTING AREA


Capital work in progress line item settlement
Machine purchase               Debit to CWIPMachine no.15
01.12.2008                     Commission 13/12/2008

Freight charges 05.12.2008 settle from CWIP to respective asset
Commissioning charges 12/12/2008

Define settlement profile:

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Asset accounting- Transactions-Capitalization of
assets under construction –Define /Assign settlement profiles (TR code is OKO7)


Double click on define settlement profile
Select settlement profile AI Settlement assets under construction
Select details button
Select to be settled in full radio button
Allocation structure :select A1( CO allocation structure)
Default object type     :select FXA asset
Select % settlement check box
Select equivalence numbers check box
Select amount settlement check box
Under valid reserves for fixed assets :Select settlement required
Document type                   :AA (Asset Posting)
Max no. distribution rules      :999
Residence time                  :12 months
Save
Select back arrow two times
Double click on assign settlement :Profile to company code


                                             174
Select position button
Give the company code            :BIL
Enter
For company code BIL assign settlement profile AI
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Creation of capital work in progress asset master (AS01)

Give the asset class     :BIL4000 capital work in progress
Company code             :BIL
Enter
Description              :CWIP –General
Capitalized on           :01.12.2008
Select time dependent tab
Business area            :BILH
Select depreciation areas tab
Depreciation key         :0000 (no depreciation)
Save
Note down the asset no.500001-0

Asset purchase posting (F-90)

Give the doc .Date & Posting date       :01.12.2008
Type                                    :KR
Company code                            :BIL
Posting key                             :31
Vendor account                          :2001
Give the amount                         :600000
Business area                           :BILH
Text                                    :Machinery purchase posting
Posting key                             :70
Account no.                             :500001-0



                                               175
Transaction type                       :100 External acquisition
Remove the TDS codes
Enter
Amount                                 :*
Text                                   :+
Document –Simulate & Save

Freight payment (F-02)

Give the Doc date & Posting date       :15.12.2008
Type                          :SA
Company code                  :BIL
Posting key                   :70
Account                       :500001-0
Transaction type              :100
Enter
Give the amount               :10000
Text                          :Freight payment
Posting key                   :50
Account no.                   :200105 SBI current a/c
Enter
Amount                        :*
Business area                 :BILH
Text                          :+
Document –simulate & save

Creation of machinery master (AS01)

Give the asset class          :BIL 2000 Dept A
Company code                  :BIL
Enter
Description                   :Machine no.15
Capitalized on to days date



                                            176
Select time dependent tab
Business area                  :BILH
Select depreciation area tab
Depreciation key               :BIL1
Useful life                    :15 years
Period                         :6 months
Ordinary depreciation start date :Today’s date
Save
Note: the asset no.200004-0

Settlement of CWIP to machine no.15

Path :Accounting –Financial accounting –Fixed assets –Posting-Capitalized asset
under construction –distribute (Tr code is A1AB)

Company code                   :BIL
Asset                          :500001
Sub number                     :0
Execute
From the menu select Edit –select –select all (F5)
Select enter button
Category                       :select FXA asset
Settlement receiver            :200004-0
Give the percentage            :100
Select back arrow
Save
Select settlement button (Shift +F8)
Give the asset value date      :13.12.2008 (Today’s date)
Text                           :CWIP settlement
Deselect text run check box
Execute

Go and see the document (FB03)
Enter



                                           177
Note :In live environment you take a purchase of machinery don’t enter directly Asset
account, first enter in Capital Work in Progress after commissioning added all charged
convert to asset accounting.


              NEW GENERAL LEDGERS ( ECC 6 NEW FEATURES)

New general ledger (Multiple ledgers)

Accounting group V3 India group      April –March B1 Leading ledger –0L
Accounting group K4 US Group          Jan –Dec    K4 Non leading ledger –M1
Accounting group V6 UK Group          July-June   V6 Non leading ledger 2 –M2

When we create ledgers automatically ledger group will be created

We can assign in ledger group number of legers for 0L we can assign all and M2

At the time of posting –If we don’t specify ledger group –It updates all legers.

FC (Foreign currency)Revaluation –Gain /Loss to charge to P & L account -For leading
ledger 01 and non leading ledger M1-For UK group purpose it is to be added to asset and
calculate depreciation for ledger group 0L-Assign M1 ( 0L is already assigned) –At the
time posting it updates ledgers 0L and M1

Representative ledger and non-representative ledger

When we create legers ledger group will be created that ledger will be called
representative ledger – we are assigning for 0L ledger group M1 –This is called non
representative ledger.

At the of posting system checks representative ledger periods are open or not –we need
not open non-representative ledgers periods.

Eg: Ledger GRP (Group)-0L

Ledger 01     Representative ledger
              (April 2008- March 2009)
January 2009 period should be open
Ledger M1      Non-representative ledger
January 2009 –December 2009
January 2009 period can be closed.

We are creating M1 ledger –Automatically M1 ledger GRP is created –we are assigning
ledger 0L (0L=Leading ledger) –Always leading ledger only should be the representative
ledger.



                                            178
Document types and no.ranges are required non-leading ledgers –All non-leading ledgers
we specify all document types and given only one number range –we give number range
interval only for one number range.


CUSTOMIZATION

Activate new general ledger accounting:

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Financial accounting global settings –Activate
new general ledger accounting

Select new general ledger active check box
Save
(This is one time job work at client place)

Define ledgers for general ledger accounting

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting (new) -Financial accounting global settings (new) –
Legers –Ledger-Define ledgers for general ledger accounting

Select new entries button
Ledger         :M1 ( Text filed)
Ledger name :Non leading ledger for BIL
Totals table   :FAGLFLEXT
Ledger         :M2
Ledger name :Non leading ledger for BIL
Totals table   :FAGLFLEXT
Save
Save in your request
Ignore the message press enter

Define and activate non-leading ledgers:
Same path

Give the ledger        :M1
Enter
Select new entries button
Company code           :BIL


                                           179
Fiscal year variant    :K4
Posting period variant :BIL
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow


Give the ledger        :M2
Enter
Select new entries button
Company code           :BIL
Fiscal year variant    :V6 (July to June)
Posting period variant :BIL
Save

Define ledger group:
Same path

Select ledger group    :0L
Double click on ledger assignment folder
Select new entries button
Ledger                 :M1
Deselect representative ledger check box
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Press enter to save in your request

Define document types for entry view in a ledger

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting (new)-Financial accounting global settings (new) –
Document –Document types –Define document types for entry view in a ledger.

Give the ledger        :M1
Enter
Select new entries button
Type                   Number range
SA                     40 (give it any number range)
KR                     40
DR                     40
WE                     40


                                            180
WA                      40
RE                      40
RV                      40
WI                      40
AA                      40
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow

Give the ledger        :M2
Enter
Select new entries button

Type                   Number range
SA                     41
KR                     41
DR                     41
WI                     41
WA                     41
WE                     41
WL                     41
RE                     41
RV                     41
AA                     41

Save

Define document types for general ledger view
Same path
Give the ledger        :M1
Enter
Select new entries button
Type                   Number range
SA                     45
KR                     45
DR                     45
WA                     45
WI                     45
WL                     45
WE                     45
RE                     45
RV                     45
AA                     45
Save

Press enter to save in your request



                                       181
Select back arrow

Ledger                   M2

Enter
Select new entries button

Type                     Number range
SA                       46
KR                       46
DR                       46
WA                       46
WE                       46
WI                       46
WL                       46
RE                       46
RV                       46
AA                       46
Save

Define document number ranges for entry view:

Path :Up to document the path is same – Document number rages –Documents in
entry view –Define document number ranges for entry view

Give the company code          :BIL
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
No.range                       :40
Year                           :2009
From no.                       :1100001
To no.                         :1200000
Enter
Select interval button
No.range                       :41
Year                           :2008
From no.                       :1200001
To no.                         :1300000
Enter and save



                                          182
Ignore the warning message press enter

Define document no.range for general ledger view:

Path :Up to document the path is same –Document no.rages –Documents in general
ledger view –Define document no.range for general ledger view

Give the company code                :BIL
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
No.range                     :45
Year                         :2009
Form number                  :500001
To number                    :600000
Enter
Select interval button
No.range                     :46
Year                         ;2008
From number                  :600001
To number                    :700000
Enter & save
Ignore the warning message press enter

END USER AREA

Posting of transaction :

Path :Accounting –Financial accounting-General ledger –Posting –Enter general
posting for ledger group (Tr code is FB01L)


Give the document date               :Today’s date
Type                                 :SA
Ledger group                         :blank
Company code                         :BIL
Posting key                          :40



                                            183
Account number                   :200100 Cash A/c
Enter
Give the amount                  :100000
Business area                    :BILH
Text                             :Equity share capital receipt
Posting key                      :50
Account no.                      :100000 Equity share capital
Enter
Amount                           :*
Business area                    :BILH
Text                             :+
Document –Simulate & Save
Document date                    :Todays date
Type                             :SA
Ledger group                     :0L
Company code                     :BIL
Posting key                      :40
Account no.                      :200100 Cash A/c
Enter
Amount                           :50000
Business area                    :BILH
Text                             :Equity share capital receipt
Posting key                      :50
Account no.                      :100000 Equity share capital
Enter
Amount                           :*
Business area                    :BILH
Text                             :+
Document –Simulate & Save



0L Leading ledger   April 2008- March 2009 10th Period 105000    2008


                                        184
M1 Non-leading ledger Jan 2009-Dec 2009 1st Period 105000          2009

M2 Nonleading ledger July 2008 –June 2009 7th Period 100000        2008


To view the ledger

Path :Accounting –Financial accounting –General ledger –Account –Display balances
(new) (Tr cod is FAGLB03)

Account number         :100000
Company code           :BIL
Fiscal year            :2008
Ledger                 :0L
Execute
Double click on balance 105000
To view the document
Select document no.check box
Select display document button
Select call up document overview button
Select back arrow 3 times
Select choose ledger button
Change the ledger to M1
Enter
Change the Fiscal year to 2009
Execute
Select back arrow
Select choose ledger button
Change the ledger to M2
Enter
Change the fiscal year 2008
Execute
Segments Creation




                                          185
Scenario                                         Future scenario
Company code             :BIL                    Company code         BIL
        |                                                |
Business area            :HYD                    Segment              HYD
        |                                                |
Profit centers           :Cement, Steel          Profit center        Cement , Steel

In future there will not be any developments           Segments will be assigned in the for
Business areas                                         profit center

In case of automatic line items generation business
Area will not be picked up
                                                       Profit center –through derivation
                                                       rules
                                                       Profit center is updated automatically
                                                       segment also will be updated.



Segment creation

Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Definition –Financial accounting -Define segment

Select new entries button

Segment                 Description
BGL                     Bangalore segment
HYD                     Hyderabad segment
Select save button or Ctrl+S
Press enter to save in your request

Assign segment in profit centers:

Path :Accounting –Controlling profit center accounting –Master data profit center –
Individual processing change (Tr code is KE52)

Profit center                   :select Steel
Enter
Segment                         :select HYD
Enter
Select activate button          (Shift +F1)


One more profit center



                                                186
Profit center                    :Cement
Enter
Segment                          :select HYD
Select activate button
                                 DOCUMENT SPLITTING

In document splitting, line items are split according to selected dimensions –so that we
can draw financial statements for the selected dimensions at any time.

Eg: Profit Center wise, Segment wise

Sales
        Party X Account       Dr       100000
               To Sales Steel          80000 Steel profit center
               To Sales cement         20000 Cement profit center

Due to document splitting
       Party X Account       Dr        80000    Steel
       Party X account       Dr        20000    Cement
              To Sales Steel           80000    Steel
              To Sales Cement          20000    Cement

Creation of 3GL masters :FS00

A) Sales –Steel              Sales
B) Sales –Cement             Sales
C)Zero balance clearing a/c current liabilities & provisions


FS00

GL Account no.           :300010
Company code             :BIL
Select with template button
Give the Gl A/c No. :300005 Sales local own goods
Company code             :BIL
Enter
Change short text and GL account long text to sales Steel
Save
Select edit cot element button



                                               187
Valid from 01.04.2008 to 31.03.9999
Enter
Cost element category          :11 Revenues
Save

Second a/c
Give the GL A/c No.            :300011
Company code                   :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL A/c                :300010
Company code                   :BIL
Enter
Change short text and GL a/c long text to sales Cement
Save


Select edit cost element button
Cost element category          :11 Revenues
Save


GL A/c No.                     :100530
Company code                   :BIL
Select with template button
Give the GL A/c No.100505 VAT payable
Company code                   :BIL
Enter
Change short text and GL account long text to Zero balance clearing
Select create /Bank /Interest tab
Change field status group to G067 (Reconciliation account)
Save

Classify G/L Accounts for document splitting:




                                          188
Path :SPRO-Financial accounting (new)-General ledger accounts(new) –Business
transactions –Document splitting-Classify G/L accounts for document splitting

Give your chart of accounts :BIL
Enter
Select new entries button

Account from            Account to    Category           Description
100000                  299999        01000              Balance sheet account
300000                  399999        30000              Revenue
400000                  499999        20000              Expense
Save
Press enter to save in your request


Define Zero balance clearing account
Same path

Select account key     :000
Double click on accounts folder
Chart of Accounts      :BIL
Enter
Select new entries button
Give the G/L account :100530 Zero balance clearing A/c
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Activate documents splitting
Same path
Select document splitting check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request


END USER AREA

Posting of sales (F-22)

Give the document date                :Todays date
Type                                  :DR
Company code                          :BIL



                                             189
Posting key                           :01
Customer Account                      :100000
Enter
Amount                                :80000
Business area                         :BILH
Text                                  :Sales invoice posting
Posting key                           :50
Account                               :300010 Sales Steel
Enter
Business area                         :BILH
Text                                  :+
Select profitability segment button (right arrow button profit center steel)
Ignore the warning message press enter
Give the profit center Steel
Select continue button

One more item

Posting key                           :50
Account no.                           :300011 Sales Cement
Enter
Amount                                :*
Business area                         :BILH
Text                                  :+
Select profitability Segment right arrow button
Give the profit center                :Cement
Select continue button
Document –Simulate
From the menu select Document –Simulate
General ledger button
Save
From the menu select Document –Display



                                            190
Select general ledger View button




                        CENTRAL EXCISE AND SALES TAX

CIN: Country India Version

MM Consultant
SD consultant
FI consultant –Creation of accounts and assignment of accounts

Central excise is an Indirect Tax

This will be charged at the time of sales, sales men (Removal of goods)

Central excise registration    :15 digits code

(10 digits will be income tax PAN + 5 digits central excise)

Central excise registration will be plant wise
Central excise rates are given in central excise tariff chapter IDs :8 digits code
Under chapter id we have material description and rate
Basic Excise Duty (BED)        14% maximum (now changed to 10%)
Additional excise duty (AED) –Products like textiles

                            15% of basic amount –Now no AED
Special Excise Duty (SED)- Tobacco related products
                            8% on invoice original value
Education cess              2% (on 8% excise duty)
Higher and secondary education cess 1% (on 2% ED)

CEN VAT (Central Excise Value Added Tax) –Earlier MODVAT

Where we pay excise duty at the time of purchase, the excise amount can be adjusted
when we pay excise duty on sales to excise dept.
(Though collected from customer)

RG23A          Part 1 Quantity updation -        Excise duty on consumable
               Part 2 value updation -           100% CENVAT same year

RG23C          Part 1 Quantity updation –        Excise duty on Capita Goods
               Part 2 value updation -           50% current year 50% next year



                                            191
PLA           Personal Ledger Account
              Bank excise credits and debits

ER1           (Excise return 1) (Earlier it was RT12 monthly return)
              To pay excise before 5th of next month
              To file the return before 10th next month

RG1           Finished goods register

Purchase scenario:

              Consumable purchase                      capita goods purchase (stores)

Basic price           100                              200
Excise 8%             8                10%             20
                      ----                             ----
                      108                              220
VAT 4%                4.32                             8.8
                      -----                            ----
                      112.32                           228.8

Goods receipt for consumables

   A) Goods receipt entry

       Inventory RM local DR           100
              To GR/IR clearing RM LCL 100


   B) Excise entry

       RG 23 A BED      DR                    8
             To CENVAT clearing               8

Invoice verification for consumables

GR/IR clearing RM LCL          DR             100
CENVAT clearing A/c            DR             8
VAT Receivable                 DR             4.32
      To party                                112.32

Goods receipt for capital goods

   A) Goods receipt entry
      Inventory stores local DR                        200



                                             192
To GR/IR clearing stores Local    200
   B) Excise entry

       RG 23C BED       DR                     10
       CENVAT on hold   DR                     10
             To CENVAT clearing a/c            20

Invoice verification for capital goods

GR/IR clearing stores LCL     DR               200
CENVAT clearing a/c           DR               20
VAT Receivable                DR                8 .08
      To party                                          228.08

Sales scenario
Basic price                   1000
Excise rate    14%            140
                              -----
                              1140
VAT 12.50%                    142.5
                              -------
                              1283

Sales billing :
Customer A/c       Dr    1283
       To Sales          1000
       To CENVAT suspense 140
       To VAT payable    142.50

Excise invoice creation
CENVAT suspense a/c Dr 140
       To Excise duty payable 140

Excise Balances:

                                               RG23A             RG23C     PLA
Purchase                                            8                 10
Payable on sale        140
       To pay                                           5             6    129


PLA Deposit
PLA A/c     Dr         150
      To Bank          150

Excise utilization



                                         193
Excise duty payable DR         140
       To RG23A BED            5
       To RG23C BED            6
       To PLA                  129



10) Sales tax Payment to Dept

       VAT Payable             143
       VAT Receivable          13
            To Bank            130

       VAT Payable Dr         143
            To VAT Receivable 13.10
            To Bank           129

11) Final balances in excise registers

                               RG23A                      RG23C                      PLA
Purchase /Deposit              8                          10                         150
Utilized at the time of sale   5                          6                          129
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------
Closing balance                3                          4                          21
                               ======================================
SAP:

Tax procedures TAXINJ: Formula based
               TAXINN condition based

In new implementations –TAXINN
Client 000-SAP has given TAXINN and TAXINJ
Excise conditions /Service tax conditions / Education cess conditions /Sales tax
conditions.


CENTRAL EXCISE CUSTOMIZATION

Activate Country Version India for specific fiscal year

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Financial accounting global settings –Tax on
sales /purchases –Basic settings- India-Activate country version India for specific fiscal
years

Select position button
Component              :select IND



                                              194
Enter
For component IND select active check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request



Check and change settings for tax processing

Path :Up to tax on sales / purchases the path is same –Basic settings-Check and
change settings for tax processing

Select new entries button
Process                :B1
Description               :A/P Basic Excise duty (A/P BED)
Tax type                  :select 2 (input tax)
Posting indicator         :select 2 (separate line item)
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow
Select process            :B1
Select copy as button
Change the process to B2
Change the description :A/P CST
Posting indicator         :select 3 (Distribute to relevant expense /revenue items)
Enter & Save
Select           :B1,B2
Select copy as button
Change the process to B3
Change description to APVAT
Enter
Change the description to AR VAT
Other things are common
Press enter and Save
Change process to B5



                                                  195
Change description to AR CST
Change tax type to      :1
Posting indicator       :2 separate line item
Enter and Save
Select B5
Select copy as button
Change the process to B6
Change the description to AR VAT
Other things are common
Press enter & Save


Define condition types:

Path :Up to tax on sales /purchases the path is same -Basic settings-Check calculation
procedure –Double click on define condition types

Select new entries button
Condition type                 :BIL1
Description                    :AP Excise BED
Access sequence                :select JTAX (IN: Excise Access)
Condition class                :select D (Taxes)
Calculation type               :select A (percentage)
Condition category             :select D (Tax)
Select item condition check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow
Select                         :BIL1
Select copy as button
Change the condition type change to :BIL2
Change the description to      :APCST
Access sequence                :Change to JST1 (India Sales tax access)
Enter & Save


                                                196
Select                        :BIL2
Select copy as button
Change condition type to      :BIL3
Change description            :A/P VAT
Other things are common
Enter & Save

Define procedures

Path :Up to tax on sales /purchases the path is same –Basic settings –Check
calculation procedure

Double click on define procedures
Select new entries button
Procedure                     :TAXINN
Description                   :Sales tax India
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Select                        :TAXINN
Double click on control data folder


Select new entries button

Step     Condition Description From          To    Statistics Print    Base Account
         type                                                          type   key
100      Select    Base                                                Select
         BASB      amount                                              362
110                Calculated  100           100   Select
                   cell                            static’s
                                                   check
                                                   box
120      BIL1        AP Excise        100    100              Select          B1
                     BED                                      X
150                  Basic            110    140   Select
                     +Excise                       static
                                                   check
                                                   box

160      BIL2        A/P CST          150    150              Select          B2


                                            197
X
170     BIL3           A/P VAT        150      150           Select           B3
                                                             X

Save




Assign country to calculation procedure

Path :Up to tax on Sales /Purchases the path is same –Basic settings –Assign country
to calculation procedure

Select position button
Country                       :IN for India
Enter
For country IN assign procedure TAXINN
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define tax codes for sales and purchases

Path :Up to tax on sales / purchases the path is same –Calculation –Define tax codes
for sales and purchases (Tr code is FTXP)

Give the country              :IN
Enter
Tax code                      :V0
Enter
Give the description          :0% Input tax
Tax type                      :V (input tax)
Enter
Save
Tax code                      :V1
Enter
Description                   :V1 Dummy tax code for purchases
Tax type                      :V for input tax
Tax percentage rate           :0
Enter & Save


                                              198
Tax code                     :A0
Enter
Description                  :0% output tax
Tax type                     :A ( out put tax)
Enter & Save
One more tax code
Tax code                     :A1
Enter
Description                  :Dummy tax code for sales
Tax type                     :A (Out put tax)
Enter & Save




Creation of GL masters (FS00)
                                                                        To Copy

200156         RG23A BED A/c Current assets, Loans & Advances to copy 200155 VAT
               receivable

200157         RG23C BED A/c Current Assets, Loans and Advances to copy 200155
VAT
               receivable

200158         CENVAT on hold Current Assets, Loans and Advances to copy 200155
               VAT receivable

200159         PLA Account Current Assets, Loans & Advances to copy 200155 VAT
               Receivable

200155         VAT receivable already created

100506         CENVAT A/c clearing current liability provision copy 100505 VAT
payable

100507         CENVAT A/c suspense current liability & provisions copy 100505 VAT
               payable

100508         Excise duty payable A/c current liability & provision copy 100505 VAT
               payable



                                          199
100509         CST payable A/c current liabilities & provision X copy 100505

100505         VAT payable already created

Save

Note :In all accounts tax category * posting without check box



Define tax accounts

Path :Up to tax on sales /purchase the path is same posting –Define Tax accounts (Tr
code is OB40)

Double click transaction B1 A/P Excise BED
Give the chat of accounts     :BIL
Enter
Save
Select posting key button
Debit          40
Credit         50
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select accounts button
Give the account no.100506 CENVAT clearing A/c
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow
Double click on transaction B3 APVAT
Save
Select posting key button
Debit 40
Credit 50
Save
Press enter to save in your request



                                          200
Select accounts button
Give the A/c no.200155 VAT receivable
Save
Press enter to save in your request




Maintain excise registration

Path :SPRO-Logistic general –Tax on goods movements –India –Basic settings –
maintain excise registrations

Select new entries button
Excise registration      :2
(ECC number means excise control code)
ECC no.                  1234
Excise Registration no.(15 digits code)
(10 digits PAN other 5 Excise no.)     :123456
Excise range                    :Kukatpally range
Excise division                 :Kukatpally division
Commissionerate                 :Hyderaba commissionerate
Excise invoice items(EI)        :999
Select partial credit check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain company code settings
Same path

Select new entries button
Select company code             :BIL
Select details button
CENVAT document type            :SA
Utilization FI document type :SA



                                            201
Select debit account override check box
Select auto adjustment indicator check box
Select immediate credit on capital goods check box
First month                   “select April
Excise selection days         :30 days
No.of excise invoice selection :999
Excise invoice selection procedure    :FIFO
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain plant settings:
Same path

Select new entries button
Plant                     :BILP
Excise registration       :002 (This is plant level)
No.GRS per Excise invoice :select Multiple goods receipt multiple credits
Save

Maintain excise groups:
Same path

Select new entries button
Excise group                  :2
Description                   :Excise group for BILP
Plant                         :BILP
Excise registration           :2
No.GRS per excise invoice multiple goods receipts, multiple credits
Select default challan quality in GR check box
Select EI capture check box under MIGO settings
Select post excise Invoice MIGO check box
Select duty different at GR check box
Select update RGI at MIGO check box
Save
Press enter to save in your request



                                              202
Note :MRO –Invoice verification

Maintain series groups
Same path
Select new entries button
Series group                   :2
Series description             :BILP series group
Excise registration            :2
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain excise duty indicators:
Same path
Select new entries button
Excise indicator 1      :100% Tax
Excise indicator 2      :50% Tax
Excise indicator 3      :Nil Tax
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain excise defaults:

path :Up to India the path is same –Basic settings –Determination of excise duty –
maintain excise defaults

select new entries button
Tax procedure                  :TAXINN
CVD condition                  JCV1:
A/P BED condition type         :BIL1
A/R BED condition type         :BILA
BED percentage                 :BIL 4
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain chapter ID’s:(8Digists excise code)

Path :Up to India the path is same –Master data –Maintain chapter Id’s

Select new entries button
Chapter ID     :50000001
Unit of measurement for excise kg
Description as per law :Chemicals
Save
Create request in your Work Bench Request for BIL
save
Select next entry (F8) button



                                           203
Chapter ID            :55000001
Unit of measurement for excise kg
Description as per law Steel
Save




Specify G/L Accounts per excise transaction

Path :Up to India the path is same –Account determination –specify GL accounts per
excise transaction

Select new entries button
Excise group                  :select 2
Excise transaction type       :GRPO (Excise Invoice for goods receipt against PO)
Company code                  :BIL
Chart of Accounts             :BIL
RG23A BED                     :200156
RG23C BED                     :200157
MODVAT clearing               :100506 (CENVAT clearing )
G/L account per PLA BED       :200159
CENVAT on hold                :200158
CENVAT suspense account :100507
PLA on hold                   :200159
Save
Press enter to save in your request
The same way the you send the accounts for all excise transaction types.
For excise transaction type DLFC same as above
Save
Note :         PLA on Hold                   Dr
                     To Bank


               PLA A/c                        Dr
                       To PLA on Hold A/c
               (This is used for next year carry forward)



                                           204
Specify SAP Script forms

Path :Up to India the path is same –Business transactions –Excise registers –Specify
SAP script forms

Select all the registers of company Code          :IN01
Select copy as button
Change the company code to BIL for Registers and returns
Save press enter to save in your request

Maintain number ranges
Path :Up to India the path is same –Tools-Number ranges

Object        :Select J_1IINTNUM (Internally document number to be generated )
Select number rages button
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
Number rage :01
Year           :2008
From no.       :1
To no.         :100000
Save
Ignore the message press enter
Select back arrow two times
Object         :Select J_1IRG23A1 (RG23A part 1 no. range object)
Select number rages button
Excise group :select 2
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
No. range      :01
Year           :2008
From number :100001
To number      :200000
Enter & save
Ignore the warning message press enter



                                         205
Select back arrow two times
Object         :J_1IRG23A2 This is (RG23A part II Number rage object)
Select number rage button
Excise group :2
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
No.range       :01
Year           :2008
From no.       :200001
To no.         :300000
Enter & save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Select back arrow two times
Select object J_1IEXCLOC (Local excise invoice number rage for sales)
Select number ranges button
Series group :2
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
No.range       :01
Year           :2008
From number :300001
To number      :400000
Enter & Save
Ignore the warning message press enter
Select back arrow two times
Select object :J_1IINTPR2 despatch series number
Select number ranges button
Excise group :2
Select change intervals button
Select interval button
No.range       :01



                                         206
Year            :2008
From no.        :500001
To no.          :600000
Enter & save
Ignore the warning message press enter

Excise rates maintenance

Use the Tr code is J1ILN (India local menu) (This have no path)

Path :Indirect taxes -Master data -Excise rate maintenance (Tr code is J1ID)

Select material & chapter ID combination radio button
Select maintain button(F5)
Select new entries button
Material                :BILRM1
Plant                   :BILP
Chapter ID              :5000001 Chemicals
Material type           :Raw materials
GR with reference       :select multiple goods receipt , multiple credits
Declared                :1
Declaration date        :29.02.2008


One more
Material                :BILFG
Plant                   :BILP
Chapter ID              :5500001 Steel
Material type           :RG1
GR with reference       :Multiple goods receipts, Multiple credits
Declared                :1
Declaration date        :29.02.2008
Save
Select back arrow



                                             207
Select CENVAT determination radio button
Select maintain button
Select new entries button


Give the plant           :BILP
Input material           :BILRM
Output material          :BILFG
Intimation date          :01.04.2008
Save
Select back arrow
Select vendor excise details radio button
Select maintain button
Select new entries button
Vendor                   :2001
Excise indicator for vendor :1 ( 100% Tax)
Type of vendor           :select manufacturer
Save
Select back arrow
Select customer excise details radio button
Select maintain button (F5)
Select new entries button
Give the customer no. :200101
Excise indicator for customer            :select 1 (100% Tax)
Save
Select back arrow
Select excise indicator for plant radio button
Select maintain button
Select new entries button
Company code                     :BIL
Plant                            :BILP
First month                      :select April



                                                 208
Excise indicator for company :select 1 (100% Tax)
Save
Select back arrow
Select excise indicator for pant and vendor radio button
Select maintain button
Select new entries button
First column excise indicator :select 1
Second column excise tax indicator for vendor            :select 1 (100% Tax)
Third column excise tax indicator for vendor             :Select 1 (100% tax)
Save
Select back arrow
Select excise indicator for plant & customer radio button
Select maintain button
Select new entries button
First column excise tax indictor for company             :select 1 (100% tax )


Second column Excise indicator for vendor :Select 1 (100% tax)
Third column excise tax indicator vendor :select 1 (100% tax)
Save

Creation of condition records
(FV11) (No path this one)

Condition type                   :select BIL1 AP Excise basic
Select key combination button
Select plant /vendor /material radio button
Enter
Plant                    :BILP
Vendor                   :2001
Material                 :BILRM1
Amount                   :8 (Excise rate & Tax rupees)
Valid from               :01.04.2008
Valid to                 :31.03.2009


                                              209
Tax code              :V0
Save
Select back arrow
Condition type        :BIL3 A/P VAT
Select key combination button
Select plant /vendor /Material radio button
Plant                 :BILP
Vendor                :2001
Material              :BILRM1
Amount                :4
Valid from            :01.04.2008
Valid to              :31.03.2009
Tax code              :V0
Save

SD Excise customization

SD consultant job

Define condition types

Path :SPRO-Sales & Distribution –basic functions –Pricing –Pricing control –Define
condition types

Double click on maintain condition types
Select new entries button
Condition type                :BIL4
Description                   :A/R Basic excise duty (AR BED)
Access sequence               :JEXC (India Excise Access)
Plus/ Minus                   :Select A Positive
Condition class               :select A discount or Surcharge
Calculation type              :select A (Percentage )
Select Item condition check box
Select amount /percentage check box



                                           210
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow
Select                :BIL4
Select copy as button
Change the condition type to BILA
Description A/R Excise BED (100% copy)
Access sequence         :select JDUM (India 100 copy of other fields are values)
Enter & Save
Select BIL4 & BILA
Select copy as button
Change condition type to BIL5
Description             :A/R CST
Access sequence         :select JCST (India Central Sales Tax :Access)
Plus / Minus            : Blank
Calculation type        :A (Percentage)
Condition class         :change to D (Taxes)
Condition category      :select D (Tax)
Enter
Change the condition type to BIL6
Description             :AR VAT
Access sequence         :change to JLST (India Local sales tax access)
Plus or Minus           :Blank
Calculate type          : A (Percentage)
Condition class         :select D taxes
Condition category      :select D tax
Enter & save

Define account keys:

Path :SPRO-Sales & Distribution –Basic functions –Account assignment/costing –
Revenue account determination –Define and assign account keys –Double click define
account key



                                            211
Select new entries button
Account key            :B4
Name                   :A/R Excise BED

Account key             :B5
Name                    :AR CST

Account key             :B6
Name                    :AR VAT
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Check and change settings for tax processing

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Financial accounting global settings –Tax on
sales /Purchases –Basic settings –Check and change settings for tax processing

Select B2 and B3
Select copy as button
Change the process to B5
Change the description to A/R CST
Tax type                :select 1 (Output tax)
Posting indicator       :select 2 (separate line item)
Enter
Change process to       :B6
Change the description to A/R VAT
Tax type                :change to 1 Output tax
Enter & save
Save in your request

Define tax accounts:

Path :up to Tax on sales /Purchases the path is same –Posting –Define tax accounts
(Tr code is OB40)

Double click on truncation     :B5 AR CST
Give your Chart of Accounts :BIL
Enter



                                             212
Save
Select posting key button
Debit          :40
Credit         :50
Select save button
Press enter to save in your request

Select accounts button
Give the account no.100509 CST (payable)
Save

Press enter to save in your request
Select back arrow
Double click on transaction :B6 ARVAT
Save

Select posting key button
Debit :40
Credit :50
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select accounts button
Give the account no.100505 VAT payable
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Maintain pricing procedures

Path :SPRO-Sales & Distribution –Basic functions –Pricing –pricing control –Define
and assign pricing procedures

Double click on maintain pricing procedures
Select new entries button
Procedure               :BIL
Description             :BIL domestic Pricing procedure
Save
Press enter to save in your request




                                          213
Select                 :BIL
double click on control data folder
Select new entries button




Step   Condition Description From           To    Require Statistics Print   Account
       type                                                                  key
100    PR00      Price                            Select              X      ERL
                                                  Check
                                                  box (√)
                    Subtotal          100   100   Select    Select
                                                  Check     Check
                                                  box (√)   box (√)
200    BIL 4        A/R Basic         100   100                              B4
                    excise duty


210                 Basic             100   200             Select
                    +Excise                                 Check
                                                            box (√)
400                 Base value        100   --              Select
                                                            Check
                                                            box (√)
410    BILA         A/R BED           200   200             Select    X
                    (100%                                   Check
                    copy) Basic                             box (√)
                    +Excise
420                                   400   410             Select
                                                            Check
                                                            box (√)
450    BIL5         AR CST            420                             X      B5
460    BIL6         AR VAT            420                             X      B6
500                 Basic             420   460             Select
                    +Excise+                                Check
                    Sales tax                               box (√)
Save



Define pricing procedure determination



                                            214
Path :Up to pricing control the path is same –Define and assign pricing procedures (
Tr code is OVKK)

Double click on define pricing procedure determination
Select position button
Sales organization      :BILS
enter
For BILS change the pricing procedure to BIL
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define tax determination rules

Path :SPRO-Sales and Distribution –Basic functions –Taxes –Define tax
determination rules

Select new entries button
Tax country            :IN
Sequence               :1
Tax category           :BIL5

Tax country             :IN for India
Sequence                :2
Tax category            :BIL6 Name:A/R VAT
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Define tax relevancy of mater records:
Same path
Double click on customer taxes
Select new entries button

Tax category            Name                 Tax classification   Description
BIL5                    A/R CST              0                    Nil Tax
BIL5                    A/R CST              1                    Taxable
BIL6                    A/R VAT              0                    Nil Tax
BIL6                    A/R VAT              1                    Taxable
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Select back arrow
Double click on material taxes
Select new entries button

Tax category           Name                  Tax classification   Description
BIL5                   A/R CST               0                    Nil Tax


                                         215
BIL5                   A/R CST                1               Taxable
BIL6                   A/R VAT                0               Nil Tax
BIL6                   A/R VAT                1               Taxable

Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assign delivering plants for tax determination (OX10)
Same path

Select position button
Plant                   :BILP
Enter
Select plant            :BILP
Select details button
Select address button(Shift +F5)
Region                  :select AP (Andhra Pradesh)
Enter & Save
Press enter to save in your request

Assignment of accounts for automatic postings
Tr code is VKOA

Double click on Table 1
Select new entries button
Application area              :V
Condition type                :KOFI
Chart of Accounts             :BIL
Sales organization            :BILS
Account assignment group for customer :01 domestic revenues
Account assignment group for customer :03 finished goods


Account assign group for account key :B4 AR Excise duty
GL Account 100507 (Send VAT suspense account)
Save
Press enter to save in your request

SD END USER AREA

Assign tax classification material master (Tr code is MM02)


                                           216
Give the material no.BILFG
Press select view button
Select sales :sales organization data 1
Select organization levels button
Plant                  :BILP
Sales organization     :BILS
Distribution channel :BD
Enter
For tax classification tax category BIL5 0 taxable
For tax classification tax category BIL6 1 taxable
Save

Enter tax classification in customer master (Tr code is XD02)

Select the customer             :200101
Company code                    :BIL
Division                        :BS
Select customer sales area button
Double click on sales organization      :BILS
Enter
Select sales area data button
Select billing documents tab
For tax category                :BIL6
Tax classification              :1 (taxable)
Save



Creation of condition records (Tr code is VK11)

Condition type         :select BIL4 A/R basic excise duty
Select key combination button
Select material radio button
Enter



                                               217
Sales organization     :BILS
distribution channel   :BD
Material               :BILFG
Amount                 :10
Valid from to          :01.04.2008
Valid to               :31.03.2009
Save
Select back arrow
Select condition type BILA (A/R BED 100% copy)
Select key combination button
Select sales organization radio button
Enter
Sales organization     :BILS
Amount                 :100
Valid from             :01.04.2008
Valid to               :31.03.2009
Save
Select back arrow
Condition type         :select BIL6 AR VAT
Select key combination button
Select country /Plant/Region /Material radio button
Enter
Country                :IN
Plant                  :BILP
Region                 :AP
Material               :BILFG
Amount                 :4 (Percentage)
Valid from             :01.04.2008
Valid to               :31.03.2009
Tax code               :select A1 (Dummy tax code for sales)
Save



                                          218
To check whether 0% input tax code and 0% output tax code assigned to company code
to BIL

Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Financial accounting global settings –Tax on
sales /Purchases -posting -Assign tax codes for non taxable transactions(OBCL)

Select position button
Company code                  :BIL
enter
For company code              :BIL
Input tax code                :V0
Output tax code               :A0
Company code                  :BIL
enter
For company code              :BIL
Input tax code                :V1
Output tax code               :A1
Save
Press enter to save in your request

Creation of Purchase order (ME21N)

Purchase org                          :BILR
Company code                          :BIL
Vendor                                :2001
Enter
Give the purchasing group             :BIL
Item                                  :10
Material                              :BILRM1
PO Quantity                           :100 Kgs
Net price                             :75
Currency                              :INR
Plant                                 :BILP
Enter


                                             219
Select invoice tab
Tax code                              :select V1 dummy tax code for purchases
Enter
Select Taxes button
Select back arrow
Save
Not the purchase order no.4500017094


To open material periods for January (MMPV)


From company code                     ;BIL
period                                :10
Fiscal year                           :2008
Select check and close period radio button
Execute
Ignore the warning message press enter

(Note : Use the Tr code J1EI for creation of Excise Invoice no’s following the other
steps same above)
Give the Excise invoice no. and date

Goods receipt ( Tr code is MIGO)
Select goods receipt
Give the purchase order no.4500017094
Enter
Quantity in delivery note      :100 kgs
Select item ok check box
Select where tab
Storage location               :HYD
Press enter
Select excise invoice tab
Give the excise invoice no.1
Excise invoice Date                   :Today’s date



                                             220
Save
Select display button
Enter
Select document information tab
Select FI documents button
Select back arrow
Select excise invoice tab
Select more data button
Select part 2 tab
Select accounting document no.

Invoice verification (MIRO)

Invoice date            :05.01.2009
Posting date            :11.01.2009
Reference               :51
Select calculate tax check box
Text                    :Invoice verification
Tax code                :V1 (Dummy tax code)
Purchase order no.      :4500017094
Enter
Give the amount         :8424
Enter
Business area           :BILH
Select payment tab      :Base line date (Today’s date)
Payment term            :0001
Enter & Save
From the menu select invoice document display
Select follow on documents button
To print excise registers: (Tr Code is J1ILN)

Path :Indirect taxes –Registers –Excise tax –Extract (J2I5)




                                                221
Excise group                  :2
Start date                    :01.01.2009
End date                      :31.01.2009
Select any register radio button
Select RG23A part I check box
Select RG23A part II check box
Execute
Enter
Select back arrow
Select print utility program (TR code is J2I6)
Select RG23A part 1 radio button
Execute

Excise group                  :2
Start date                    :01.01.2009
End date                      :31.01.2009
Execute
Output device                 :LP01
Select print preview button
Select back arrow two times
Select RG23A part II radio button
Execute
Excise group                  :2
Start date                    :01.01.2009
End date                      :31.01.2009
Execute
Output devise                 :LP01
Select print preview button

To view sales tax register (Tr code is J 1 I L N)

Indirect taxes –Registers –Sales tax –sales tax register (J1I2)




                                            222
Company code                    :BIL
Tax code                        :V1
LST condition type              :BIL3
Execute




SD EXCISE

Creation of sales order (VA01)

Order type            :OR
Sales organization    :BILS
Distribution channel :BD
Division              :BS
Enter
Sold to party         :200101
PO Number             :2
PO date               :Today’s date
Required delivery date :Today’s date
Delivery plant        :BILP
Payment terms         :0001
Item                  :10
Material              :BILFG
Order quantity        :10 Kgs
Enter
Ignore the message press enter
Select item           :10
From the menu select Goto Item conditions
From the menu select Edit –In complication log (Ctrl +F8)
Select save button
Note the sales order no.11771

Delivery (Tr code is VL01N)



                                         223
Give the shipping point       :BILH
Order no.                     :1171
Enter
Actual goods inward received date     :Today’s date
Select item                   :10
Select picking tab
Picked quantity               :10 Kgs
Select post goods issue button
From menu select out bound delivery –Display
Enter
From the menu select Environment-Document flow
Keep the cursor on go goods delivery no.
Select display document button
Select accounts document button
Select account document no.

Post :         Inventory FG           700
               IN/DE Stock FG         700



Sales Billing (VF01)

Select the delivery no.
Select execute button
Save
From the menu select billing document –display
Select accounting button
Select accounting document no.

Excise invoice creation (Tr code is J1ILN)

Path :Indirect taxes –Sales /Out bond movements-Excise invoices –For sales order –
Out going Excise invoice create /Change /Display (Tr code is J1IIN)

Select from billing button (F5)


                                            224
Enter
Excise group to                  :2
Serious group                    :2
Select utilization button (F6)
Save
Ignore the warning message press enter

CENVAT suspense A/c Dr
    To Excise duty payable

Go and see sales billing display (VF03)

Give the billing document no.90036108
Select accounting button
Select accounting document no.

RG23A BED posting (F-02)

Give the document date           :Today’s date
Type                             :SA
Company code                     :BIL
Posting key                      :40
Account no.                      :200156 (RG23A BED)
Enter
Amount                           :50000
Business area                    :BILH
Text                             :RG23A Debit
Posting key                      :50
Account no.                      :200105 Bank account
Enter
Amount                           :*
Business area                    :BILH
Text                             :+
Document –Simulate & Save




                                             225
PLA Deposit (F-02)

Give the document date      :Today’s date
Type                        :SA
Company code                :BIL
Posting key                 :40
Account no.                 :200159 (RG23A BED)
Enter
Amount                      :100000
Business area               :BILH
Text                        :PLA deposit
Posting key                 :50
Account no.                 :200105 Bank account
Enter
Amount                      :*
Business area               :BILH
Text                        :+
Document –Simulate & Save




Excise duty payment: (Tr code is (J1ILN)

Path :Indirect taxes –Sales /Out bond movements –fortnightly payment (J2IUN)

Company code                :BIL
Plant                       :BILP
Excise group                :2
Period                      :01.03.2009       to   Today’s date
Business area               :BILH
Execute
RG23A Utilized                      :6.60
Select duty button



                                            226
Select Simulate button (F7)
Select right mouse button
Select continue button
Save

Go and see the document (FB03)

Document no.                    :38
Company code                    :BIL
Fiscal year                     :2008
Enter




                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSION


Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss account format creation

In India –Companies Act –Schedule VI format

Summary                         Schedules                  Amount

Share capital
                         Equity share capital              100000
                         Preference share capital          100001
Reserves & Surplus
                         General Reserves                  100101
                         Capital Reserve                   100102
Secured loans
Unsecured loans

By using 0-9 levels –we can get all 3 versions consultant creates 2 versions –Summary -
Schedules

In 000 Client SAP has given for India Bain.

Path :SPRO-Financial Accounting –General ledger Accounting-Business
transactions-Closing –Document-Define financial statement versions.

Select new entries button
Financial statement version             :BIL1



                                             227
Name                                       Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss account
Maintain Language                          :EN
Select item keys automatic check box
Chart of Accounts                          :BIL
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Select financial statement item button
Keep the cursor on AML1
Select create items button
Give the items            :Balance Sheet
                          :Profit & Loss account
                          :Net profit /Loss transfer to Balance Sheet
Enter
Kept the cursor on profit and loss account
Double click on No text exists against Liability +Equity
Give item                 :Liabilities
Enter
Double click no text exists against Assets
Give the item Assets
Enter
Keep the cursor on Assets
Press select button (beside reassign button)
Keep the cursor on Balance sheet
Select resign (Shift+F6) button
Select subordinate radio button
Enter
Keep the on liabilities
Press select button (F9)
Keep the cursor on Balance Sheet
Select resign button (Shift+F6)
Select subordinate radio button



                                                  228
Enter
Keep the cursor on Profit & Loss account
Select create item button
Give the items          :Income
Give the items          :Expenditure
Enter
Save
Press enter to save in your request
Keep the cursor on Liabilities
Select create items button
Give the         Share capital
                 Reserves & Surplus
                 Secured loans
                 Unsecured loans
Enter
Keep the cursor on Assets
Select create items button
Give the items          :Net Fixed Assets
                        :Net Current Assets
                        :Misc. expenditure to the extent not written off Eg: Preliminary
                        exp.
Enter
Keep the cursor on Income
Select create items button
Give the heads          :Sales
                        :Other Income
                        :Inc/Dec in Stocks
Enter
Keep the cursor on expenditure
Select create item button




                                              229
Expenditure :
                Raw material consumption
                Personnel expenses
                Manufacturing expenses
                Administration Expenses
                Interest
                Depreciation
Enter and Save
Double click no text existent against net result :Profit
Give the item :Net profit transferred from P & L Account
Enter
Keep the cursor on Net profit transfer from P & L Account
Press select button (F9)
Keep the cursor on reserves & Surplus
Select reassign button (shift +F6)
Select subordinate radio button
Enter
Double click on no text exists against net result loss
Item            :Net loss transferred from P & L Account
Enter
Keep the cursor on net loss transferred from P & L Account
Press select button (F9)
Keep the cursor on Misc. Expense to extend not written off
Select reassign button
Select subordinate radio button
Enter
Save


Assignment of accounts are to be assigned to the last note


Keep the cursor on Share Capital



                                            230
Select assign accounts button
Enter
From Account                    :100000
To Account                      :100099
Select debit check box
Select credit check box
From Account                    :100101
To                              :199999
Select debit check box
Select credit check box
Note :Expect 100000 all are same
Enter
Keep the cursor on net fixed assets
Select assign accounts button
From Account                    :200000
To Account                      :299999
Select debit check box
Select credit check box
Enter
Keep the cursor on sales
Select assign accounts button
From account                    :300000
To account                      :399999
Select debit and Credit check box
Enter
Keep the cursor on Raw material consumption
Select assign account button
From account                    :400000
To account                      :499999
Select Debit and Credit check box
Enter



                                          231
Keep the cursor net profit/loss transferred to Balance Sheet
Select Assign account button
From account                     :100100
Select Debit & Credit Check box
Enter & Save
To check whether all accounts assigned or not
Select check button
Select non assigned account check box
Enter & Save

Liabilities                                          Amount
Sources of Funds:
                       100000
                       100001
                       100002
Share capital          100003
                       -------                       X
                       100100
                       100101
Reserves & Surplus     100102
Secured loans                                        X
Unsecured loans                                      X
                                                     ------
Total Liabilities                                     X
                                                     =====
Double click on liabilities
Start of group Liabilities
End of group total liabilities


Select display total check box
Enter
Double click on share capital
Start of group         :Source of funds
End of group           :Share capital
Select display totals check box
Enter



                                           232
Double click on Reserves & Surplus
End group :Reserves & Surplus
Select display total check box
Enter
Note :Same way secured and unsecured loans
Double click on assets
Start of group :Assets
End of group :Total Assets
Select display total check box
Enter
Double click on Net fixed Assets
Start of group :Application of funds
End of group :Net fixed Assets
Select display total check box
Enter
Double click on Misc. expenditure to extend not written off
End group Misc. expenditure to the expend not written off
Select display totals
Enter
Double click on Profit & Loss Account
End of Group             :Net Profit /Loss for the year
Select display total check box
Enter
Double click on Income
Start of group :Income
End of Group                     :Total Income
Select display total check box
Enter
Double click on sales
End of Group :Sales
Select display total check box



                                              233
Enter
Double click on Expenditure
Start of group :Total expenditure
Select display total check box
Enter
Double click on Raw material consumption
End of group :Raw material consumption
Select display total check box
Enter
Double click on net profit /Loss transferred to Balance sheet
Start of group :Net Profit /Loss transferred to balance Sheet
Select display total check box
Enter
Double click on No text exist against P & L result
Item    :Net profit/Loss transferred to Balance Sheet
End of Group: Net profit/Loss transferred to Balance Sheet
Select display total check box
Enter & Save

Open one more session :

Path :Accounting-Financial Accounting –General Ledger-Information system—
General Ledger reports-Balance Sheet/Profit loss Statement /Cash flow-General –
Actual/Actual comparisons- Balance sheet/Profit Loss Statement (S_ALR_87012284)

Company code                     :BIL
Business area                    :BILH
Financial Statement version :BIL1
Reporting year                   :2008
Reporting period                 :1 to 16
Comparison year                  :2007
Comparison periods               :1 to 16
Select classical list radio button



                                            234
Select special evaluations tab
Balance sheet type               :1 (Standard Financial Statement )
Select output control tab
Company code summarization :Select 1 (Balance sheet per company code)
Business area summarization :select 1(Balance Sheet per business area)
Summary report                   :3
Comparison type                  :1

Note :2 types of comparison in SAP
                                      2008              2007
               Sales                  100               75
1) Percentage of Increase    Current year –Previous year *100
                             ----------------------------------
                                      Previous year
                      100-75/75*100=33.3




2) Percentage of growth           :Current year *100
                                   --------------------
                                   Previous year
                                 100/75=133

Scaling         :5/2

Scaling note :
A) Only Rupees without paise                     0/0
B) Rupees with paise                             0/2
C)Rupees in lakhs –without decimals              5/0
D)Rupees in mission without decimals             6/0
E)Rupees in crores without decimals              7/0
F)Rupees in laksh –Thousands in decimals 5/2



Sales                                            987654321.55
Rupees in lakhs (100000)         5 Decimals

          2 decimals             2 decimals      9876.54



                                               235
Select execute button
Select back arrow
Select special evaluations tab
Give the display currency dollar execute


                             ASSET ACCOUNTING REPORTS:

1.Depreciation forecast

Path :Accounting –Financial accounting –Fixed assets –Information system –Reports
on asset accounting –Depreciation for cost –Depreciation on capitalized assets
(Depreciation simulation) (Tr code is S_ALR_87012936)

Give the company code                 :BIL
Report date                           :31.03.2011
Execute

2. Fixed asset schedule as per schedule VI of companies Act



Gross    Additi     Sales     Gro   Dep.   Acc.De     Dep.   Dep      Acc.     Net   Net
block    ons        /Trans    ss    for    p.in the   for    on       Dep      blo   block
in the   during     fers      blo   the    beginni    the    sales    in the   ck    in the
beginn   the        during    ck    year   ng of      year   /Trans   year     in    beginn
ing      year       the       in    end    year              fer               the   ing
year                year      the                                              yea
                              yea                                              r
                              r                                                end
                              end

Information systems –Accounting –Financial accounting –Fixed assets –Asset History
sheet (Tr code is AR02

Give your company code                :BIL
Report date                           :31.03.2009
Select group totals only radio button
Execute

(Note :Retirement mean sale of asset)

Select asset button
Double click on asset retirement



                                            236
PROJECT

BIL group (to go for ERP)
Packages available Cost / Feature/Time

ERP Packages
SAP
Oracle Financials
JD Edwards
People soft

Decided to go for SAP –Consulting firms Cost/Support /Experience

   1)   WIPRO
   2)   Infosys
   3)   Satyam
   4)   Intell
   5)   Zensar

Buy SAP package from SAP-India –Bangalore with the support of WIPRO –Hyderabad
vendors.

Implement all the modules at all locations (BIG Bang project) or in a phased manner

BIL                                          WIPRO
A) Project Manager                           A) Project Manager
B) Accounts Manager                          B) FI Consultant
C)Cost Accountant                            C)Co Consultant
D) Purchase Manager                          D)MM Consultant
E) Sales Manager                             E)SD Consultant
F)IT Staff                                   F) BASIS Consultant
                                             G) ABAP Programmers

Kick of Date means Start date

Form a steering committee

BIL Senior people
WIPRO Senior people



                                          237
Project Mangers BIL and WIPRO

BIL core team members –As is process existing process and requirements from SAP

WIPRO- Study the process and prepare to be process

GAP reports –Write to SAP the requirement /through programmer/work around /user
exits.

WIPRO-Customization based clients requirement .
BIL core team –Testing
WIPRO –Customization document

Before going live
Training to the BIL company users will be given

Fix ago live date:
Customization will be transported from development client to production client.

Up load masters in production client

Upload balances in production client

Give the number ranges in production client.

On go live date :Enter transactions in production client.

Support: For the issues raised by BIL end users.

Rollouts : Implementing SAP in different locations afterwards


                     ASAP Methodology (ASAP –Accelerated SAP)
   1.   Project Preparation
   2.   Business blue print
   3.   Realization
   4.   Final preparation
   5.   Go and live and support

OSS mean Online Support Service

Land Scape
1. Development Quality testing Production
   SAND box –All scenarios configuration selected scenario         Testing

2. Development        Production



                                            238
R/ 3 Structure
Presentation application data base    SAP Package data stored in data base server




                                     239

More Related Content

PDF
Quick sap co configuration Internal Order
DOC
Fi payment advice functional spec.
PDF
Sap fico configuration
PDF
80467542 asset-closing-in-sap-fico
PDF
SAP FICO overview
PDF
SAP CONTROLLING
PDF
S4 HANA New GL Configuration
PDF
Parallel accounting in sap erp account approachversus ledger approachin new g...
Quick sap co configuration Internal Order
Fi payment advice functional spec.
Sap fico configuration
80467542 asset-closing-in-sap-fico
SAP FICO overview
SAP CONTROLLING
S4 HANA New GL Configuration
Parallel accounting in sap erp account approachversus ledger approachin new g...

What's hot (20)

PPT
SAP FI - Account Receivable - Part I
PPT
SAP FICO General Ledger EndUser Training | www.sapdocs.info
DOCX
New GL parallel ledgers in asset accounting
PDF
Copa configuration
PPTX
SAP COPA Integration overview
PDF
Document 06 Alternative reconciliation GL entry process in SAP
PDF
Internal Orders Detailed config
PPTX
Asset accounting
PPTX
SAP Account determination SD-FI by odaiah pelley
PPT
SAP FICO Overview
DOCX
User manual f 03
PPTX
FSCM - Treasury - Bank Communication Management.pptx
PPTX
SAP CO-PA (Controlling-Profitability Analysis)
PDF
Fi sd integration with copa
PPTX
Asset accounting
PPTX
SAP Controlling overview
PDF
Sap co profit center accounting
PPT
SAP FI - Account Payable (AP)
DOCX
How SAP SD is integrated with SAP Finance?
PPT
SAP Financial General Ledger
SAP FI - Account Receivable - Part I
SAP FICO General Ledger EndUser Training | www.sapdocs.info
New GL parallel ledgers in asset accounting
Copa configuration
SAP COPA Integration overview
Document 06 Alternative reconciliation GL entry process in SAP
Internal Orders Detailed config
Asset accounting
SAP Account determination SD-FI by odaiah pelley
SAP FICO Overview
User manual f 03
FSCM - Treasury - Bank Communication Management.pptx
SAP CO-PA (Controlling-Profitability Analysis)
Fi sd integration with copa
Asset accounting
SAP Controlling overview
Sap co profit center accounting
SAP FI - Account Payable (AP)
How SAP SD is integrated with SAP Finance?
SAP Financial General Ledger
Ad

Viewers also liked (6)

PDF
MAHESH SAP FI NOTES
PPTX
Product costing ppt
PDF
Co product costing config ecc6
PDF
I doc cookbook for edi and interfaces
DOC
SAP CO Configuration Guide - Exclusive Document
PDF
Sap fico satyanarayana material
MAHESH SAP FI NOTES
Product costing ppt
Co product costing config ecc6
I doc cookbook for edi and interfaces
SAP CO Configuration Guide - Exclusive Document
Sap fico satyanarayana material
Ad

Similar to SAP Co note (20)

PPT
Co pa power point
PPTX
Sap hana retail sales reporting innojam21 final
DOC
Product Costing
DOC
Ks01 Create Cost Center
PDF
SAP BUSINESS BLUE PRINT PRACTICE PROJECT
DOC
Ka06 Create Secondary Cost Element New
PPTX
Enginuity2012 tutorial
PDF
Oow 2011, Simplifying Work Order Management in the utility market with Oracle...
PDF
Oow 2011 simplifying work order management in the utility market with oracle...
PDF
Oow 2011, Simplifying Work Order Management in the utility market with Oracle...
PDF
Cost Accounting
PDF
BetaCodex09 - Turn Your Company Outside-In! (Part 2)
PPT
SAP FI - GL
PDF
AMG 2008 Annual Report
PDF
Amr Research 0906 The Fast-Payback SAP Projects for Saving Money in 2009
PPTX
Finance for non financial managers ppt by paramesh a
PDF
Project References Transportation Industry
PPT
SAP FI - Accounts Receivable - Part II
PDF
Simplifying Work Order Management in the Utility Market
PDF
Sap transaction codes
Co pa power point
Sap hana retail sales reporting innojam21 final
Product Costing
Ks01 Create Cost Center
SAP BUSINESS BLUE PRINT PRACTICE PROJECT
Ka06 Create Secondary Cost Element New
Enginuity2012 tutorial
Oow 2011, Simplifying Work Order Management in the utility market with Oracle...
Oow 2011 simplifying work order management in the utility market with oracle...
Oow 2011, Simplifying Work Order Management in the utility market with Oracle...
Cost Accounting
BetaCodex09 - Turn Your Company Outside-In! (Part 2)
SAP FI - GL
AMG 2008 Annual Report
Amr Research 0906 The Fast-Payback SAP Projects for Saving Money in 2009
Finance for non financial managers ppt by paramesh a
Project References Transportation Industry
SAP FI - Accounts Receivable - Part II
Simplifying Work Order Management in the Utility Market
Sap transaction codes

SAP Co note

  • 1. SAP CO NOTES INDEX PARTICULARS Page No. CO Areas and Basic Settings for Controlling 3 Cost Center Accounting 11 Online Reconciliation Leger 23 1. Creation of GL Masters 25 2. CO Customization 27 3. FI Customization 28 Cross Company Code Postings 31 Maintain Overhead structure 34 Statically Key Figures (SKF) 38 Assessment 42 Internal Orders 46 Budgeting and Availability Control 60 Profit Center Accounting 64 Integration 76 1. Transaction Key /Process Key 77 2. Valuation Class 78 3. Assignment of accounts 89 4. MM Customization 90 5. FI Consultant job in MM 97 6. Assignment of Accounts for Automatic Postings(MM 100 to FI) 7. FI Consultant job in SD 115 8. SD Steps 9. Co-Profitability Analysis (CO-PA) 120 1. Data flow in CO-PA 120 2. Customization 122 3. SD End user area 126 Report Painter 129 Product Costing 132 1. Co Consultant Job (Activity based costing) 134 2. PP Consultant job 144 3. CO End User area 146 4. MM End User area 147 5. PP End user area 149 Actual Costing 153 1. CO Consultant job 153 2. PP consultant area 167 3. Asset Accounting area 174 New General Ledgers (ECC 6 New Features ) 179 1
  • 2. 1. Customization 180 2. Document Splitting 188 Central Excise and Sales Tax 192 1. Central Excise Customization (Purchase) 195 2. Central Excise customization (Sales) 211 3. SD End user area 217 Financial Statement Version 228 Asset Accounting Area 237 Project Report 238 CONTROLLING (CO) This is used for internal reporting in Co organizational Hierarchy – Highest node is controlling area. In FI Highest node is company , Company code CO AREAS : 1. Cost Elements Accounting: To update Co records / sub modules cost elements are required. There are two types of cost elements 1. primary cost elements 2. Secondary cost Elements 2. Cost Center Accounting: This is used to view department wise costs. 3. Internal orders: This is used to view costs for specific task. Eg: Vehicle wise running expenses / Petrol expenses, Repairs to that Vehicle, Telephone wise expenses production order costs / Exhibition costs. Create each vehicle as n order and capture the costs Production order: Create production order as on internal order and capture the costs. Exhibition costs: Sales men salaries , Advertisement discounts to customers conveyance. Create a exhibition order 4. Profit center accounting : This is used to view profitability product wise / Division wise / Location wise if business area is not used in FI 5 Product Costing :This is used for valuation if inventories 2
  • 3. Eg: Finished goods and work in process. 6. Profitability analysis: This is used to view profitability for number of parameters at a time. Eg. Sales order wise / Customer wise / Product wise / Plant wise / Sales organization wise profitability this is reporting tool BASIC SETTINGS FOR CONTROLLING: Maintain controlling area FI Organization Structure CO. Organization Structure Company Controlling | | Company code | | | Business area Cost Center Scenario – 1 Company | Company code = Controlling Area | | Business area --- Cost Center (a)Controlling area at company code level, b)Business area will be assigned in cost centers.) Scenario -2 Company = Controlling Area | | Company code | | | Business area --- Cost Center (a )Controlling area at company (group) level no. of company codes will have one controlling area, b) Business area will be assigned in cost centers. 3
  • 4. 1) When management wants to view number of company codes cost centers data at a time – It is not possible in 1st Scenario – It is possible 2nd scenario. In report it will ask only one controlling area and not multiple controlling area. 2) When management wants to view number of cost centers data of company code – Directly it is possible in 1st scenario. Also it is possible in 2nd Scenario – By creating cost center groups. It means 2nd Scenario is more flexible. MAINTAIN CONTROLLING AREA: Path : SPRO – Controlling – General controlling – Organization – Maintain controlling area (Tr.Code is OKKP) If we go for 1st scenario – company code should be the controlling area. If we go for 2nd scenario we can use any code for controlling area code. Double click maintain controlling area. Select new entries button Controlling area :BIL Name :controlling area forBIL Company code to controlling area : Select controlling area same as company code Currency type : select 10 company code currency. Once we select 10 company code currency , currency field, Chart of Accounts filed and Fiscal year variant filed will be updated automatically. Cost Center standard hierarchy : BILHIER Save Select yes button for the message system to create as a standard hierarchy Select create request button Short description : Co customization for BIL Press enter Press enter once again to save in the request. COST CENTER STANDARD HIERARCHY: Cost center standard hierarchy : BILHIER | Cost centers Dept. A Dept.B Dept.C 4
  • 5. At the time of cost center creation – It will ask under which hierarchy we are creating the cost centers. In the report – when we give cost center Dept.A – It gives only Dept.A date. When we give cost center Dept.B – It gives only Dept.B date. When we give cost center hierarchy BILHIER – It gives all the cost centers data. Double click on assignment of company codes folder Select new entries button Give the company code : BIL Select save button or Ctrl+S Press enter to save in your request Double click on a activate components / control indicators folder Select new entries button Fiscal year :2007 Cost center : Select component active Select active type check box Order management select component active. Select profit center accounting check box Save Ignore the warning message press enter MAINTAIN NUMBER RANGES FOR CONTROLLING DOCUMENTS: 1. CO through posting from FI (Business transaction – COIN CO No rang interval for the business transaction –COIN FI Document type Co And no.ranges SA COIN | | 01 | 5
  • 6. | 1-100000 1-00000 Manual posting F-02 Automatic posting 1. Repost Co line items (Business transaction –RKU3) Option 1 Posting in FI Wages A/c Dr 100000 Dept.A Wages A/c Dr 200000 Dept.B Wages A/ Dr 300000 Dept C To bank 600000 1 FI Document 1 Co Document – COIN Note :Automatic posting is a business transaction Option 2 Posting in FI Posting in CO Wages A/c Dr 600000 Dept common Dept A 100000 Dept.common Dept B 200000 Dept. Common Dept C 300000 To Bank 600000 Post Co line item 2 Documents 1 FI Document No FI document 1 CO Document –COIN 1 CO Document – RKU3 Transfer document wise/line item wise Total documents generated 1. FI Document 2. CO Documents Wages A/c Dr 600000 Dept Common Dept A 300000 Dept Common Dept B 200000 Dept Common Dept C 300000 Rent A/c Dr 50000 Dept A 6
  • 7. To bank 650000 Repot CO line item Transfer line item wise Transfer document wise / Line item wise Report costs ( Business transactions – RKU1) This is used when we split the cost center into number of cost centers or transfer for wrong cost center postings. No FI document will be generated CO document only will be generated Transfer cost element wise (GL Account wise) 01/07/2007 split into Dept A and Dept X Dept A Dept X 30/04/2008 400100 Salaries 200000 30/05/2008 400100 Salaries 250000 30/06/2008 400100 Salaries 275000 ---------- 400100 total 725000 400100 Salaries 200000 30/04/2008 400101 wages 100000 03/05/2008 400101 wages 150000 30/06/2008 400101 wages 125000 ---------- Total 400101 375000 400101 wages 125000 30/04/2008 400300 Rent 500000 31/05/2008 400300 Rent 50000 30/06/2008 400300 Rent 50000 -------- 400300 Total 150000 400300 Rent 40000 Planning primary costs ( Business transaction RKP1) Planning cost center wise or no. range interval for all the types , budgeting cost center wise for each cost element. Path: SPRO- Controlling – General controlling – Organization- Maintain number ranges for controlling document (T.Code is KANK) Controlling area : BIL 7
  • 8. Select maintain groups button From the menu select group – Insert Text: Co doc no. range interval for BIL From number :1 To number :100000 Enter Double click on business transactions COIN RKU3 RKU1 RKP1 Select Co.No.range interval for BIL check box From the menu select Edit – Assignment element group Save Ignore the message press enter Note :Usage of Version locked authorized person only Eg; Cost Accountant MAINTAIN VERSIONS: Version are nothing but budgets Original budgets Version 0 Revised budget version 1 Re revised budget Version 2 We can compare actual with original budget, Revised budget and Re revised budget Path: SPRO – Controlling –General controlling – Organization – Maintain versions Select version 0 (Plant /actual version ) Double click on settings for each fiscal year folder Give the controlling area : BIL Enter Select new entries button Fiscal year :2008 Exchange rate type :select B (Bank selling rate) Once budgeting is completed at end user are a select version locked – So that no body can change budget figures. 8
  • 9. Select save button or Ctrl+S Press enter to save in your request Select bank arrow Planning is made attend user area after planning’s completed we select version locked check box , no body can change planned figures. COST ELEMENT ACCOUNTING: To update CO records / sub modules cost elements are required There are 2 types of cost elements 1. Primary cost element 2 Secondary cost elements A)Primary cost elements are our general A)Secondary cost elements are other than ledger accounts general ledger accounts B) Posting to primary cost elements are B) Postings to secondary cost elements are possiable not possible. They are used to allocations / Settlements Dept C Dept A Dept B (Service Dept) (Production Depts) Salaries 100000 Wages 200000 Power 5000 In the month end, by using secondary cost element, we allocate costs from service to production Depts. COST ELEMENT CATEGORIES PRIMARY COST ELEMENT CATEGORIES: 1. Primary cost / costs redacting revenues. This used for expenditure accounts 3. Accrual / Deferral per surcharge :This is used for month end provisions only in CO 11. Revenues: This is used for income accounts 12. Sales Deduction: This is used for expenditure accounts like sales commission Trade discount where CO-Profitability analysis module is activated 22. External settlement( Settlement from CO – FI): This is used for allocation of internal order settlement to GL Accounts / Assets. 9
  • 10. SECONDARY COST ELEMENT CATEGORIES: 21. Internal settlement (Settlement from CO to CO) This is used for allocation of internal order settlement cost to cost centers. 31. Order/ Project Results analysis: This is used for work in process calculations is product costing. 41. Overheads rates :This is used for calculation of raw material overhead rate / Production overhead rate in product costing . 42. Assessment: This is used for allocation of primary cost element posing and secondary cost postings from one cost center to other cost centers. 43. Internal Activity Allocation: This is used for calculation of activity types in production cost. Eg: Machine hours rate / labour hour rate in product costing. COST CENTER ACCOUNTING This is used to view department wise costs we use cost center accounting. 1. Creation of primary cost elements, we can create A) FI Area | B)CO Area |- Co Area C)Automatic creation | 2. Display cost elements created 3. Creation of filed status group by making cost center required entry field 4. Assign new filed status group in GL expenditure accounts 5. Creation of cost centers. 6. Creation of cost center groups. 7. Creation of cost element groups 8. To enter exchange rate for type M for INR to Euro 9. Posting of transaction in FI 10. To view cost center wise report. 11. To view CO documents 1. A) Creation of primary cost element at FI area Use to FS00 – GL masters creation Give the GL account number : 400100 Salaries Account Company code : BIL Form the menu select GL Account display Now select edit cost element button Valid from date :01.04.2008 To date :31.12.9999 comes automatically Enter Cost element category : Select 1 (Primary cost / cost reducing revenues) Select save button or Ctrl+S 10
  • 11. 1. B) Creation of Primary cost element at CO area: Use transaction code FS00 Path: Accounting- Controlling- Cost element accounting-Master data-Cost element –Individual processing-Create primary (Tr.code KA01 ) Cost element : 400300 Rent Account Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Enter Cost element category :1 (primary cost /cost reducing revenue) Save 1. C) Automatic creation of primary cost elements: 1) Marked default settings (OKB2) path : SPRO-Controlling-Cost element accounting-Master data – Cost elements – Automatic creation primary and secondary cost elements-Make default settings.(Tr.code is OKB2) Give the chart of Accounts : BIL Enter Account from :400301 Account to :499999 Cost element category select 1 Save Press enter to save in your request Create batch input session (OKB3) Same path as above Give the controlling area : BIL Valid from :01.04.2008 Valid to :31.12.1999 Session name :BIL (This is text field) Execute Execute batch input session (Tr code is SM35) Same path as above Select session name : BIL Select process button Select session :BIL 11
  • 12. Select display errors only radio button Select process button We get a message processing of batch input session completed. Ignore the message & select exit batch input button Display primary cost elements created (KA03) Path: Accounting-Controlling-Cost element accounting-Mater data-Cost element –Individual processing – Display- (Tr code is KA03) Select drop down button beside cost element Give the Controlling area : BIL Enter Creation of field status group by making cost center required entry field: (Tr.Code is OBC4) Select field status variant: BIL Double click on filed status groups folder 100000 equity share capital G001 We can’t make cost center required for balance sheet accounts 400100 Salaries Account G001 For G004 we make cost center required and assign in salaries account (i.e in expenditure accounts) Double click on field status group G004 cost accounts Double click on General data Text make it required entry field Select next group button Cost center select required entry filed Select next page or page down button two times. Business area make it option entry filed Save Press enter to save in your request 12
  • 13. Assign group new field group in GL expenditure accounts (FS00) Give the GL account 400100 salaries account Company code :BIL From the menu select GL account change select create / Bank / Interest tab Filed status group change to G004 Save Give the GL Account No.400300 Rent A/c Company code :BIL From the menu select GL account change Change field status group to G004 Save Creation of cost centers: Path: Accounting-Controlling-Cost center accounting-Master data-Cost center- Individual processing-create (Tr.code is KS01) Cost center : Dept A Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Enter Give the name : Dept A Give the description : Dept A Person responsible :Mr.A Cost center category : Select 1 production Hierarchy area : select BILHIER Business area :BILH Currency :INR Select save button or Ctrl+S Ignore the warning message press enter One more cost center : Dept B Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Reference cost center : Dept A 13
  • 14. Controlling area : BIL Enter Change the name to Dept B Change the description to cost center Dept B Change the person responsible : Mr B Other fields are common Select save button Ignore the warning message press enter Cost center : Dept C Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Reference cost center : Dept A Controlling area : BIL Enter Change the name to : Dept C Change the description to cost center : Dept C Change person responsible to Mr.C Cost center category : Select to 2 (service cost center) Select save button or Ctrl+s Ignore the warning message press enter Creation cost center groups: Hierarchy : BILHIER Cost centers Dept A Dept B Dept C Dept X Dept Y Dept Z Category Production Prod Service Production Production Service Business Area HYD HYD HYD BGL BGL BGL If we want to see all cost centers data – BILHIER If we want to see production cost centers data – Create a cost center group and assign Dept A . Dept B, Dept X and Dept Y. If we want to see HYD cost centers data cost – cost center group and assign Dept A, Dept b and Dept C If we want so settled production cost centers data – create A cost center group and assign Dept A and Dept B 14
  • 15. Path : Accounting – Controlling – Cost center accounting – Master data- Cost center group – Create (Tr.code is KSH1) Give the cost center name : BILHYD PROD Enter Description Hyderabad production cost centers BIL Select Edit Cost Center Insert cost center button Select the cost centers Dept A Dept B Save Creation of cost Element group: FI : Account groups Personnel cost CO:Dept wise personal cost or Administration 400100 salaries Create cost element group personnel and assign 400100 -400199 400101 Wages 400102 Bonus 400103 Staff welfare and Administration Create cost element group administration and assign 400300-400399 400300 Rent 400301 Telephone exp 400302 Petrol exp In the report center Dept A Dept C Or Cost center GRP Cost element Or Cost element GRP personnel administration Path: Accounting –Controlling-Cost center accounting-Master data-Cost element group –Create (Transaction code: KAH1) Cost element group name : BILADMIN Enter Description : Administration expenses for BIL Select insert cost element button (Shift+F4) (Edit –Cost element –Insert cost element) From 400300 to 400399 15
  • 16. Save To enter exchange rate for type M for INR to EURO (Tr.Code is OB08) Select new entries button Exchange rate type : M (Average rate) Valid from :01.10.2008 From currency : INR To : EUR Direct quotation :0.02 Select save button or Ctrl+S Press enter to save in your request Posting of transaction in FI Transaction code:F-02 Give the document date : Today’s date Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account :400100 salaries account Enter Give the amount :500000 Cost center : Dept A Text :Salaries posting One more expenditure Post key :40 Account :400300 Rent account Enter Amount :100000 Cost center : Dept A Text : Rent posting Posting key : 50 Account :200105 SBI current account Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text : Expenditure posting From the menu select Document Simulate Select save button or Ctrl+S 16
  • 17. To view cost center wise report: Path: Accounting –Controlling-cost center accounting –Information system-Report for cost center accounting-Line items –Cost centers: Actual line items (Transaction :KSB1) Cost center select Dept A (if you want change the posting dates) Select execute button Keep the cursor and the first line item Select document button Select back arrow Select change layout button (Ctrl+F8) Select Document no.under column set Select value in reporting currency under displayed columns Select left arrow or show selected filed button Select reference document no.under column set Select value in report current under displayed columns Select left arrow Select business transition under column set Select document no. under displayed columns Select left arrow Enter To view co documents: Path :Up to reports for costs center accounting path is same -Line items – Co documents :Actual costs (transaction code is KSB5) Document no. :1 to 100000 Execute Select folder button for document no.1 Report co line items: Business transaction RKU3 FI doc.13 001 400100 Salaries 500000 Dept A 150000 Dept B 50000 Dept C 17
  • 18. Report co line item 002 400300 Rent 100000 Dept A 003 200105 SBI 600000 Report co line item Transfer document wise /line item wise , transfer line item wise No FI document will be generated Only document will be generated Path: Accounting – Controlling-Cost center accounting –Actual postings-Report line items-Enter (Transaction code is KB61) Select document no. :13 Company code :BIL Fiscal year :2008 Execute Double click on line item no.1 Amount under new account assignment 150000 Cost center :Dept B Select new item button Select next button Amount under new account assignment 50000 Cost center : Dept C Save Go and see the cost center report KSB1 Give the cost center Dept A Select execute button To view cost element wise to total Select cost element column Select sub totals button (Note:That is dues cost element wise total) Repot costs (Business transaction RKU1) This is used when we split a cost center in to number of cost centers or wrong cost center postings. No FI document will be generated Only CO document will be generated Transfer cost element wise (GL account wise) 18
  • 19. Path : Accounting-Controlling-cost center accounting –Actual postings-manual reporting of costs – Enter (Transaction code is KB11N) Cost center (old) : Dept A Cost element 400100 Salaries Amount :100000 Cost center new : Dept C One more cost center (old) : Dept A Cost element :400300 Rent Amount :25000 Cost center (new) : Dept C Enter Select save button or Ctr+S Period lock: FI CO A) Transaction which effect To open To open FI and CO eg:COIN B) Transaction which effect No check To open only CO Eg.RKU3, RKU1 C) Transaction which effect To open No check only FI Eg.Debit balance sheet and credit balance sheet Sept .08 March Oct 2008 to March 2009 An expenditure posting in FI for September. We can’t post since periods are not open. Path: Accounting – Controlling-cost center accounting-Environment –Period lock- chang (Tr.code is OKP1) Controlling area : BIL Fiscal year :2008 Select actual button Select period :01 Select lock period button Save 19
  • 20. Set controlling area :(OKKS): Path :up to Environment the path is same Set controlling area Give the controlling area :BIL Enter Real time integration of controlling with FI on line reconciliation ledger This is used when we get for 2nd scenario (no.of company codes having one controlling area ) all the company codes should use same Char of Accounts. Planning cost center wise Path :Accounting –Controlling cost center accounting –Planning –Cost and Activity inputs –Change (KP06) Version :select 0 (Original budget) From period :1 To period :12 Fiscal year :2008 Select next page or page down button Cost center group :BILHIER Cost element From :400000 Cost element To :499999 Free Form Bsed If we select radio button If we select from based radio button We have to select cost element from the The cost element list in a available on drop down list and plan against the screen plant against cost elements Climents Select form based radio button Select overview screen button For cost element 400100 Plan Fixed cost 1500000 Distribution key 1 Equal distribution Select cost element 400100 From the menu select Goto –Period screen Select back arrow Fro cost element 400300 Plan fixed cost 960000 20
  • 21. Distribution key 1 To plan for Dept B –Select next combination button To go back to previous dept –select previous combination button Save To view variance report cost center wise Path :Accounting – Controlling-Cost center accounting –Information system –Reports for cost center accounting –Plan /Actual comparisons –Cost centers: Actual /Plan/Variance (Tr code is S_ALR_87013611) Controlling area :BIL Fiscal year :2008 From period :10 To period :10 Plan version :0 Cost center Value :Dept A Execute Keep the cursor on Salaries A/c actual costs amount Select call up report button Double click on cost centers : Actual line items keep the cursor on the first line item. Select document button 21
  • 22. ONLINE RECONCILIATION LEDGER Reconciliation used when when number of company codes having one controlling area – 2nd Scenario It can be at controlling area All the company codes should use the same Chart of Accounts due to online reconciliation ledger, it generated in a document in FI BIL Controlling area | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Company code BIL company code BSL | | ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ | | | | | | Dept A Dept B Dept C Dept X Dept Y Dept Z If salaries paid and posted FI at (F-02) Salaries A/c ---------------------------------- 100000 | | Out of 100000 salaries 20000 belongs to company code BIL If we use the reconciliation account at cost center level and the 20000/- is transfer to company code BSL (Dept X) it passes the entry in financial automatically Here Reports at – No FI records In BIL Books BSL Dr 20000 To Salaries a/c 20000 In BSL books Salaries account Dr 20000 22
  • 23. To BIL a/c 20000 Customization at Finance: To copy company code BIL customization including accounting to BSL Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure – Definition –Financial accounting –Edit, copy, Delete, Check company code(T.Code EC01) Double click on copy, delete, check company code From the menu select organization object – copy organization object From Company code :BIL To company code : BSL Enter Select Yes for the message (for copy the GL accounts) Select No button allocate a different local currency Ignore the message press enter Select create request button Short description :Customization for Birla Steel Limited Press enter Enter once again to saving the request Go on press enter till you got the message company code BIL copied to BSL with out 75 number range object Ignore the message press enter Select back arrow Double click on edit company code data Select position button Give the company code :BSL Enter Select company code : BSL Select address button change the company name to : Birla Steel limited Enter save and Save in your request button 23
  • 24. Assign company code to company Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure-Assignment –Financial accounting-Assign company code to company Select position button Give the company code : BIL Enter For the company code :BSL assign BIL(group name) Select save button or Ctrl+S Press enter to save in your request Document type SA should allow inter company postings: (OBA7) Select type : SA Select details button Select inter company postings check box Save Press enter to save in your request Creation of GL Masters FS00 BIL Books BSL Books 1) FI/CO reconciliation account under only 1)FI/CO reconciliation account under any expediter group which should not be a cost expenditure group which should not be a element 400150 –Personnel group cost element 400150 personnel group 2) Birla Steels limited, current assets, 2)Birla Industries Limtied current Assets, Loans & Advances 200160 Birla Steel Loans & Advances 200161 – Birla Limited Industries Limited Same chart of accounts BIL chart of accounts BIL BSL chat of accounts BIL When we use same chart of accounts, account description should be same in all the company codes. In BSL books – If we create account No.200160 – It takes Birla Steels Limited- we can not crate our account in our books. Creation of GL masters FS00 Give the GL account no. :400150 24
  • 25. Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL account o. :400100 Salaries Company code : BIL Enter Change short text & GL account long text to FI/CO reconciliation account Select create / bank /interest tab Field status group change to ‘ICCF’ CO < -> FI reconciliation posting Save Give the GL Account No.200160 Company code : BIL Select with template button Give the GL Account No.200100 Cash A/c Company code :BIL Enter Select type/Description /tab Change short text GL account long text to BIRLA STEEL LIMITED Select create / Bank/Interest tab Filed status group change to G067 Deselect relevant to cash flow check box Save Give the GL account No.400150 Company code :BSL Select with template button Give the GL account 400150 Company code :BIL Enter & Save Give the GL account 200161 Company code :BSL Select with template button Give the GL account 200160 25
  • 26. Company BIL Enter Select type / Description tab Change short text +GL long text to Bila Industries limited Save Prepare cross company code Transaction (Transaction code is OBYA) Path :SPRO-Financial accounting-GL accounting –Business transactions-Prepare cross company code transactions Company code 1 BIL Company code2 BSL Enter Posted in BIL cleared against BSL Debit posting key :40 Account debit :200160 ( Birla Steel Limited) Credit posting key :50 Account credit :200160 Posted in BSL Cleared against BIL Debit posting key :40 Account debit :200161 Bilra Industries Limited Credit posting key :50 Account credit :200161 Save Press enter to save in your request CO customization ( tr code is OKKP) Maintain controlling area Assign company BSL to controlling area BIL Select controlling area :BIL Select details button Company code to controlling area: Select cross company code cost accounting Reconciliation ledger document type :SA (GL accounts document) Double click on activate components / control indicators folder Select company code validation check box Double click on assignment of company codes folder 26
  • 27. Select company code :BIL Select copy as button Change the company code to BSL Enter & save Ignore the warning message press enter Activate reconciliation ledger (Tr code KALA) Note: Follow through path Path:SPRO –Controlling –Cost element accounting-Reconciliation ledger-Activate deactivate reconciliation ledger Double click on activate reconciliation ledger Controlling area :BIL Select Execute button Ignore the warning message press enter Define adjustment accounts for reconciliation posting (Tr code is OK17) Same path Double click on define accounts for automatic postings Select change account determination button Save Reconciliation account: Give the account no.400150 FI/CO Save Press enter to save in your request FI CUSTOMIZATION Define variant for real time integration: Path :SPRO-Financial accounting (new) Financial accounting global setting (new) – Ledger-Real time integration of controlling with financial accounting –Define variants for real time integration Select new entries button Variant for real time integration B1 Select real time integration active check box 27
  • 28. Select account determination active check box Key date active from :01.04.2008 Document type :SA Ledger group (FI) :0L Text variant for :BIL Select cross company code check box Select cross business area check box Select cross profit center check box Save Press enter to save in your request Assign variants for real time integration to company code: Same path. Select new entries button Company code :BIL Variant :B1 Company code :BSL Variant :B1 Save Press enter to save in your request Creation of cost center for company code BIL (KS01) Give the cost center department X Valid from :01.04.2008 To date :31.12.9999 Reference cost center :Dept A Controlling area :BIL Enter Change the name to :Dept X Change the description to cost center dept X Change company code to BSL 28
  • 29. Select save button or Ctrl+s Ignore the warning message press enter Repost costs (F-02) Cost center old :Dept A Cost element :400100 Salaries Amount :20000 Cost center new Dept X Save To make text filed optional for field status group G004 cost accounts(Tr.code is OBC4) Select field status variant for BIL Double click on field status groups folder Double click field status G004 Double click on General data Text make it optional entry field Press enter to save in our request Go and see the FI documents (Tr.code is FB03) Select document list button Give the company code :BIL Enter the date :From date To Date Execute Double click on document no. Select back arrow Chang the company code to BSL Execute Double click on document no. 29
  • 30. CROSS COMPANY CODE POSTINGS Company code :BIL BSL Outstanding expenses of BSL paid by BIL BSL Dr 25000 Outstanding 25000 To Bank 25000 To BIL 25000 Paying company code : BIL Credit Bank :BIL 25000 Debit outstanding exp :BSL 25000 Use the Transaction code :F-02 Give the document date :Today’s date Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :50 Account no. :200105 SBI CA Enter Amount :25000 Business area :BILH Text :outstanding expense payment on behalf of BSL Posting key :40 Account no :100500 out standing exp. New company code :BSL Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ From the menu select document Simulate Double click third line item Business area :BILH Text :+ Select next item button Business area :BILH Text :+ 30
  • 31. Select save button or Ctr+S Posting by Company code :BIL Cross company code no. :15 08 FI posted by Company code :BSL Cross company code no. :2 08 By viewing the cross company code document number – We know which company code has initiated the posting. Select continue button Accrual orders (Imputed cost calculation) This is used for month end provision only in CO This is used for irregular expenses like Bonus Cost element category should be 3 Accrual/ Deferral per surcharge Define CO.No.range in interval for business Transaction :KAZ1 – Actual cost center accrual FI Month end provision 1. Accrual / Deferral document A. Bonus provision for Nov 30.11.2008 Bonus A/c Dr.10000 To Out standing exp. 10000 Dept A B. Reverse next month 1st 01.12.2008 01.12.2008 Outstanding Exp. Dr.10000 To Bonus A/c 10000 Dept A C. Bonus provision for Dec. 31.12.2008 Bonus A/c Dr 20000 To Out standing exp 20000 Dept A 2. Open item management A). Bonus provision for Nov. 30.11.2008 Bonus A/c Dr10000 To Outstanding exp. 10000 Dept A B). Bonus provision for Dec. 31.12.2008 Bonus Dr.10000 To Outstanding exp 10000 Dept A 31
  • 32. Month end provision Number of companies will not prepare profit & loss and Balance sheet every month, the will not make provision in the books every month in year end, companies follow accrual basis of accounting. They make provisions for the whole year. Expenditure for all the months Less (other than March) Expenditure for March More In SAP when we take production an accounting entry will be generated automatically – Finished goods valuation will be based on costs for the month. Stock valuation will be accrual orders Lower in all month other than March Accrual orders Higher in March Create overhead structure Salaries 100000 Bonus -10% on salaries 1000 Debit cost center credit cost center Dep Dummy (No accounting entry) In the month end Dept A Bonus 1000 allocation to Dept A costs will be allocated to production orders – There by Dept A will be zero- production valuation will be correct. Dept Dummy Bonus 1000 In the year end – in FI when we make bonus provision for the whole year. 31.03.2009 Bonus A/c Dr 1200000 To Outstanding 1200000 Dept Dummy Dept dummy values in the year end 31.03.2009 Dept dummy 1200000 April to March 10000*12 = 120000 ====== ===== In the year end Dept dummy values will be zero. Creation of GL master bonus account – personnel cost (FS00) group:- 32
  • 33. Give the GL Account No. :400105 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL account no. :400100 (salaries) Company code :BIL Enter Change short and GL account long text to Bonus account Save Select edit cost element button (F8) Valid from date :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Enter Cost element category :Select 3 accrual deferral per surcharge save Creation of cost center – Dept dummy (KS01) Give the cost center : Dept dummy Reference cost center : Dept A Controlling area :BIL Enter Change name to Dept dummy Change description to cost center: Department dummy Select save button Ignore the warning message press enter Maintain overhead structure: Path:SPRO-Controlling –Cost element accounting-Accrual calculation –percentage method-maintain overhead structure (Transaction code is KSAZ) Select create over head structure button (F7) Over head structure :BIL1 Description :BIL overhead structure Select save button Row Base 10 B1 Enter Give the name salaries Select create button Row O/H rate (Over head rate) Description FR To CR 20 B2 Bonus 10 10 B3 33
  • 34. Enter Give the name Bonus Dependency :KRS1(controlling area) Select create button Save Ignore the message press enter Keep the cursor on overhead structure BIL1 Select assignment button (F5) Controlling area :BIL Select actual accrual radio button Select continue button Valid from valid to overhead structure 1 2008 12 2008 BIL1 Save Double click on overhead structure BIL1 Keep the cursor on B1 From the menu select Goto calculation base From cost element 400100 Save Kept the cursor on B2 From the menu select Goto overhead rate Valid from Valid to Actual overhead 1 2008 12 2008 10% Save From 10 To 10 Crdit B3 Keep the cursor on B3 From the menu select go to credit Company code :BIL Business area :BILH Valid to :12 2008 Cost element :400105 Cost center :Dept Dummy Save 34
  • 35. Define CO.no range interval for the business transaction KAZ1-Actual cost Center accrual:(Transaction Code KANK) Give the controlling area :BIL Select maintain group button Double click on KAZ1- Actual cost center accrual Select CO.No range interval for BIL check box From the menu select Edit-Assigned element group Save Ignore the warning message press enter 1. Posting of salaries for the month of August F-02 Give the document date end posting date :03.08.2008 Date :03.08.2008 Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :400100 Salaries A/c Enter Ignore the warning message press enter Amount :100000 Cost center Dept A Text :Salaries posting Posting key :50 Account no :200105 SBI current Account Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ From the menu select document Simulate and save Accrual calculation (KSA3) 35
  • 36. Accounting – Controlling –Cost element accounting-Actual postings –Accrual calculation select cost center radio button give the cost center : Dept A period :5 fiscal year :2008 deselect test run check box select details list check box Execute Select next list level button Go and see the cost center report KSB1 Give the cost center :Dept A Posting date :01.08.2008 to 31.08.2008 Execute Select back arrow Give the cost center : Dept dummy Execute Bonus provision in the year end in FI Transaction F-02 Give the document date & Posting :31.03.2009 Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :400105 bonus account Enter Ignore the warning message press enter Amount :10000 Cost center :Dept dummy Text :Bonus provision for the year 2008-09 Posting key :50 Account :100500 outstanding exp. Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Document – Simulate and save Go and see the cost center report KSB1 Give the cost center :Dept dummy Posting date :01.04.2008 to 31.03.2009 36
  • 37. Execute STATICALLY KEY FIGURES (SKF) This is used as a basis for allocation of costs from one cost center to other cost centers. Eg. Employee / Area/ Telephone calls Dept C Dept A Dept B (service Dept) (Production departments) Salaries 500000 No.of employee of A and B Rent 100000 Sq.meter are of A & B Telephone Exp25000 No.of telephone calls of A & B Enter CO. No range interval for the business transaction. RKS (Enter statistical key figures) SKF category Fixed Total Fixed Total If we choose fixed, values If we choose total To SKF are common for all months in the We have to enter values for SKF, for each year, if we don’t make changes in between and every month Eg: Employee / Area Eg: Telephone calls No.of Employees No.of Telephone calls April 2008 100 100 Aprl 2008 1000 May 2008 | | May 1500 June | | June 2000 July | | July Aug | | Aug Sep | | Sep Oct | 150 Oct Dec | | Dec Jan.’09 | | Jan 2009 Feb | | Feb March | | March 37
  • 38. Define co.no range interval for the business transaction RKS-Enter Statistical key figures Transaction Code is (KANK ) Give the controlling area : BIL Select maintain groups button Double click on RKS Select Co.No.range interval for BIL check box From the menu select Edit Assignment element group. Save Ignore the warning message press enter. Create Statistical key figures Path :Accounting – Controlling –cost center accounting master Data-Statistical key figures – Individual processing – Create (Tr.Code is KK01) Give the statistical key figure :EMP Enter Give the Name :Employee Statistical key figure unit of measurement : Select EA each Key figure category :Select fixed values under radio button Save Path : Accounting –Controlling – Cost Center accounting –actual postings-statistical key figures-Enter (Tr.code is KB31N) Received cost center : Dept A Statistical KF : EMP Total quantity :500 Received cost center : Dept B Statistical KF :EMP Total quantity :250 Save Period end closing In the month end, we allocate costs from one cost center to other cost centers 38
  • 39. Dept C Dept A Dept B (Service department) (Production departments) Salaries 500000 no.of employee of A and B Wages 300000 No.of employee of A and B Rent 50000 Percentage basis Basis of allocation can be percentage method statistical key figures method /activity type (machine hour / labour rate) Allocation methods: 1. Assessment : A) Transfer primary cost postings and secondary cost postings. Dpt X Dept C Dept A Dept B Wages 100000 Salaries 500000 Salaries 400000 Salaries 300000 Wages 300000 Rent 50000 Add all 85500 Add all from C 95000 10% All from Dept X 100000 ---------- ----------- ----------- Less 950000 1255000 395000 ===== ======= ======= Allocation Primary cost postings Secondary cost postings B) Receiving cost centers can’t track original cost element Dept A and B will not show the transfer value –how much salaries wages and rent. C) Define Co.No.range interval for business transaction RKIU actual overhead assessment. 2. Distribution A) Transfer only primary cost postings B) Receiving cost center can track original cost elements. C) Sender should be only cost center D) Define Co.No.range interval for the business transaction RKIV actual overhead distribution. 3. Periodic reposting: A) Transfer only primary cost postings B) Receiving cost center can track original cost elements. C) Sender can be a cost center or interval order. D) Define Co.No.range interval for the business truncation. RKIB periodic reposting. 39
  • 40. 4. Indirect activity allocation. A)Transfer only primary cost postings. B) Receiving cost center can track original cost elements. C) Sender should be only cost center. D) Transfer quantities as well as values. E) Define Co.No.range interval for the business truncation. RKIL Indirect activity allocation . Which over method we follow, we have to create cycles. When the allocation basic is different for the cost elements in the cost center, we have to create number of cycles for number of segments for a cycle. Dept C Dept A Dept B (Service Department) (Production departments) Salaries 500000 No.of employees of A and B Wages 300000 No.of employees of A and B Rent 50000 Percentage basis Option 1: Cycle 1 Cycle 2 (Salaries and wages allocation) (Rent allocations) | | Segment 1 Segment 1 Option 2 Cycle 1 | ---------------------------------------------- | | Segment1 Segment2 (Salaries and wages allocation) (Rent allocation) 40
  • 41. ASSESSEMENT 1. Creation secondary cost element : i.e (that is) assessment cost element : Path: Accounting –Controlling –Cost element accounting-Mater data-Cost element –Individual processing –Create secondary (KA06) Give the controlling area :BIL Enter Cost element :1000000 Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Enter Name and description :Assessment cost element. Cost element category :42 (Assessment ) Save 2. Define Co.No.range interval for the business truncation- RKIU-Actual overhead assessment Use the Truncation code :KANK Give the controlling area :BIL Select maintain groups button Double click on RKIU Select Co.No.range interval for BIL check box From the menu select Edit –Assignment element group. Ignore the message press enter Creation of assessment cycle: Accounting –Controlling –Cost center accounting-Period and closing –Current settings–Define assessment (Tr.code S_ALR_87005742) 41
  • 42. Give the cycle :BIL1 Start date :01.04.2008 Enter Text : Assessment cycle Select iterative check box. Select save button or Ctrl+S Press enter to save in your request Select iterative check box Dept C Dept A 60% 300000 54000 Salaries 500000 Dept B 30% 150000 27000 Less :Allocation 500000 Dept Z 10% 50000 9000 -------- 0 Add: Allocation 90000 Less :Allocation 90000 ------- 0 Add: Allocation 1800 Dept Z Wages 400000 Dept X 50% 225000 4500 Add: Allocation 50000 Dept Y 30% 135000 2700 -------- 450000 Dept C 20% 90000 1800 Less : Allocation 450000 ------- 0 ==== We have to run number of items to make both cost center values zero. If we select interactive check box, system will run number of items automatically till both cost center values become zero. Select attaché segment button. Segment name : Segment 1 Description : Salaries allocation Assessment cost element :select 1000000 Sender rule :select posted amounts Share in % :100 Select actual value origin radio button Receiver rule :Select variable portions Variable portion type :Select actual statistical key figures 42
  • 43. Select sender / receivers tab Sender cost center :Dept C Under Cost element :400100 (Salaries a/c) Under Receiver cost center group :BILHYDPROD Select receiver tracing factor tab Statistical key figure :EMP Select receiver weight factors tab Select save button or Crl+S Press enter to save in your request Select attaché segment button Segment name segment2 Description :Rent allocation Assessment cost element :1000000 Sender rules :Posted amount Sharing in % :100% Select actual value origin radio button Select receive rule :Fixed percentages Select senders/ receivers tab sender cost center :Dept C Cost element :400300 (Rent ) Receiver cost center group : BILHYDPROD Select receiver tracing factor tab Dept A 70 Dept B 30 Save Press enter to save in your request Go and see the cost center Report (Tr code is KSB1) Give the cost center :Dept C Posting date :01.10.2008 to 31.10.2008 Execute Select cost element column Select sub totals button 43
  • 44. Dept C A B Salaries 1500000 No.of employees 500 250 100000 50000 Rent 25000 Percentage basis 70 30 17500 7500 Execution of assessment cycle: Path :Accounting –Controlling –Cost center accounting –Period end closing-Single functions-Allocations –Assessment (KSU5) Give the period :7 (October) Fiscal year :2008 Deselect text run check box Select details list check box Cycle select :BIL1 Execute Select receiver button 44
  • 45. INTERNAL ORDERS This is used to view costs for a specific task. Eg. A) Vehicle wise running expenses Management has to task decision whether to sell the (or) keep the vehicle in company A) petrol expenses for the vehicle B) Repairs to the vehicle It we take GL accounts in FI –we will not create each vehicle wise petrol expenses and repairs account. In cost center accounting –vehicles will be under administration cost center and the petrol expenses repairs and administration expenses will be posted to administration cost center. By creating vehicle as an internal order we can get the costs. B) Telephone expenses: If we want to know telephone wise expenses in FI –we will have one account for all telephones. If we take cost center –It will be entered in administration cost center - We can not get telephone wise expenses directly. By creating telephone as an order we can get telephone wise expenses. C) Production order costs In a month no. of production orders will be executed. Some production orders consume more raw material and same production orders consume less raw material. If FI we have only GL account raw material consumption – We don’t know order wise consumption. By crating production order, we can get order wise costs. D) Exhibition costs Company is conducting an exhibition Salesmen salaries One account Conveyance Different account Advertisement Different account Discounts Different account 45
  • 46. We don't know the exhibition costs by creating an order we can get exhibition costs Orders will be of 2 types 1)Real orders 2)Statistical orders Settlement is possible settlement not possible We can settle order statistical orders are used for decision making To Cost Center (Internal settlement) From Co to Co GL Accounts Assets (External settlement ) (From CO to FI) When we transfer from cost center –To cost centers allocation by assessment / Distribution periodic reposting / Indirect activity allocation. When we transfer from Internal order settlement. Eg. Telephone expenses Dr 50000 Cost center Dept Order Tel no.66110883 To Bank 50000 The cost will be allocation to production orders from CO In the production order valuation we can’t take.(50000+50000) We have to take only one time 50000 When we are posting to no. of cost objects are will be real and others will be statistical. At the time of order creation there is a statistical order check box. A) When we select statistical order is statistical order check box. Order is statistical (Automatically cost center will be real) B) If we don’t select statistical order check box Order is real (Automatically cost center will be statistical ) Statistical order : Telephonewise expenses order we create as statistical order. Telephone expense Dr 50000 Cost center Dept A Order Telephone no.66611983 Statistical To Bank 50000 Cost Center Dept A Telephone expenses 50000 Allocation to paid order 50000 46
  • 47. Cost center Dept A – Zero In the month end we allocation costs from Dept A to production orders there by cost center Dept A will be zero. Order telephone no.66611983 Telephone expenses 50000 Management can see telephone wise expense at any point of time afterwards. Suppose we create order as real order Telephone expenses Dr 50000 Cost center Dept A To Bank 50000 order telephone no.66611983 Real Cost center c data Telephone Expenses 50000 Order Telephone no.6661987 Telephone expenses 50000 Allocation to production 50000 Order will be zero In the month end we allocate cost from order telephone no.66611983 to production order there by order will be zero. Afterwards management can’t see telephone wise expense. Creation of order types: Path : SPR O –Controlling –Internal orders – order master data-Define order types (KOT2_OPA) Select new entries button Order category :Select 01 Internal order (Controlling) Enter Order type :BILT Description :Telephone orders for BIL Planning profile :select 000001 (General budget /plant profile) Object class :Select Over head cost Select release immediately check box Save We get message no.range not processed Ignore the message press enter Select assign /change interval button beside no.reage interval 47
  • 48. Double click order type :BILT Select motor pool A-ZZZZZZZZZZZZ(External) From the menu select Edit Assign element group Save Ignore the message press enter Creation of filed status group by making cost center and internal order required entry fields (OBC4) Select field status variant :BIL Double click on field status group folder Select field status group G004 cost accounts Select copy as button Change the filed status group to G002 Change the text to cost accounts (CC & IO required) IO =Internal order Enter Save CC=Cost Center Press enter to save in your request Double click on G002 Double click on additional account assignment CO /PP order make it required entry field. Save Creation of GL master telephone expense (FS00) Give the GL account no.400305 Company code :BIL Select with template button GL account 400300 Rent account Company code :BIL Enter Change short text and GL a/c long text to Telephone expenses Select crate / Bank/Interest tab 48
  • 49. Change the filed status group to G002 Save Select edit cost element button Valid from date :01.04.2008 Enter Cost element category :Select 1 Save Creation of Internal orders: Path :Accounting –Controlling-Internal orders-Master data-Special functions –Order –Create (Tr code is KO01) Order type :Select BILT Enter Order no. :BIL 66611983 (Telephone no.) Description :Telephone order no.66611983 Company code :BIL Business area :BILH Select control data tab Select statistical order check box Save One more order Order type :BILT Enter Order :BIL66611984 Description :Telephone order no.66611984 Company code :BIL Business area :BILH Select control data tab Select statistical order check box Save 49
  • 50. Creation order group Up to master data the path is same Order group Create (Tr code is KOH1) Give the order group name :BILHYDTEL Enter Description :Hyderabad order group (GRP)for BIL Select insert order button(Select menu bar Edit Order Insert Order) Select to orders :BIL66611983 :66611984 Save Posting of transaction in FI (F-02) Document date :Today’s date Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :400305 Telephone exp Enter Give the amount :100000 Cost center :Dept A Order :BIL66611983 Text :Telephone expenses Posting key :50 Account no. :200105 (SBI current account ) Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ From the menu select –Document –Simulate and save To view internal order wise report Path :Accounting –Controlling-Internal order-Information system-Reports for Interval orders -Line items –Order -Actual line items-(Tr. Code is KOBI Give the order no.BIL66611983 Remove the order group 50
  • 51. Execute Keep the cursor and telephone expense line item select document button Planning order wise Path :Accounting –Controlling –Internal orders –Planning –Cost and activity inputs – Change (KPF6) Version :0 From period :8 (November) To period :8 Fiscal year :2008 Select next page or page down button Give the order no. :BIL66611983 Cost element :400305 Telephone expense Select from based radio button Select view screen button Cost element :400305 Total plan cost :75000 Select save button or Ctrl+S To view variant report order wise Path :Accounting Controlling-Internal order –Information system-Reports for internal order-Plant /Actual comparisons-Order :Actual / plan / Variance (S_ALR_87012993) Controlling area :BIL Fiscal year :2008 From period :8 (Current month) To period :8 Pant version :0 Order values :BIL66611983 Execute Real orders: They are used for vehiclewise expenses Petrol expenses Dr 50000 Order no.AP9Z1234 51
  • 52. To Bank 50000 In the month end: Cost center Dept A Order no.AP9Z1234 Settle to Cost center Dept B Cost center Dept C Settlement can be percentage basis / ratio basis /Amount basis Order No AP9A1234 Petrol expenses 50000 Allocation Dept A 25000 Dept B 15000 Dept C 10000 ------- ------ 50000 50000 ==== ==== Order will be zero Petrol expense Dr 50000 Cost center:Common Order No.AP9Z1234 Statistical To Bank 50000 In the month end from cost center common allocate to Dept A, Dept B and Dept C by assessment / Distribution / Periodic posting /Direct activity allocation. Cost center common Petrol Expenses 50000 Allocation to Dept A 25000 Dept B 15000 Dept C 10000 --------- ------- 50000 50000 ==== ===== Cost center will be zero Order no.AP9Z1234 Petrol expense 50000 ===== Management can see vehicle wise expenses at any point of item afterwards. Creation of filed status group by making only internal order required entry filed (OBC4) 52
  • 53. Select filed status variant :BIL Double click on filed status group folder Select field status group G002 Select copy as button Change field status group to G010 Change the text to cost accounts (IO required ) Enter and save Press enter to save in your request Double click on G010 Double cock additional account assignments Cost center make it optional entry field Save Creation of GL master petrol expense under administration group (FS00) Give the GL Account no. :400310 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL account no.400300 Rent account Company code :BIL Enter Change short text and long text to petrol expenses Select create/bank /interest tab Field status group :G010 Save Select edit cost element button Valid from date :01.04.2008 Enter Cost element category :01 Save Creation of secondary cost element i.e. Statement cost element (KA06): 53
  • 54. Give the cost element :1000001 Enter Name and description settlement cost element Cost element category :Select 21 internal settlement Save Maintain allocation structure: Path :SPRO-Controlling –Internal orders-Actual posting- Settlement-Maintain allocation structures Select new entries button Allocation structure :B1 Text :BIL allocation structure Save Press enter to save in your request Select :B1 Double click assignments folders Select new entries button Assignment :01 Text :Vehicle expenses settlement Save Select :01 Double click on source folder From cost element :400310 Petrol expenses Save Press enter to save in your request Double click on settlement cost elements folder Select new entries button Receiver category :Select CTR cost center Settlement cost element :1000001 Save 54
  • 55. Petrol expenses will be settled to cost center by using secondary cost element settlement cost element. Through orders. Maintain settlement profiles: Same path Double click on maintain settlement profiles Select new entries button Settlement profiles :BIL1 Description :BIL settlement profile Allocation structure :B1 Select to be settled in full radio button Double click on CTR cost center Select % settlement check box Select equivalence number check box Select amount settlement check box Under valid receivers For cost center :Select settlement required Max.no. distribution rules :999 Residence time :12 months Save Press enter to save in your request Rule 1: Order no.AP9Z1234 settle cost center Dept A 30000 Petrol expenses 50000 settle cost center Dept B 15000 Dept C 5000 Rule 2 Order No.AP9Z1234 Settle to cost center Dept A 85% Petrol expenses 50000 Settle to cost center Dept B 10% 5% Order no.AP9Z1234 settle to cost center Dept 4: Petrol exp 50000 Dept 3: Dept 1: 55
  • 56. Maintain number range for settlement documents: Go through Same path (Tr.code is SNUM) Select maintain groups button Double click on controlling area BIL Select Standard accounting document check box From the menu select Edit Assign element group Save Ignore the message press enter Creation of order type (KOT2_OPA) Select new entries button Order category :Select 01 Internal order (controlling) Enter Give the order type :BILV Vehicle order type BIL Settlement profile :BIL1 Budget profile :0000001 (General budget profile) Object class select :Overhead costs Select release immediately check box Save Ignore the message press enter save in your request Select assign /Change intervals button beside no.range interval Double click on BILV Select motor pool A-ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ external check box From the menu select Edit –Assign element group. Save Ignore the message press enter Define co.no.range interval for the business truncation K0A0-Actual settlement. Use the transactions code (KANK) Give the controlling area :BIL Select maintain groups button 56
  • 57. Double click on KOAO actual settlement Select co.no.range interval for BIL check box Form the menu select Edit –Assign element group. Save Ignore the warning message press enter END USER AREA: Creation of internal order (KO01) Give the order type :BILV Enter Give the order :AP9Z1234 Description :Vehicle no.AP9Z1234 Company code :BIL Business area :BILH Select control data tab Deselect statistical order check box Select settlement rule button Category :CTR cost center Settlement receiver :Dept A Give the percentage :70 One more Category :CTR Settlement receiver :Dept B Percentage :30 Save Ignore the warning message press enter Posting of petrol exp F-02 Give the document date :Today’s date Type :SA Company cod :BIL Posting key :40 57
  • 58. Account no. :400310 petrol exp. Enter Give the amount :100000 Give the order no. :AP9Z1234 Text :Petrol exp. Posting key :50 Account no. :200105 SBI current account Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ From the menu select menu document –Simulate and save Actual settlement : Path :Accounting –Controlling-Internal order-Period end closing-Single functions- Settlement –Individual processing (K088) Give the order :AP9Z1234 Settlement period :8 (current month) Fiscal year :2008 Deselect test run check box Select check transaction date check box Select execute button Select details list button Note : Order means overall expenses Eg: Vehicle Expenses Cost Element means each item wise :Eg.Vehicle expenses for Petrol, Repairs, Driver salary etc 58
  • 59. BUDGETING AND AVAILABILITY CONTROL Planning Budgeting 1. We can plant cost element wise in the 1.Budgeting will be done order wise order 2. We can do planning period wise in a 2. Budgeting should be done year wise year (Month wise) 3.Micro level (Lower level) 3. Marco level (High level) For budgeting SAP has given availability control Order no.AP9Z1234 Budget amount 500000 Option 1 Option2 Option 3 Give Give warning Give Warning To the user Error1 To the user And inform to Budget manager If actual amount exceeds 85% of budget 425000 Or If the variance is above 20000 i.e actual 5200000 Or Both Whichever activity comes first Or If a actual amount exceeds 70% of budget go for option1 If actual amount exceeds 85% of budget go for option 2 If actual amount exceed 100% of budget go for option 3 When we do budgeting it generate a document –We have to give budgeting –No. range interval only for 04 (Hard coded by SAP) This is given at client level and not at controlling area level –it is not year specify. Note : Order Eg.Vehicle Expenses Cost element :Eg.Vehicle for petrol, repairs,Driver salary etc., Maintain no.range for budgeting: 59
  • 60. Path :SPRO-Controlling-Internal orders-Budgeting / availability control-Maintain no.ranges for budgeting (Tr code is OK11) Select change intervals button Define tolerance limits for availability control Same path Select new entries button Controlling area :BIL Profile :select 000001 General budget profile Tr.group :++ all activity groups Action :select 2 waring with mail to person response Usage :85 Save Press enter to save in your request Specify exempt cost elements from availability control Same path Petrol expenses Repairs Drivers salary is Fixed cost We can specify when we post to driver’s salary all with order AP9Z1234 –Even if, it exceeds 85% of budget no. message need to be given. It is known expenditure Select new entries button Controlling area :BIL Cost element :400100 Salaries account Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain budget manager Same path Select new entries button Controlling area :BIL Order :BILV 60
  • 61. Object class :OCost (Overhead cost) User name :SAP user (budget manager) Save Press enter to save in your request Budgeting order wise (END USER AREA) Path :Accounting-Controlling –Internal order-Budgeting-Original budget –Change (Tr code is K022) Order :AP9Z1234 Enter For the period :500000 (Budget amount) Over / budget also 500000 From the menu select Extras –Availability: Control –Activate Save Posting of petrol expenses (F-02) Give the document date :Today’s date Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :400310 Petrol expenses Enter Give the amount :350000 Order :AP9Z1234 Text :Petrol expense Posting key :50 Account no. :200105 SBI current account Enter Give the amount :* Business area :BILH 61
  • 62. Text :+ From the menu select –Document –Simulate and save Ignore the message press enter To view in box of the budget manager Path :SAP Menu Office –Work place (Tr code is SBWP) Select inbox folder We get a message accounting document no. 62
  • 63. PROFIT CENTER ACCOUNTING This is used to view profitability division wise /product wise /location wise if business area is not use in FI Idea scenario Company FI | Company code FI | Business area FI (Location) | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | | | Steel Cement Pharma Co-profit center Division Division Division Accounting | | Product wise Co profitability Analysis Option 1 Option 2 Hyderabad location HYD BGL MOM | | | | Steel Cement Pharma Steel cement Pharma Profitability Profitability Balance sheet The advantage of profit center accounting is it derives profit center automatically though derivation rules. A) In case of expenditure Tough cost centers B) IN case revenues Automatic account assignment C) In case of balance Though business area Sheet it items (Applicable for option 2) Eg:a) At the time of creation of cost center assign profit center Dept A-Assign profit center steel 63
  • 64. b) At the time of posting wages a/c Dr 500000 Dept A To Bank 500000 It updates cost center Dept A as well as profit center steel. We have to create dunning profit center. At the time of posting, when there is no derivation rules, system updates dummy profit center. Transfer form dummy profit center to respective center. Create derivation rule so that future transactions will not go to dummy profit center. They will go to respective profit centers. Set controlling area (OKKS) Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profit center accounting-Basic settings-Set controlling area Give the controlling area :BIL Enter Maintain controlling area settings: (OKE5) (Follow through path ) Path :Up to base settings the path is same- Controlling area settings-Maintain controlling area settings Standard hierarchy :BIL Select elimination of business volume check box Profit center local currency type :Select 20 Controlling area currency Select confirm button Select store truncation currency check box Save Elimination of internal business volume Purchase Material no. 1 Profit center steel Order Vendor no. 1234 | Plant HYD | Profit center Steel | Qty 1 Kg | Rate 100 Goods Receipt It should no take in steel profit center 100+100 It should take only one time 64
  • 65. Create dummy profit center Path :SPRO-Controlling-Profit center accounting-Master data-Profit center-Create dummy profit center(Tr code is KE59) Double click on dummy profit center Give the dummy profit center :BIL dummy Select basic data button Name :BIL dummy Description :Dummy profit center for BIL Profit center group :BIL Save Set control parameters for actual date Path : Up to basis settings the path is same Controlling area settings -Activate direct postings-Set control parameters for actual data (Tr code is 1KEF) Select new entries button From year :2008 Select Line items check box Select online transfer check box Save Maintain plan versions Up to activate the path is same Plan version Maintain plan version Select version :0 Plan /Actual Version Double click on settings for profit center accounting folder Select new entries button Year :2008 Select online transfer check box Select line items check box Exchange rate type :B (bank selling rate) Save 65
  • 66. Press enter to save in your request Define no. ranges for local documents A) At the time of creation of cost center –Assign profit center Dept A-Assign profit center B) At the time of posting Wages A/c 500000 Dept A To Bank 500000 When there is no derivation rule –It updates dummy profit center Transfer from dummy profit center To Profit center steel No FI document will be generated No co document will be generated once profit center document will be generated (local) Path :SPRO-Controlling-Profit center Accounting-Actual postings-Basic settings: Actual –Define number ranges for local documents (Tr code is GB02) Select maintain groups button Select actual document from direct posting with GB01 check box From the menu select interval Maintain Give the company code :BIL Enter Select interval button Year :2008 From no :1 To :100000 Enter and save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Select planned doc.with direct posting with GB01 check box Form the menu select interval maintain Give the company code :BIL Enter Select interval button 66
  • 67. Year :2008 From no. :100001 To no. :200000 Enter and save Creation of profit center: Path :Accounting-Controlling-Profit center accounting-Master data-Profit center-Individual processing-Create (Tr code is KE51) Give the profit center :Steel Select master data button Analysis period to :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Name :Steel Long text :Profit center steel Person responsible :Mr A Profit center group :BIL select activate button (Shift+F1) One more profit center profit center cement select master data button name :Cement long text :Profit center cement person responsible :Mr B profit center group :BIL select activate button Create account groups up to master data the path is same Account group create (Tr code is KDH1) Give the account group name :PLITEMS ( Profit & Loss) Enter Description :P & L accounts for BIL Select insert account button From :300000 67
  • 68. To :499999 Save Select Back Arrow Account groups :BSITEMS Enter Description :Balance sheet accounts for BIL Select insert account button Form A/c :100000 To A/c :299999 Save Assign profit center in cost center Path :Accounting-Controlling-Cost center accounting-Master data-Cost center- Individual processing-Change (KS02) Give the cost center :Dept A Select master data button Give the profit center :Steel Select save button or Ctrl+S Ignore the warning message press enter Cost center :Dept B Enter Profit center :Cement Save Ignore the warning message press enter Creation of sales account as revenue element (FS00) Give the GL account no. :300000 Sales A/c Company code :BIL Select edit cost element button Enter Cost element category :Select 11 Revenues 68
  • 69. Save Maintain automatic account assignment of revenue elements Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profit center accounting –Actual postings-Maintain automatic account assignment of revenue elements (Tr code is OKB9) Select new entries button Company code :BIL Cost element :300000 Sales A/c Account assignment details :Select 2 Business area is mandatory Save Press enter to save in your request Select :BIL with cost element 300000 Double click on detail per business area /valuation area folder Select new entries button Option 1 Option 2 HYD location | Steel cement Pharma HYD BGL MUM 300000 | | | HYD Steel Steel Cement Pharma 300001 Sales cement 300000 Sales account HYD Cement 300002 Sales pharma HYD Steel HYD Pharma BGL Cement Mum Pharma Business area : BILH Profit center : Steel Business area : BILB Profit center : Cement Save Choose addition balance sheet and p & L accounts Applicable for second scenario: Application for second option 69
  • 70. Same path Select choose accounts (Tr code is 3KEH) select new entries button Account from :100000 Account to :299999 Default profit center :Steel Save Press enter to save in your request Select profit center determination button Select crate step button Step description :Profit center derivation though business area for balance sheet items. Select drop down button under name column Select GSBER businesses area Save Select maintain rule values button Select source field intervals on /off button Account no.100000 To account no.299999 Business area :BILH Profit center :Steel Account no :100000 To account no. :299999 Business area :BILB profit center :Cement Save END USER AREA 1) Planning profit center wise for p & L items Path :Accounting –Controlling –Profit center accounting –Planning –cost /Revenues-Change (Tr code is 7KE1) 70
  • 71. Version select :0 From period :8 To period :8 Fiscal year :2008 Company code :BIL Select next page or page down button Profit center :Steel Account group :PLITES Select from based radio button Select overview screen button Per account no.300000 Sales account Profit center reporting currency :600000 (Minus report currency) For account no.400100 salaries A/c without any sign Save Planning profit center wise for balance sheet items (Only for second scenario) Up to planning the path is same Balance sheet accounts change (Tr code is 7KE3) Version :0 From period :8 To period :8 Fiscal year :2008 Company code :BIL select next page or page down button Profit center steel Account group :BSITEMS Select form based radio button Select overview screen button For account :100300 SBI rupee term loan Profit center reposting currency 20000- with minus sign 71
  • 72. For 200105 SBI current account profit centers reporting currency 200000 without any sign Save Posting of cash sales (F-02) Give the document date :Today’s date Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :200105 (SBI current account) Enter Amount :550000 Business area :BILH Text :sales posting Posting key :50 Account no. :300000 (Sales a/c) Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Form the menu select Document –Simulate and save Posting of salaries (F-02) Document date :Today’s date Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :400100 Salaries a/c Enter Give the amount :475000 72
  • 73. Cost center :Dept A Text :Salaries posting Posting key :50 Account no. :200105 SBI current account Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Document –simulate and save To View variance report profit center wise for P & L items Path :Accounting –Controlling –Profit center accounting-Information system- Repost for profit center accounting-Interactive reporting –Profit center group:Plan /actual /variance (Tr code is S_ALR_87013326) From period :8 (Current /Running month) To period :8 Fiscal year :2008 Plan version :0 Profit center values :steel Profit center accounts groups :PLITEMS Select execute button To view variance report profit center wise for balance sheet items: Up to interactive reporting the path is same Profit center group: Balance sheet accounts plant / Actual /Variance (Tr code S_ALR_87013336) From period :8 (Running month) To period :8 Fiscal year :2008 Plan version :0 Profit center values :Steel Balance sheet account group :BSITEMS 73
  • 74. Execute Transfer of values from one profit center to another profit center One cost center works for no.of profit centers we an assign only one profit center is cost center. In dept A Profit center steel From profit center steel transfer to cement Manual transfer through cycles No.FI document will be generated No.CO document will be generated Only profit center document will be generated. Path :Accounting –Controlling-Profit center accounting-Actual postings-Profit center document –Enter (Tr code is 9KE0) Layout select 8A-001 document :Profit center /account Select execute button Company code :BIL Select Enter screen button Profit center :Steel Account no. :400100 Salaries In profit center local currency 500000 –(with minus sign) Profit center :Cement Account no. :400100 Salaries Amount :500000 (without minus sign) Save 74
  • 75. INTEGRATION Organization structure : FI: Business area Company | Company code MM:- Structure SD: Structure Business area | Factory / Sales organization Company code level / | Plants Branch/Port | Regional location | | | Storage locations Raw material / Finished goods Distribution-> Direct sales through /Packing material Channel Agents | | Division Product groups/ products Why we create port as a plant: Keep the material on ship HYD Chennai Customer Factory Port Export sale – Terms of delivery-FOB (Free on Board) ownership will be transferred once we kept the martial on ship. Business area will be assigned to plants, plants will be assigned to sales organization business area will be assigned to sales organizations. In SD module, combination of sales organization, distribution channel and division –One sales area. Sales Area 1 Sales Area 2 Hyd sales Org. Hyd Sales org | | 75
  • 76. Direct sales Through agents | | Steel Steel Movement types: Similar to posting keys in FI 101 Material receipt against purchase order /production order 102/122 Reversal of 101 201 Issue to cost centers 202 Reversal of 201 261 Issue to orders 262 Reversal of 261 521 Production receipt without production orders. 522 Reversal of 521 561 Opening stocks taking 562 Reversal of 561 601 Delivery (sales) 602 Reversal of 601 Difference between 201 and 261 Cost centers Dept A Dept B Dept C Issue material Production order 1 (Movement type 261) Stores items to issue Production order 2 (Mov.type 201) (cost center 201) Production order 3 Material issue is identifiable to production orders use movement type 261 Material issue is not identifiable to production orders use movement type 201 Transaction key /process key a) BSX Inventory postings b) WRX Goods receipt /Invoice receipt (GR/IR) c) PRD Price difference /Production order differences d) GBB Offsetting entry for inventory postings (i) VBR consumption (ii) VNG Scrapping (iii) BSA Opening stocks (iv) ZOF Production receipt without production order (v) AUF Production receipt with production order (vi) VAY Delivery where sales account is created as revenue element (CO implemented) (vii) VAX Delivery where sales account is not created as revenue element (Co not implemented) 76
  • 77. (viii) AUA production order differences Eg: 400000 Raw material consumption 200121 Inventory raw material For consumption Raw material consumption Dr To Inventory raw material For GBB VBR Assign account no.400000 For BSX Assign account no.200121 Valuation class: Valuation class determines the GL accounts to be posted automatically. A) Raw materials Local Imported Inter unit purchases Inter company purchases 4 Valuation class B) Stores :Local 2 valuation class C) Finished goods own manufacturing 1 valuation class Valuation grouping code / valuation modifier /Valuation modification key: Company codes BIL BCL BSL Chart of accounts BIL Plants HYD-BGL BGL-MUM HYD-MUM Local raw materials RM1 RM2 RM3-RM1 RM2-RM3 Incase of purchases, 200121 –Inventory raw material local When we follow same chart of accounts for numbers of company codes, Instead of assigning accounts number of times, assign only one time by using valuation grouping code. Valuation Chat of accounts Company code Valuation Areas Plants Grouping HYD BIL BIL X BGL BIL BIL X BGL BIL BCL X MUM BIL BCL X HYD BIL BSL X MUM BIL BSL X 77
  • 78. For X in case of RM local purchases assign account number 200121, inventory Raw material local. This is similar to posting periods in FI A) Define posting period variant X B) Assign posting period variant to company codes X to BIL X to BCL X to BSL c) Define posting periods for variant X for X—1, 2008 –12,2008 Material types Price controls Raw materials ROH V-Moving average price purchase price Stores & spares ERSA V-Moving average price purchase price Packing & material VERP V-Moving average price purchase price Finishing goods FERT S-Standard price Raw materials + Semi finished goods HALB Overheads Purchased V-Moving average price Purchase price Produced S-Standard price Raw material+Overheads Trading goods HAWA V-Moving average price Purchase price Services DIEN Semi finished goods purchased Dept A Dept B Dept C Dept D 15 days FG Sales order –To be delivered with in 2 days Purchase an item where with In 2 days purchase an item Where processing of A,B and C is completed D processing of D Semi finished goods produced Dept A Dept B Dept C Dept D Issue RM 15 days time Sales Dept –got an order for sale where the processing of A and B is completed Take production After completion Of B and sell Trading goods: Purchase FG and sell FG without doing any processing. Services: Plant is having operating capacity No sales orders Job work for others 78
  • 79. We get job work changes –Material Does not belong to us - Material types are similar to account groups in FI - There we create GL masters here we create material masters. - GL master are created under account group where as material masters are created under material type. - Material master is created at plant level-when number of plants are using the same material it will be extended(copied) to other plants. - For materials we can open 2 periods at a time. Oct Nov. When we open Dec.-Automatically Oct will be closed. Where we crate material master –We will have number of tabs (Views) Basic data Purchase view Sales view MRP view Quality Ware house management Accounting Costing MM Flow A) Material requisition By production Dept to Stores B) Purchases requisition By stores to purchases C) Call for enquiries, Get quotations and do price comparisons By purchase Dept. D) Create purchase order Vendor number, Material Quality, Rate, Plant, Company code Delivery terms, payment terms, Purchase organization E) Release It is optional It will work through work flow If P.O value is less than Rs.10000 To be released by manager purchases If P.O value is Rs.10000 and above To be released by GM(Purchases) And less than 100000 if P.O value is 10000 and above To be released by Director Once we save the purchase order, based on the value it goes to the inbox of the command authorized person, till is releases we can’t take goods receipt. F) Goods receipt –With reference to P.O Inventory RM local DR 100 To GR/IR clearing RM local 100 Balance sheet current asset BSX Balance sheet current liability WRX 79
  • 80. (Qty in GR*Rate as per P.O) G) Invoice verification-Against PO/GR GR/IR clearing RM local DR 100 Balance sheet CL WRX To party 100 Balance sheet CL From PO, Party no. will be taken i) Raw material consumption RM Consumption Local DR 100 P & L Debit GBB VBR To inventory RM local 100 BS C/A(Current Asset) BSX J) Wages payment Wages A/c DR 20 P & L Debit To Bank 20 BS CA K) Production Receipt At product cost Inventory FG DR 120 BS C/A BSX (FG =Finished goods) To INC/DEC in stocks FG 120 P & L Credit GBB ZOF – In case of on production order /CPP module not implement GBB AUF –in case of production order (PP module implemented) SD steps L) Delivery –At product cost INC /DEC in stocks FG DR 120 P & L Credit GBB VAX –If sales account is not created as revenue element (Co not implemented /GBB VAY –If sales account is created as revenue element (Co Implemented) To Inventory FG 120 BS C/A M) Sales billing Customer A/c DR 150 BS C/A From sales order, customer number will be taken To Sales 150 P & L credit ERL LCL=Local Inventory FG=Raw material consumption local +wages GR=Goods receipt INC/DEC STK FG=Increase /Decrease stock finished goods P & L account H) RM can local 100 L)Sales 150 Wages 20 J)INC/DEC STKFG 120 Net profit 30 K)INC DEC STK FG -120 0 ------- ----- 150 150 === === 80
  • 81. Balance Sheet Surplus in P & L Account 30 F) INV RM LCL 100 F) GR/IR CLG RM LCL 100 H) INV RM LCL -100 E) GR/IR CLRG RM LCL -100 0 --------- 0 a) Sundry creditors RM 100 I) Bank -20 j) INV FG 120 K)INV FG -120 0 L)Sundry debtors 150 ---- -------- 130 130 === === Integration rules A) In material master we specify valuation class B) For valuation class we assign GL accounts based on the nature of transaction C) At the time of material receipt/Issue stores person enters movement type, material number and quantity. Our accounts will be up dated automatically based on accounts assignment to valuation class which is specified in material master Eg: Material no. Valuation Inventory postings GR/IR Consumption BSX Clearing (GBB VBR) (WRX) RM1 (local) 3000 RM local 200121-INV-RM 100520-GR/IR 40000-RM Local CLRG RM LOCAL Consumption- IMP Local Raw Material 1. Purchase order Material –RM1 Vendor -1234 Qty-100 Kgs Rate 5 Rs Save P.O.No.1 2. Goods receipt with reference to P.O-P.O No.1 Movement Type:101 Debit BSX 200121 Credit WRX Material RM1 Qty 60 kgs Save Material Doc no.200001 200121 –Inventory RM local DR 300 100520 GR/IR CLR RM Local 300 (Qty IN GR *Rate as per P.O) 60*5 81
  • 82. Raw material consumption Movement type 201 Debit GBB VBR Debit A/c No. 400000 Credit BSX 200121 Material RM1 3000 Qty 10 Kgs 400000 RM Consumption LCL DR 50 200121 Inventory RM Local 50 (Qty issued * Moving average rate) Imported raw material 1. Purchase order Material -RM2 Vendor -4567 Qty-1Kg Rate -100 PO No.2 2. Goods receipt- with reference to PO-PO No.2 Movement type:101 Debit BSX 200122 Credit WRX 100521 Martial RM2 3001 Qty 1 Kg Save Material Doc No.200003 200122- Inventory RM IMP DR 100 100521 GR/IR CLRG RM IMP 100 (Qty IN GR* Bate as per P.O) 1*100 Raw material returns Material doc no.200003 Movement Type 102 Debit WRX 100521 Credit BSX 100122 Material RM2 3001 Qty 1 Kg Save Material doc no.200004 100521 GR/IR CLR RM IMP DR 100 200122 Inventory RM IMP 100 Why SAP does not support purchase accounting why it supports inventory accounting: RM –Local raw material 1 2 3 Not included in purchase Bill received Less stock reported Provision statement by stores RM consumption=Qty Value Opening stock 0 0 0 0 82
  • 83. Add purchase 0 516.50 516.50 _____________________________ 516.50 516.50 Less :Closing stock 300 300 200 ------------------------------------------ Raw material consumption X X X ======================== Wrong wrong wrong 1. Purchase order material no. RM1 Vendor 1234 Qty 100 Kgs Rate 5 Rs Excise 10% CST 2% Other change 1% Material receipt: We get excise invoice to claim cenvat –Final invoice many come or may not come. Only excise invoice received Basic price 500 Excise 50 Stores person updates his records with the above data. Issue: Not included in purchase provision statement: Account Dep gets a statement from stores in the month end material received bills not received to make purchase provision. Stores person –By mistake he has not included the above item in the purchase provision statement. Account Dept.gets closing stock statement from stores-in the statement he is showing 60 kgs stock at 5Rs.300 Issue2 –Closing stock valuation wrong We have received invoice after words in invoice wrong Basic 500 500 Excise 50 50 CST2% 11 11 Other 1% 5.5 5.5 ------- -------- --- Bill amount 566.50 516.50 50 Purchase a/c cenvat receivable In the month end stores person sends closing stock statement 60 kgs at Rs.5 Should be value 516.5/100*60=309 83
  • 84. *Issue less stock reported by stores If this month production is more, profitability will be more. If this month production is less, profitability will be less. Physical stock available -60 Kgs Reporting to accounts only 40 kgs 40*5=200 Inventory accounting 1. Purchase order Material no.RM1 Vendor 1234 Qty 100 Rate 5 Tax code A1 (10% Excise +2% CST) other charges 1% PO no.1 2. Goods receipt with reference to PO no.1 Movement type 101 Material RM1 Qty 100 Save Entry will be passed automatically Inventory RM local DR 516.50 To GR/IR CLR RM Local 516.50 Qty in GR*Rate as per PO Store records : Material RM1 Qty :Value Receipt :100 Kgs 516.50 Account records 200121 Inventory RM local 516.50 DR 3. Raw material consumption Movement type 201 Material RM1 Qty 40 Kgs Save Accounting entry will be generated automatically RM consumption local DR 206.5 (516.5) 100*40 To Inventory RM local 206.6 Qty issued moving .AVG price Stores records: Material RM1 Qty Value Receipt 100 Kgs 516.50 Issue 40 Kgs 206.6 84
  • 85. ------ ------ 60 Kgs 309.9 Accounts records 200121 Inventory RM local 516.50 DR 206.60 DR CL stock value 309.9 Price differences are two types 1)Batch method 2)Moving average method | ------------------------------------------------------- | | | Stock fully available Stock partly available Stock no available 1st method –Batch method: RM1 PO PR 10 RS BILL for 12Rs 1.Material Receipt Batch Qty Rate Amount Inv RM local DR 1000 BSX 1 100 10 1000 To GR/IR CLR RM LCL/100 WRX 2 50 40 2000 2. Raw Material consumption ----- ----- RM consumption local DR 100 GBB VBR 150 3000 To INV RM local 100 BSX 10 10 100 --- ---- 140 2900 3. Invoice verification 180 GR/IR CLRG RM LCR DR 100 WRX ----- ----- INV RM LOCAL DR 180 BSX 90*2 140 3080 Price diff RM LCL 20 PRD 100*2 To Vendor 1200 form PO vendor no. is taken Break up 1 90 12 1080 2 50 40 2000 Preparation in P & L account : Raw material consumption : Raw material consumption +/ price difference RM Eg: RMC 100 PD RM 20 ---- 120 === For the truncation key PRD –We can assign raw material consumption account or price difference RM A/c 85
  • 86. Moving average method: stock fully available RM1 PO Price :10 Final Bill for Rs.12 Qty rate amount 1. Goods receipt Bill qty 100 10 1000 Inv.RM local DR 1000 BSX 50 40 2000 To GR/IR CLRG RM LCL 1000 ---- ------ 2. Raw material consumption 150 3000 RM consumption local DR 400 GBB VBR 20 20 400 To INV RM local 400 BSX ---- ----- Average bill 130 2600 3.Invoice verification GR/IR CLRG RM LCL DR 1000 WRX 200 GR/IR CLRG RM LCL DR 1000 WRX ---- ----- 130 2800 INV RM Local DR 200 BSX 100*2 To Vendor 1200 form PO Vendor no.is taken Consumption rate: Value / Qty 3000/150=20 Next consumption rate Value / Qty 2800/130=21.54 3rd method moving average method: Stocks partly available RM1 PO Price 10Rs Bill for 12Rs 1.Material receipt Qty Rate Amount 1. Goods receipt Bill qty 100 10 1000 INV RM local DR 1000 BSX 50 40 2000 To GR/IR CLRG RM 1000 WRX --- ----- 150 3000 130 20 2600 2. Raw material consumption ----- ------ RM comp local DR 2600 GBB VBR 86
  • 87. AVBL QTY 20 400 40 TO inv RM local 2600 BSX ---- ---- 20 440 3.Invoice verification GR/IR CLR RM LCL DR 1000 WRX INV RM Local Dr 40 BSX 20 *2 Price diff RM DR 160 PDR To Vendor 1200 from PO vendor no.is taken Consumption rate Value / Qty 30000/150=20 Next consumption rate: Value qty 440/20=22.00 Incase of batch method –It has checked batch wise for the material. In case of moving average method –if has checked material wise. 4th Method-moving average method: Stocks not available safety socks RM1 PO Price 10 Rs Bill for Rs12 1. Material receipt Qty Rate Amount Inv RM local DR 1000 BSX Bill Qty 100 10 1000 To GR/IR CLRG RM LCL 1000WRX 50 40 2000 2. Raw material consumption ---- ---- ------ RM Consume local DR 3000 GBB VBR 150 3000 150 20 3000 To INV RM Local ---- ----- 3. Invoice verification AVBL Qty 0 0 GR/IR CLRG RM LCL DR 1000 WRX Price Diff RM DR 200 To Vendor 1200 form PO vendor no.is taken Sales and Distribution Flow: 1. Inquiry and quotation: 2. Sales order : Product, Plant, Sales organization, customer no., quantity, rate delivery terms, payment terms. 3. Delivery :With reference to sales order A) Delivery without post goods issue (Delivery without PGI) ownership is not transferred. Eg. Export sales –Terms of delivery –FOB (Free on board) Hyderabad Factory Chennai Port Customer Delivery without PGI Delivery with PGI 87
  • 88. No FI document only FI document material material document document FI document :At product cost Increase /Decrease in stocks FG DR GBB VAY-If sales account is created as revenue element (Co implemented)1 GBB VAX if sales account is not created as revenue element (Co not implemented) To inventory FG BSX B) Delivery with Post Goods Issue (Delivery with PGI) Eg. Local sales terms of delivery –Ex works Hyderabad factory Customer Delivery with PGI Sales Billing: With reference to delivery Customer account DR From sales order To Sales :ERL SD-Pricing procedure Eg: 1 2 3 4 From R egion Andhra Andhra Andhra Andhra To Region Andhra Tamilnadu Andhra Tamilnadu Customer Taxable Taxable Non-taxable Non-taxable Material Taxable Taxable Non-taxable Non-taxable Basic price Excise % on basic VAT % on Basic+Excise CST % on basic+ Excise From H sales Condition type: KOFI (Account assignment-FI) KOFK (Account Assignment –CO) Assignment of accounts 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Application Conditi Chat Sales Account Account Accou area on type of originatio assignment assignment nt keys 88
  • 89. accoun n group for group for ts customers materials V-Sales & KOFI BIL HYD 01 03 ERL 300001 – Distribution Sales Local own goods V-Sales & KOFI BIL HYD 02 03 ERL 300002- Distribution Sales exports own goods V-Sales & KOFI BIL HYD 01 01 ERF 300003 Distribution Sales local trading goods V-Sales & KOFI BIL HYD 01 03 ERL 400350 – Distribution Sales Freight revenu Local own e goods 01- 01 Traded ERF Domestic goods Freight revenues Reven ues 02-Foreign 02 Services ERB- revenues Rebate s /Tradi ng Discou nts 03- 03 ERS Afflicated Finished Sales company goods Deduct revenues ions Note :ERS :Sales commission Bank 5000 From customer 5000 Reimbursement of expenses MM CUSTOMIZATION MM consultant job 1. Define Plants 89
  • 90. Path: SPRO-Enterprise structure- Definition –Logistic general-Define copy, delete check plant. Double click on define plant Select new entries button Plant :BILP Name :BIL HYD Factory plant Factory calendar :Select B2 or 01 (B2=BIL HYD Factory Calendar) Save (01=Standard calendar) Give the name :BIL Hyderabad factory plant Country :IN Enter Select create request button Short description :MM customization for BIL Press enter Enter once again to save in the request Define division: Path :Up to logistic –General the path is same-Define copy, Delete, check division. Double click on define division Select new entries button Division :BS (It is a text filed) Name :Steel Division Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain storage location Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Definition- materials management – Maintain storage location (OX09) Give the plant :BILP Enter 90
  • 91. Select new entries button Give the storage location :HYD Description :Hyderabad storage location Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain purchasing organization Same path Select new entries button Purchase organization :BIR Description :BIL Purchase organization Save Press enter to save in your request Assign plant to company code: Path : SPRO-Enterprise structure –Assignment- logistics General –Assign plant to company code ( Tr code is OX18) Select new entries button Company code :BIL Plant :BILP Save Press enter to save in your request Assign business area to plant/valuation area and division Path :Same path -Select plant /valuation area –Division button Select new entries button Plant :BILP Division :BS Business area :BILH Save 91
  • 92. Press enter to save in your request Assign purchasing organization to company code Path :Up to assignment the path is same –Materials management –Assign purchasing organization to company code Select position button :Give the purchase org:BILR Enter For BILR for assign company code BIL Save Press enter to save in your request Assign purchasing organization to plant: Same path Select new entries button Purchasing org :BILR Plant :BILP Save Press enter to save in your request Create purchasing groups Path :SPRO-Materials management –Purchasing –Create purchasing groups. Select new entries button Purchasing group :BIL Description :BIL RM purchasing group Save Press entr to save in your request Define material groups:( OMSF) Path :SPRO-Logistic general –Material master-Settings for key fields –Define Material groups. Select new entries button Material group :BILC Material groups description :Chemicals 92
  • 93. Press enter to save in your request Maintain company code for material management: Path :SPRO-Logistic General –Material master-Basic settings-Maintain company code for materials management Select position button Give the comp code :BIL Enter Year :2008 Period :7 (October) Note : This period enter carefully, if you once enter not modified Select ABP check box (ABP stands for Allow Back Period Posting) Note: September entries allowed Save Ignore the warning message press enter Press enter to save in your request Define attributes of material types: Path:up to the material master the path is same – Basic settings –Material type- Define attributes of material types. Select position button Select material type :ROH (Raw materials) Enter Select ROH Double click on quantity / Value updating folder Select position button Valuation area :BILP ( Nothing but plant) Enter For BILP select quantity updating, value update check box Save Press enter to save in your request 93
  • 94. Select back arrow Select material FERT for finished product Double click quantity / value updating folder Select position button Valuation area :BILP Enter For BILP select quantity updating check box value updating check box Save Set tolerance limits for price variance for purchase order Path: SPRO-Material management –Purchasing –Purchase order –set tolerance limits for price variance Select TIKY :PE & SE for company code 1000 Select copy as button Enter the company code to BIL For tolerance key :PE Enter Change the company code to :BIL For tolerance key :SE Enter and save Press enter to save in your request Plant parameters: Path :SPRO-Materials management –Inventories management –Physical inventory –Plant parameters Select plant :1000 Select copy as button Change the plant to BILP Enter and save Press enter to save in your request 94
  • 95. Set tolerance limits for goods receipt Path :Up to inventory management and physical inventory the path is same - Goods receipt-Set tolerance limits Select tolerance key B1,B2,VP for company code 1000 Select copy as button Change the company code to BIL for B1 Enter Change the company code BIL for B2 Enter Change the company code to BIL for VP Enter and save Press enter to save in your request Maintain default values for tax codes Path: SPRO- Materials management –Logistics invoice verification-Incoming invoice maintain default values for tax codes Select new entries button Company code :BIL Save Press enter to save in your request Set tolerance units for invoice verification Path:Up to logistics invoice verification the path is same – Invoice block-Set tolerance limits select tolerance key BD, ST for company code 1000 select copy as button change the company code to BIL for BD enter change the company code to BIL for ST save Define automatic status change 95
  • 96. Path :Up to the logistic invoice verification the path is same – Invoice verification in back ground –Define automatic status change Select new entries button Company code :BIL Select save button or Ctrl+S Press enter to save in your request Group together valuation areas: Path :SPRO-Material management –Valuation and account assignment- Account determination-Account determination without wizard-Group togather valuation areas. Select position button Valuation :BILP Enter Give the valuation grouping code :X Save Press enter to save in your request Define valuation classes: Path :Same path – Select valuation class button Select valuation class 3000 Raw materials local Select valuation class 7920 Finished products Select copy as button Change valuation class 3000 to BIL1 Change the description to Raw materials local Change valuation class 7920 to BIL2 – Finished product Enter and save Press enter to save in your request 96
  • 97. FI consultants job: 1. Creation of GL masters FS00 A) Inventory RM local Current assets loans & advances B) Inventory finished goods -do- C) GR/IR clearing RM local Current liabilities & Provisions D) RM consumption local RM Consumption E) INC/DEC in stocks FG Increase /Dec in stocks Give the GL account no. 200121 Company code BIL Select with template button Give the GL account no.200120 Inventory RM Company code :BIL Enter Change the short text to Inventory RM local Change the GL a/c long text also inventory RM local Select control data tab Tax category :select * (All tax allowed) Select posting without tax allowed check box Select create/Bank/Interest tab Field status group change to G006 Material accounts Save Note :Before post select automatically only check box 200121 Ignore the warning message press enter GL account no. :200122 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL a/c no.200121 Company code :BIL Enter Select type/description tab Change short text and GL a/c long text to inventory FG Save 97
  • 98. GL account :100520 Company code :BIL Select with template button GL account :100500 outstanding exp. Company code :BIL Enter Change short text and GL account and long text to GR/IR clearing RM local Select control data tab Tax category :* Select posting without tax allowed check Sort key :014 Purchase order Select create /bank /interest tab Field status group change to G045 goods/Invoice received clearing accounts Save G/L account :400000 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL account no.400100 Salaries a/c Company code :BIL Enter Select type/description tab Change the account group to RM consumption Change short text and GL account long text to RM consumption local Select create /bank /interest tab Field status group to change to G003 Material consumption accounts Save Select edit cost element button Valid from :01.04.2008 Enter Cost element category :Select 01 Save 98
  • 99. GL account :300200 Company code :BIL Select with template button Change the GL a/c no.300100 Exchange gain Company code :BIL Enter Select type/Description tab Change account group to Increase /Decrease stocks Change short text and GL account long text to Increase/Decrease in stocks FG Select create/Bank/Interest tab Change field status group to G030 change in stock accounts Save *Assignment of accounts for automatic postings Path :Up to account determination without wizard the path is same – Configure automatic postings (Tr code is OBYC) (MM to FI Integration ) Select cancel button Select account assignment button Double click on transaction BSX inventory posting Give your Chart of Accounts :BIL enter Select valuation modifier check box Select valuation class check box Save Valuation modified Valuation class Account X BIL1 RM local 200121 Inventory RM local X BIL2 Finished products 200122 Inventory FG Save 99
  • 100. Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Double click on transaction WRX GR/IR clearing account Select valuation modifier check box Select valuation class check box Save Valuation modifier :X Valuation class :BIL1 RM local Account no. :100520 GR/IR clearing local Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Double click on GBB offsetting entry for Inventory posting Select General modification check box Valuation modifier check box Valuation class check box Save Valuation General modification Valuation class Account modifier X VBR (consumption) BIL1 RM local 400000 RM consumption local X ZOF (Production receipt BIL2 Finished 300200 Increase / without production order) products Decrease stocks FG X AUF with production BIL2 300200 X VAY (Delivery where BIL2 300200 sales account is created as revenue element Co implemented) X VAX Delivery where is BIL2 300200 sales account is not created as revenue element CO not implemented Save Press enter to save in your request 100
  • 101. Document types and no.ranges (OBA7) WE :Goods receipt WA :Goods issue RE :Grass invoice receipt Tr code is OBA7 Select WE :Goods receipt Select details button Number rage :50 Select number range information button Company code :BIL Select change intervals button Select interval button No.range :50 Year :2008 From no. :800001 To no. :900000 Enter and save Ignore the warning message press enter Select back arrow 3 times Select type WA Goods issue Select details button Number range :49 Select no.range information button Company code :BIL Select change intervals button Select interval button No.range :49 Year :2008 From no. :900001 101
  • 102. To no. :1000000 Enter and save Ignore the warning message press enter Select back arrow three times Select RE gross invoice receipt Select details button No. range :51 Select no.range information button Company code :BIL Select change intervals button No.range :51 Year :2008 From no. :1000001 To no. :1100000 Enter and save Ignore the warning message press enter MM end user area Creation of vendor master XK01 Give the company code :BIL Purchasing organization :BILR Account group :BIL2 MM vendors for BIL Enter Give the name :Nagarjuna Steels Limited Country :IN Select next screen button 3 times Reconciliation account :select 100501 Sundry credit RM Sort key :012 vendor Select next screen button Payment terms :0001 102
  • 103. Select next screen button 2 times Order currency :INR Select GR based invoice verification check box Save Creation of RM material master Path :Logistics –Materials management –Material master-material- Create(Genral) –Immediately (Transaction code MM01) Material :BILRM1 Industry sector :Mechanical engineering Material type :Raw material Press select views button Select basic data1, purchasing, general plant data/storage1/accounting1 Select organization levels button (bottom side) Give the plant :BILP Storage location :HYD Enter Give the description :Raw material 1 Basic unit of measurement :KG Material group :BILC (Chemicals) Division :BS (Steel) Select purchasing tab Purchasing group :BIL Select accounting one tab Valuation class :select BIL1 (RM local) Price control :select V moving average price Moving price :50 Select save button or Ctrl+S To open material periods for November: 103
  • 104. Up to material master the path is same –Other-Close period (Transaction code is MMPV) From company code :BIL Give the period :8 (November) Fiscal year :2008 Select check and close period radio button Execute Purchase order creation Path :Logistics – Material management –Purchasing –Purchase order-Create- Vendor/supplying plant known (The transaction code is ME 21N) Give the purchasing organization :BILR Company code :BIL Enter Give the purchasing group :BIL Item :10 Material :BILRM1 PO quantity :100 Kg net price :75 Plant :BILP Give the currency :INR Vendor no. :2001 Save Note the purchase order no.4500017092 Goods receipt: Path :Logistics –Material management –Inventory management –Goods movement –Goods receipt- for purchase order –PO number known (The transaction code is MIGO) Select goods receipt Give purchase order no.4500017092 Enter 104
  • 105. Storage location select :HYD Select quantity tab Quantity in delivery note :100 Select item ok check box Select save button or Ctrl+S Select display button Enter Select document information tab Select FI documents button BSX 200121 Inventory RM local 7500 BILRM1 BIL1 WRX 100520 GR/IR CLRG RM local -7500 BILRM1 BIL1 Qty .Received(GR) *Rate as per PO 100*75 Note: change USTAX to GTAX Invoice verification: Path :Logistics –Materials management –Logistics-Invoice verification – Document entry-Enter invoice (Transaction code is MIRO) Give the invoice date :Today’s date Reference :Party bill no.1234 Text :Invoice verification Purchase order :4500017092 Select payment tab Payment terms :0001 Baseline date :today’s date Select base data tab Tax code :select V0 Enter Business area :BILH Select beside data tab 105
  • 106. Amount :7500 Enter Select save button or Ctrl+s From the menu select invoice document –Display Select follow on document button 2001 Nagarjuna Steels Limited 7500 –From party no is taken 100520 GR/IR CLRG RM local 7500 BILRM1 BIL1 Raw material consumption Path :Logistics –Materials management –Inventory management –goods movement –goods issue (Transaction code is MB1A) Movement type :201 Plant :BILP Storage location :HYD Enter Give the cost center :Dept A Material :BILRM1 Quantity :30 Select save button or Ctrl+S From the menu select goods –Issue display Enter Select accounting documents button Select accounting document number BSX 200121 Inventory RM local 2250-BILRM1 BIL1 GBB VBR 400000 RM consumption LCL 2250-BILRM1 BIL1 Qty consumed * moving average price 30*75 106
  • 107. To view stock ledger Path :Logistics –Materials management –Inventory management – Environment –Stock for posting date (Transaction code is MB5B) Material no. :BILRM1 Company code :BIL Plant :BILP Selection date :01.04.2008 to 31.03.2009 Select valuated stock radio button Execute SD CUSTOMIZATION SD consultant’s job 1. Define region:(State) Path :SPRO-SAP netweaver-General settings-Set countries –Insert regions Select new entries button Country :IN Region :AP Description :Andhra Pradesh Save Select create request button(F8) Short description SD customization for BIL Save in your request Define sales organization Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Definition –Sales and contribution – Define,copy,delete,check,-Sales organization Double click on define sales organization Select new entries button sales organization :BILS Description :BIL HYD Sales organization statistics currency :INR 107
  • 108. save, Ignore the warning message press enter Give the name :BIL HYD sales organization country :IN region :AP press enter To save in your request Define distribution channel Same path -Sales & distribution –Define,copy, delete,check distribution channel Double click on define distribution channel Select new entries button Distribution channel :BD Name :Direct sales Save Press enter to save in your request Define shipping point Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Definition-Logistic execution –Define, copy, delete, check shipping point Double click define shipping point Select new entries button Shipping point :BISH Description :BIL HYD shipping point Save Name :BIL HYD shipping point Country :IN Enter Press enter once again to save in the request Assign sales organization to company code: 108
  • 109. SPRO-Enterprise structure –Assignment-Sales & Distribution –Assign sales organization to company code Select position button Sales organization :BILS Enter For sales organization :BILS Assign company code :BIL Save Press enter to save in your request Assign distribution channel to sales organization Same path Select new entries button Sales organization :BILS Distribution channel :BD Save Press enter to save in your request Assign division to sales organization Same path Select new entries button Sales organization :BILS Division :BS Save Press enter to save in your request Setup sales area: Same path Select new entries button Sales organization :BILS Distribution channel :BD 109
  • 110. Division :BS Save Press enter to save in your request Assign sales organization –distribution channel- plant: Select new entries button Sales organization :BILS distribution channel :BD Plant :BILP Save Press enter to save in your request Define rules by sales area: Path :Up to sales and distribution the path is same –Business area account assignment –Define rules by sales area Select position button Sales organization :BILS enter For sales organization :BILS Rule select :001 (Business area determination from plant / division ) Save, press enter to save in your request Assign shipping point to plant: Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Assignment-logistic execution –Assign shipping point to plant Select find button Enter :BILP Press enter Select :BILP Select assign button 110
  • 111. Select BISH check box enter Save Press enter to save in your request Define common distribution channels: Path :SPRO-Sales & Distribution –Master data –Define common distribution channels Select position button Give the sales organization :BILS Enter Distribution channels for condition :BD Distribution channels for customer master :select BD Save Press enter to save in your request Define common divisions: Same path Select position button Sales organization :BILS Enter Division for conditions :select BS Division for customer master :select BS Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain pricing procedures Path :SPRO-Sales and distribution –Basic functions –pricing –Pricing control –Define and assign pricing procedures Double click on maintain pricing procedures Select pricing RVAA01 standard Double click on control data folder 111
  • 112. Condition type SKTV cash discount Condition type MWST output tax Deselect required check box Save Ignore the warning message press enter to save Define pricing procedure determination: Upto define and assign pricing procedures the path is same Double click on define pricing procedure determination Select new entries button Sales organization :BILS Distribution channel :BD Division :BS Document pricing procedure :select A standard Customer pricing procedure :select 1 standard Pricing procedure :select RVAA01 standard Condition type :select PR00 price Save Press enter to save in your request Define tax determination rules: Path :SPRO-Sales and distribution –Basic functions- Taxes –Define tax determination rules Select new entries button Tax country :IN for India Sequence :1 Tax category :UTXJ Tax Jursdict code Save Setup partner determination: Partner functions Customer No. SP Sold to Party 1 1 Not modifiable 112
  • 113. SH Ship to party 1 2 Modifiable BP Bill to party 1 2. Modifiable PY Payer 1 2 Modifiable If we don’t specify separately (SP,SH,BP and PY)all we be only customer Path :Up to basic functions the path is same-Partner determination –Set up partner determination Double click setup partner determination for customer master Double click on partner functions folder Select position button Partner function :SP Enter Select partner function SP Double click on account group function assignment folder Select new entries button Partner function :SP Account group :BIL2 Partner function :SH Account group :B1L2 Partner function :BP Account group :BIL2 Partner function :PY Account group :BIL2 Ignore the warning message press enter to save in your request Double click on partner determination procedures folder Select new entries button Partner determination :BIL Name :BIL partner determination procedure Save Ignore the warning message press enter Select partner determination :BIL 113
  • 114. Double click partner functions in processor folder Select new entries button Partner function :SP Select not modifiable check box Select mandatory check box Select partner function :SH select mandatory function check box Select partner function :BP select mandatory function check box Select partner function :PY select mandatory function check box Save Press enter to save in your request Double click on partner determination procedure assignment folder Select position button Account group :BIL2 Enter For BIL2 Assign partner procedure BIL Save Assign shipping points SPRO-Logistics execution-Shipping –Basic shipping functions –Shipping point and goods receiving point determination –Assign shipping point Select new entries button Shipping conditions :select 01 as soon as possible Loading group :0003 manual Plant :BILP Propose shipping point :BISH Save Press enter to save in your request FI consultant job: Creation of GL master sales local own goods under sales group –FS00 114
  • 115. Give the GL a/c no. :300005 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL a/c no. :300000 sales account Company code :BIL Enter Change short text and GL a/c long text local own goods Select control data tab Tax category :* Select posting without tax allowed check box Select create /Bank /Interest tab Field status group G029 revenue accounts Save Select edit cost element button Valid from :01.04.2008 Enter Cost element category :11 Revenues Save * Assignment of account for automatic postings: Path :SPRO-Sales and Distribution –Basic function-Account assignment/costing Revenue account determination –Assign GL accounts (Transaction code is VKOA) Note : This is Important Tr code Double click on table one Select new entries button Application area :Select V Sales & Distribution Condition type :KOFI account data Chart of accounts :BIL Sales organization :BILS Account assignment group of customer :Select 01 domestic revenues 115
  • 116. Account assignment group of material :03 Finished goods Account key :Select ERL sales revenues GL account :300005 sales local own group Save Press enter to save in your request SD end user area Creation of customer master :XD01 Company code :BIL Sales organization :BILS distribution channel :BD Division :BS Account group :SD customer for BIL Enter Name :DLF Industries Ltd Country :IN Region :AP Select company code data button Reconciliation account :200110 sundry debtors Sort key :031 customer no. Select payment transaction tab Terms of payment :0001 Select sales area data button Customer pricing procedure :select 1 standard Select shipping tab Delivery priority :select 02 normal Shipping conditions :select 01 as soon as possible Delivery plant :BILP Select billing documents tab Select price determination check box In CO terms under delivery and payment terms :select EXW form plant Terms of payment :0001 116
  • 117. Account assignment group :select 01 domestic revenues For Tax category UTXJ Tax classification :select 1 liable for tax Save Creation of finished goods material master (MM01) Give the material :BILFG Industry sector :Mechanical engineer Material type :Finished product Press select views button Select basic data 1 Select Sales :Sales organization data 1 Select Sales :sales org.data 2 Select Sales :General /plant data Select MRP1 Select general plant data /storage 1 Select accounting 1 Select organization levels button Plant :BILP Storage location :HYD Sales organization :BILS Distribution channel :BD Enter Description :Finished product Base unit of measurement :KG Division :BS Gross weight :1 kg Select sales :select 1 sales :Sales org.1 tab Division :BS Tax classification :select 1 (Taxable) Select sales :sales, sales organization 2 tab 117
  • 118. Account assignment group :select 03 finished goods Select sales :General /plant tab Available check :select KP no check Transportation group :select 0003 container Loading group :select 0003 manual Select MRP1 tab MRP type :select ND no planning Select accounting 1 tab Valuation class :select BILL2 finished product Price control :select S standard price Standard price :400 Save Creation condition types: Path : Logistics –Sales & Distribution –Master data-Conditions –Select using conditions type-create (Transaction code is VK11) Condition type :PR00 price Select key combination button: Select material with release status radio button Enter Sales organization BILS Distribution channel :BD Material :BILFG Amount :600 Valid from :01.04.2008 Valid to :31.03.2009 Save Select back arrow Condition type :select UTXJ tax Jursdict code Select key combination button Select domestic taxes radio button Enter Country :IN for India 118
  • 119. Tax classification for customer :1 Tax classification for material :1 Valid from :01.04.2008 Valid to :31.03.2009 Tax code :A0 (0% output tax) Save Ignore the message press enter CO –PROFITABILITY ANALYSIS (CO-PA) Co for Controlling PA for Profitability Analysis This is used to view profitability for number of parameters at a time: Eg: Customerwise /Productiwise /Sales order wise plant wise, Sales organization profitability. Account based profitability /costing based profitability analysis / both (in India we use both) PP Module MM Module FI Module product costing SD module CO-PA CO Module Define an operating concert Operating concern can be equal to controlling area or above controlling area Controlling area can be equal to our company code or above company code Company code =controlling area =operating concern Data structure Characteristics Value fields Customer ------ Product | Sales order | Plant |- Sales cost of goods sold net profit Sales organization | Sales employee | Country | 119
  • 120. ---- Profitability segment It consists of A) System defaulted characteristics Eg: customer / Product / Sales order /Plant /Sales organization B) Client required characteristics Eg: Sales employee / Industry Data flow in SD module: 1. Inquiry and quotation 2. Sales order –customer /product /plant sales organization /quantity /rate delivery terms payment terms. 3. Delivery with reference to sales order. A) without posting goods issue (without PGI) B) with post goods issue (with PG1) 4. Sales billing with reference to delivery Data flow in Co-PA SD condition types CO-PA value fields PR00 Price VV 010 – Revenues VPRS Costs VV 140 – Cost of goods sold (Product costs) (up to COGM level) CO - +FI COGM Admin & SD Exp. (Both –costing based and account based) We are going to MAP: PR00 =VV010 VPRS=W140 Product cost : BILFG1 Cost sheet: BILFG Raw materials xxx Raw material overheads xxx Production costs xxx ----- Production valuation will be at COGM level or COGM+ admin exp. Level Cost of goods manufactured xxx (COGM) Administration xxx Sales & Distribution xxx ----- Cost of goods sold (COGS) xxx 120
  • 121. In client 800 –for company code 10001 controlling area -1000 operating concern IDEA In IDEA –All SD condition types and equivalent CO-PA value fields We check IDEA and do customization the same way for our operating concern also IDEA is a references to all the CO consultants CUSTOMIZATION : Maintain operating concern Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profitability analysis –Structures –Define operating concern –Maintain operating concern (Tr code is KEA0) Give the operating concern :BIL1 (It is a text field) Select create button Ignore the warning message press enter Description :Operating concern for BIL Select costing based check box Select account based check box select attributes tab operating concern currency INR select company code currency check box fiscal year variant :V3 save select data structure tab select create button under data structure select KMVTNR sales employee select left arrow select value fields tab select VV010 revenue select VV140 cost of goods sold 121
  • 122. select left arrow select save button from the menu select data structure save from the menu select data structure activate Select back arrow Select yes button for the message to generate the operating concern environment. Ignore the message press enter Save Define profitability segment characteristics (Segment –level characteristics) Path: Up to structures the path is same -Define profitability segment Characteristics (Tr code is KEQ3) Give the operating concern :BIL1 Enter For product and customer Select costing base and account base radio button Save Press enter to save in your request Assign controlling area to operating concern: Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Assignment –Controlling –Assign controlling area to operating concern. Select position button Give the controlling area :BIL Enter For controlling area :BIL Assign operating concern :BIL1 Save Press enter to save in your request Define no.range for actual postings 122
  • 123. Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profitability analysis –Flows of actual values –Initial steps – Define no.range for actual postings (Tr code is KEN1) Operating concern :BIL1 Select maintain groups button Select generated groups check box From the menu select interval maintain Select interval button From no. 1 To no. :9999999999 (10 times) Save Ignore the message press enter Maintain assignment of SD conditions to CO-PA value fields: Path :Up to flows of actual values the path is same –Transfer of billing documents – Assign value fields .(TR code is KE4I) Double click on maintain assignment of SD conditions to CO-PA value fields Select new entries button Open one more session with SPRO-Controlling-Profitability analysis –Structures –Set operating concern Give the operating concern Select operating concern :IDEA Enter User the Tr code is KE4I Come to the first session Condition type :PR00 Value field :VV010 (Revenues) Condition type :VPRS (cost) Value field :VV140 (Cost of goods/ Sold) Save Press enter to save in your request Notes :Direct posting from FI/MM 123
  • 124. PR00 price :VV010 Revenues Scrap sales/waste sales –Posting only in FI, only FI-No Co account base , if we post manually in FI If we post directly in FI-for account no.300000-399999 up date VV010 revenues VPRS costs :VV140 cost of goods sold If we post directly in FI for account no.400000-499999 up date VV140 cost of goods sold Up to flows of actual value the path is same (Through path ) Direct posting from FI/MM:Maintain PA transfer structure for direct postings Tr code is KEI2 Select structure FI (Financial accounting COPA) Double click assignment lines folder Give the controlling area :BIL Enter Enter once again Select assignment :20 (Direct revenues from FI) Double click on source folder From :300000 To :399999 Double click on value fields folder Select new entries button Quality /value :Select value filed Fixed /variable :Select 1 fixed amounts Value field :select VV010 Save Press enter to save in your request Double click on assignment lines folder Assignment select :10 Direct cost from FI Double click on source folder From :400000 124
  • 125. To :499999 Double click on value fields folder Select new entries button Quantity /value :select value field Fixed /variable :select 1 fixed amount Value field :VV140 Save Activate profitability analysis Path :Up to flows of actual values the path is same Activate profitability analysis (KEKE) Select position button Give the controlling area :BIL Enter For controlling area :BIL Activate status :select 4 (component activate for both types of profitability analysis) Save, press enter to save in your request SD END USER AREA 1. Creation of sales order Path: Logistics –Sales and Distribution – Sales –Order –Create (Tr code is VA01) Order type :select OR (Standard Order) Sales organization :BILS Distribution Channel :BD Division :BS Enter Sold to party :200101 P.O.No. :1 P.O.Date :To days date Required delivery date :Today’s date 125
  • 126. Delivery plant :BILP Payment terms :0001 Item :10 Material :BILFG Order quantity :10 kg Enter Ignore the message press enter Select item :10 From the menu select Goto Item Conditions Select shipping tab From the menu select Edit in complication log We get a message document is complete ,no errors Select save button or Ctrl+S Note the order no.11764 Production receipt : There are two types of production receipt. 1. Production receipt without production order 2. Production receipt with production order MVT Type:521 MVT Type:101 Path :Logistics –Materials Management –Inventory management –Goods movement – Goods -receipt –Other (Tr code is MB1C) Moment type :521 (Receipt w/o production order into unrest –use stock) Plant :BILP Storage location :HYD Enter Give the material :BILFG Quantity :50 Save Ignore the warning message press enter Note : Check it GL A/c 200122 Inventory, select automatic posting check box 126
  • 127. From the menu select other goods receipts Display-Enter Select accounting documents button Select accounting document no. BSX 200122 Inventory FG 20000 BILFG BIL2 GBB 300200 INC/DEC in stocks FG 20000-BILFG BIL2 ZOF Qty *Standard Price 50*400 Delivery: Path : Logistics –Sales & Distribution –Sales –Order –Sub request functions – Outbound delivery (Tr code is VL01N) Shipping post :BILH Give the order no. :11764 Enter Actual goods issue date :Today’s date Select item :10 Select picking tab Picked quantity :10 Select post goods issue button From the menu select outbound delivery display Enter From the menu select Environment Document flow keep the cursor on goods issue delivery document no. (down side in document column) Select display document button Select accounting documents button Select accounting document no. Double click on accounting document no. 200122 Inventory FG 4000-BILFG BSX is assign this A/c BIL2 300200 INC/DEC in stocks FG 4000 BILFG GBB VAY assigned to BIL2 Qty delivered *Standard price 10*400 127
  • 128. Sales billing Path :Up to sub sequent functions the path is same –Billing document(Tr code is VF01) (Through path) Select Delivery document no. Execute Save From the menu select Billing document-Display-Select accounting button Double click on accounting document no. 200100 DLF Industries Limited 6000 customer no.is taken from sales order 300005 Sales local own goods 6000-ERL Qty sold *Sale price 10*600 REPORT PAINTER Report to view customer wise/product wise /Sales organization wise /plant wise profitability Define forms for profitability reports : Path :SPRO-Controlling –Profitability analysis –Information system –report components –Define forms –Define forms for profitability reports-(The Tr code is KE34) Double click on creation Form Give the operation concern form :AML Form description : From AML profitability Select two axes (matrix) radio button Select create button Select operating concern currency radio button Enter Double click on row 1 Select value field with characteristics radio button Enter Value field select VV010 – Revenue Select confirm button 128
  • 129. Double click on row 2 Select value field with characteristics radio button Enter Value field select VV140 –cost of goods sold Select confirm button Double click on row 3 Select formula radio button Enter Select Y001 Select minus button Select Y002 cost of goods sold Enter Short text Net profit Select copy short text button Enter Double click on column 1 Select characteristics radio button Enter Select plant /Actual indicator for available characteristics Select left arrow For plant /actual indicator From :Select 0 actual data Select confirm button Save From the menu select Edit-General data selection Once again general data selection From the available characteristics column Select record type, period /year Select left arrow For record type For form column :Select B direct posting from FI 129
  • 130. For To column :Select F billing data For period /year : For from column :Select variable on /off check box Local variable :Enter 1 Press enter For to column select variable on/off check box Local variable :2 Enter Select confirm button From the select Extras –variables –variable definition For name 1 : Give the description from period /year For name 2 Description :To period /year Enter & save Create profitability report: Same path Double click on crate profitability report Tr code is KE31 Give the report :BILREPORT ( This is a text field) Description :BIL Profitability Report Select report with from radio button Give the form name :BIL1 Select create button Select operating concert currency radio button From the characteristics list :Select customer /plant /product ,Sales organization Select left arrow Select output type tab Select classic drill down radio button Select available on selection screen check box Save Ignore the message press enter Select execute button 130
  • 131. Form period/year :01.2008 To period /Year :12.2008 Execute Ignore the message select press enter To view product wise profitability from the menu select navigate-with drill down Double click on product This called date cube PRODUCT COSTING This is used for valuation of inventories i.e. Finished goods and Work in progress PP Module MM Module | FI Module | Product costing CO Module | Note: SAP lab :Product costing made easy BPB publication –Not covered product costing Crate a cost estimate with quantity structure Cost element with quantity structure At standard cost In the month end we get actual cost Variable will be settled to accounts How standard cost will be arrived at : Sales budget for next month Production budget Material requirement Planning | | (Make to orders (confirmed orders) (This is same men budget) + And make to stock (expected orders)) Overhead planning = Standard cost Cost sheet for the product BILFG1 Raw materials xx Raw material overheads xx Production costs xx Cost of goods manufactured (COGM) xx Administration Expenses xx Sales & Distribution exp. xx ---- Cost of goods sold (COGS) xx To check with client at what level he wants to value stocks 131
  • 132. At COGM level or At COGM +Admin level Raw material standard cost For each product –we find out materials required For BILFG1 We required BILRM1 BILRM2 MM Module :Material Master Accounting view –moving average price BIL RM1 75 BILRM2 125 PP Module: Bill of Material (BOM) To produce BILFG1 what materials are required and how much quantity BILRM1 1Kg BILRM2 1Kg Raw material standard cost =Quantity from BOM (PP)*Rate from Material Master (MM) (1*75)+1*125)=200 Raw material overheads Overheads like freight charges :At the time of receipt it will be added to material –At the time of consumption the material cost includes freight also. Overhead like loading and unloading normal amounts change directly to P & L account clients will tell us-how much percentage can be taken on raw material cost (consumption.) 5% of raw material costs Eg: 250*5%=12.5 Production costs: Cost centers in PP Module :Work centers Dept A Dept B Dept C Dept D Dept A Dept B Dept C Dept D Raw material Issue Issue Issue finished product All products need not go through all the Departments Process flow for each product in PP module we call as routing. PP Module: Routing (Process flow) Dept A Dept B Dept D 132
  • 133. Raw material Issue Issue Finished product Wages 300000 Salaries 100000 Power 320000 ------- Planned cost 720000 ===== Planned hours available Machines 100 working for 3 shifts (24 Hours ) No.of days 30 Days 100*30*24=72000 Machine hour rate 720000/72000=10 Rs (Activity type) To Produce BILFG1 Hours required 5Hrs Production cost 10*5=50 Production cost : (Hours required in Dept A * Machine hour rate)+(Hours required in Dept B* Machine hour rate )+ (Hours required in Dept D * Machine hour rate) Example : Why can’t we allocate based on production Production Qty Hrs Req Cost BILFG1 999 Kgs 1 BILFG2 1 Kg 999 ------ ----- 1000 1000 720000 If we allocate cost based on production BILFG1 720000*999/1000=719280 BILFG2 720000*1/1000= 720 -------- 720000 ====== If we allocate cost based on hours required BILFG1 720000*1/1000 =720 BILFG2 720000*999/1000 =719280 ----------- 720000 ======== ACTIVITY BASED COSTING 133
  • 134. Co –Consultants job: 1. Creation of 2 secondary cost elements (Use Tr.code is KA06) A) RM overhead rate B) Activity allocation Give the cost element 1200000 Valid from 01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Enter Give the name and description :RM Overhead rate Cost element category : Select 41 overhead rates Save Cost element :1200001 Enter Name and description :Activity allocation Cost element category :select 43 Interval activity allocation Save Creation of activity type –Machine hour: Path :Accounting –Controlling –cost Center accounting –Master data –Activity type- Individual processing –create (Transaction code KL01) Activity type :BIL Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Enter Give the Name & Description :Machine hour Activity unit :select H Cost center categories :Select * (All cost center categories) Active type category :select 1 (Manual entry , Manual allocation) Allocation cost element :1200001 Save Creation of cost centers: (Tr.code is KS01) 134
  • 135. Give the cost center :Dept G Valid from : 01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Reference cost center :Dept A Controlling area :BIL Enter Change the name to Dept G Change the description to cost center :Dept G Person responsible :MrG Other things are common Select save button Cost center :Dept H Reference cost center :Dept A Controlling area :BIL Enter Change the name to Dept H Change the description to cost center:Dept H Change person responsible to Mr.H Cost center category :select 9( Allocation cost center) Save Create of cost center group (Tr code is KSH1) Give the cost center group :BILPROD Enter Description :BIL Production cost center group Select insert cost center button Select cost center Dept G Save Define overhead keys: 135
  • 136. Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling –Product cost planning basic settings for material costing - overheads-Define overhead keys Select new entries Overhead key :BIL1 Description :BIL Overhead key Save Press enter to save in your request Define overhead groups Same path Select new entries button Valuation area :BILP Overhead group :BIL1 Overhead key :BIL1 Name of overhead group :BIL over head group Save Press enter to save in your request Note: Overhead rate will be given to overhead key Overhead key will be assigned to overhead group Overhead group will be specified in material master Define calculation basis Path :SPRO-Controlling- Product cost controlling –Product cost planning-Basic setting for material costing –Over head –costing sheet components –Define calculation bases Select new entries button Base :D1 (Text filed) Name :Raw materials Base :D2 Name :Production cost 136
  • 137. Save Press enter to save in your request Select D1 double click on details folder Controlling area :BIL Enter Select new entries button From cost element :400000 To cost element :400099 RM consumption Save Select back arrow two times Select base D2 Production cost Double click on details folder Controlling area :BIL Enter Select new entries button From cost element :400100 To cost element :400299 Personnel & Manufacturing group From cost element :400500 To cost element :400599 Depreciation a/c From cost element :1200001 Activity allocation To cost element :1200001 Save Define percentage overhead rates: Same path Select new entries button Overhead rate :D3 Name :RM overhead rate 137
  • 138. Dependency :Select D010 Overhead type/Overhead key Save Press enter to save in your request Select D3 Double click on details folder Ignore the warning message press enter Select new entries button Valid from To Controlling area Overhead type Overhead key Percentage 01.04.2008 31.03.2009 BIL Select 2 BIL1 5 (Planned overhead rate) RM key 01.04.2008 31.03.2009 BIL 1 (Actual overhead rate) BIL1 10 Select save button or Ctrl+S Press enter to save in your request Define Credits Same path Select new entries button Credit :D4 Name :BIL RM credit key Save Press enter to save in your request Select :D4 Double click on details folder Controlling area :BIL Enter Select new entries button Valid to :31.03.2009 Cost element :1200000 RM overhead rate Fixed percentage :100% 138
  • 139. Cost center :Dept H (Allocation cost center) Save Actual over head rate 10% Credit key D4 -1100000 Cost Dept. 1. RM1 Purchase/Receipt (Freight including) Inventory RM local DR 600000 To GR/IR clearing RM local 600000 2. Loading & Unloading charges Loading & Unloading charges Dr 7000 Dept H To Bank 7000 3. RM 2 Purchase Inventory RM local DR 300000 To GR/IR clearing RM local 300000 4. Loading & Unloading charges for RM 2 Lodging & unloading charges DR 3000 To Bank 3000 5. RM Consumption for production Order 1-RM1 and RM2 RM consumption local DR 40000 Order 1 RM Consumption local DR 20000 Order 1 To Inventory RM local 40000 To Inventories RM local 20000 6. RM consumption for production order 2 RM-1 and RM2 RM consumption local DR 10000 Order 2 RM Consumption local DR 30000 Order 2 To inventory RM local 10000 To Inventory RM local 30000 In the month end RM material consumption 100000 Lodging & Unloading charges 10000 139
  • 140. % on consumption 10% actual overhead rate Cost center Dept H (Allocation cost center) Loading & Unloading for RM1 7000 DR Order 1 6000 DR Loading & Unloading for RM2 3000 DR Order 2 4000CR H Value will be zero Order 1 Order2 RM Consumption 60000 40000 RM overhead rate 6000 4000 (Actual 10%) ----- ----- 66000 44000 ===== ===== Indirectly we are allocating cost center Dept H values to production orders based on the consumption values. Define costing sheets: Path :Up to overhead the path is same- Define costing sheets Select new entries button Costing sheet :BIL Description :BIL Costing Sheet Save Press enter to save in your request Select :BIL Double click on costing sheet rows folder Select new entries button Row Base Overhead Description 10 D1 Raw materials 20 400000-400099 D3 RM Overhead rate From :10 To Row :10 140
  • 141. Credit :D4 Row :30 Base :D2 Description :Product cost Row :40 Description :Cost goods manufacturer From :10 To row :30 Save Assign costing sheet to plant : Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling –Product cost planning –Material cost estimate with quantity structure- Define costing variants (TR code is OKKN) Select position button Cost variant :Select PPC1 standard cost estimate (Materials) Enter Select PPC1 Select details button Select valuation variant button Select create beside valuation variant /plant Select new entries button In plant :BILP Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Select valuation variant :001 with plant BILP Select details button Select overhead tab Give the costing sheet :BIL costing sheet both in the places Save 141
  • 142. Define cost component structure: To know the break up of standard product cost What is raw material cost? What is RM overhead cost ? What is production cost ? Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost Controlling –Product cost planning –Basic settings for material costing –Define cost component structure . (OKTZ) Select cost component structure :01 Double click on cost components with attributes folder Select component structure :01 with cost component 10 raw materials Double click on assignment:Cost component –cost element interval folder Select new entries button Cost competent structure :01 Chart of Accounts :BIL From cost element :400000 To cost element :400099 Cost component :select 10 RM Save Ignore the warning message press enter Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Double click on cost components with attributes folder Select cost component structure 01 with cost component 80 Material over head Double click on assignment:Cost component cost element –Interval folder Select new entries button Cost component structure :01 Chat of Accounts :BIL From cost element :1200000 RM overhead Cost component :80 Material overhead Save Press enter to save in your request 142
  • 143. Double click on cost components with attributes folder Select cost component structure :01 with lost component 50 production machine Double click on assignment cost component –cost element interval folder Select new entries button Cost component structure :01 Chat of Accounts :BIL From cost element :400100 To cost element :400299 Cost component :select 50 production machine One more Cost component structure :01 Chat of Accounts :BIL From cost center :400500 To cost center :400599 Cost component :50 One more Cost component structure :01 Chat of Accounts :BIL From cost element :1200001 Cost component :50 Save Double click on cost component structure folder For cost component structure 01 select active check box Save For cost component structure assignment structure 02 also for cost component Note: The above procedure is to be followed to 02 also PP CONSULTANT JOB: Define MRP controller 143
  • 144. Path :SPRO-Production –material requirements Planning –Master data-Define –MRP controllers Select new entries button Plant :BILP MRP controller :Mr.A Save Press enter to save in your request Notes: Define floats (Scheduling margin key) Floats –Buffer days or grace days 2 days grace days Production order creation 08.12.2008 10.12.2008 Production order release 10.12.2008 12.12.2008 Production start date 11.12.2008 13.12.2008 Production end date 15.12.2008 17.12.2008 Path :SPRO-Production –Material requirements planning –Planning –Scheduling and capacity parameters –Define floats (Scheduling margin key) Select new entries button Plant :BILP Margin key :BIL Opening period :2 days Float before production :2 days Float after production :2 days Release period :2 days Save Press enter to save in your request Define production scheduler Path :SPRO-Production-Shop floor control- Master data-Define production scheduler Select new entries button Plant :BILP Production scheduler :B 144
  • 145. Description :Mr.B Save Press enter to save in your request Determine person responsible for work center Path :SPRO-Production –Basic data –Work center –General data –Determination person responsible Select new entries button Plant :BILP Responsible person : Mr.C Person responsible for work center :Mr.C Save Press enter to save in your request CO END USER AREA: Planning cost center wise (KP06) Version :0 From period :9 (December) To period :9 (December) Fiscal year :2008 Give the cost center :Dept G Select page down button or next page button Cost element :400100 Salaries A/c Select from based radio button Select overview screen button (F5) For 400100 Plant fixed cost :720000 Save Planning for machine hours Path :Accounting –Controlling –Cost center accounting –Planning-Activity output /Prices-Change (KP26) Version :0 From period :9 145
  • 146. To period :9 Fiscal year :2008 Select next page or page down button Cost center :Dept G Activity type :BIL Select form based radio button Select overview screen button Plant activity :72000 Save calculation of Machine hour rate Path :Up to planning the path is same – Allocations –Price calculation (KSPI) Select cost center group radio button Cost center group select :BILPROD Execute Select save button Ignore the message press enter MM END USER AREA Creation of material master (MM01) A) Raw material 2 B) Finished product 1 Give the material :BILRM2 Industry sector :Mechanical Engineering Material type :Raw material Press select view button Select basic data1 :Select purchasing Select general plant data /storage /Accounting Select organization levels button Plant :BILP Storage location :Hyderabad Enter 146
  • 147. Give the description :Raw material 2 Base unit of measurement :KG Material group :BILC Division :BS Select purchasing tab Purchasing group :BIL Select accounting 1 tab Valuation class :BIL1 RM Local Price control :select V moving Moving price :150 Save One more material :BILFG1 Industry section :Mechanical engineering Material type :Finished product Press select view button Select basic data1, MRP1, MRP2,MRP3, Work scheduling, general plant data /storage1, accounting , Costing 1 Select organizational levels button /enter Enter Plant :BILP Storage location :Hyderabad Enter Description :Finished product 1 Base unit measurement :KG Division :BS Select MRP1 tab MRP type :select PD (MRP) MRP controller :A Lot size :select EX lot for –lot order quantity 147
  • 148. Select MRP 2 tab In –house production :0 days Schedule margin key :select BIL Select MPR 3 tab Ignore the warning message press enter Availability check :select KP (no check ) Select work scheduling tab Production scheduler :B Select accounting tab Valuation class :BIL2 Finished products Price control :S (Standard price) Standard price :300 Select costing one tab Overhead group :select BIL1 Save Note :BOM=Bill of Material PP END USER AREA Creation of Bill of Material Path :Logistics –Production –Master data –Bills of material –Bill of material – Material BOM –Create (CS01) Give the material :BILFG1 Plant :BILP BOM usage :select 1 production Enter For item :10 Give the component :BILRM1 Quantity :1 Item :20 Give the plant :BILRM2 148
  • 149. Quantity :1 Save Creation of work center Path :Up to mater data the path is same –Work centers –then work centers-create (CR01) Plant :BILP Work center :Dept G Work center category :select 0001 Machine Select basic data button Give the description :Dept G Person responsible :Mr.C Usage :009 Under standard value maintenance Standard value key :SAP1 Normal production Select costing tab Start date :01.04.2008 Cost center :Dept G For machine activity :Give activity type BIL Activity unit :H (Hour) Formula key :SAP002 (Production machine time) Save Creation of routings Path :Up to master data the path is same –Routings –Routings –Standard routings – Create (Tr code is CA01) Give the material :BILFG1 Plant :BILP Enter Usage :select 1 production Status ;select 4 (released (general)) 149
  • 150. Select operation button For operation 10 give the work center :Dept G Control key :select PP01 in hour production Double click on operation :10 Machine standard value :5 Unit :H (Hour) Save Note: Routing is process flow as a department wise CO –END USER AREA Creation of cost estimate with quantity structure: Path :Accounting –Controlling –Product cost controlling –Product cost planning- Material costing –cost estimate with quantity structure –Create (Tr code is CK11N) Give the material :BILFG1 Plant :BILP Costing variant :select PPC1 (standard cost estimate for material ) Enter Costing date from :Today’s date Note :In live environment next month first day date, this is planning date, In training institution use today’s date Costing date to :31.12.9999 Quantity structure date :08.12.2008 Valuation date :08.12.2008 Enter Cost sheet Raw materials BIL RM1 1 Kg 75 BILRM2 1Kg 150 225 RM overhead cost -5% 11 Production costs 5*10 50 Machine hours 5 Hrs 150
  • 151. Machine hour rate 10Rs ----- 286 From the menu select Costs –>Display cost components Select save button or Ctrl+S Enter Marking and releasing Display material master Path :Logistics –Materials management –Material master-Material –Display –Display current (MM03) Material :BILFG1 Press select views button Select costing 2 view Enter Plant :BILP Enter A) Marking and releasing Display material master 1. Making updates future price in live environment on 21st February create estimate for March and store in the System. 2. Realizing updates current price on 1st of March release stock valuation will be at the new rate from 1st of March B) Marking and releasing : Path :Accounting –Controlling –Product cost controlling –Product cost planning – material costing –Price update (CK24) Posting period :9 Fiscal year :2008 Company code :BIL Plant :BILP Material :BILFG1 Select test run check box Select marking allowance button 151
  • 152. Select company code :BIL Costing variant :select PPC1 (Standard cost estimate for materials) Save Select back arrow Deselect test run check box Execute Select material :BILFG1 Select costing to tab Select back arrow two times Select release button Execute Select material :BILFG1 Select costing to tab ACTUAL COSTING CO consultant Job Check costing variants for Manufacturing orders (PP) Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling -Cost object controlling –product cost by order –Manufacturing orders –Check costing variants for manufacturing orders(PP) (Tr.code is 0PL1) Select costing variant PPP1 Production order plan Select details button Select valuation variant button Select create button beside valuation variant /plant Select new entries button In plant :BILP Save Press enter to save in your request 152
  • 153. Select back arrow Select valuation variant :006 with plant BILP Select details button Select overhead tab Give the costing sheet :BIL costing sheet Save Select back arrow Select costing variant PPP2 production Order Actual Select details button Select valuation variant button Select create beside valuation variant/plant Select new entries button In plant :BILP Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Select valuation variant 007 with plant :BILP Select details button Select overhead tab Costing sheet :select BIL costing sheet Save Define goods received valuation for order delivery: Same path Select new entries button Valuation area :BILP Valuation variant :007 production order -Actual Save Press enter to save in your request Work in process customization Creation of 5 secondary cost elements (Tr code is KA06) Give the cost element :1100000 153
  • 154. Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Enter Name & Description :Order /Project result analysis Cost element category :select 31 (order /project results analysis) Save Cost element :1100001 Reference cost element :1100000 Controlling area :BIL Enter & Save Cost element :1100002 Reference cost element :1100000 Controlling area :BIL Enter & Save Cost element :1100003 Reference cost element :1100000 Controlling area :BIL Enter & Save Cost element :1100004 Reference cost element :1100000 Controlling area :BIL Enter Save Define results analysis keys Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling –Cost object controlling –Product cost by order –Period end closing –Work in process –Define results-Analysis keys (Tr code is OKG1) Result analysis key :FERT WIP calculation for production orders Define results analysis versions(Tr code OKG9) Same path 154
  • 155. Select new entries button Select controlling area :BIL Technical result analysis cost element :select 1100000 Save Press enter to save in your request Define valuation method (Actual cost) ( Tr code is OKGC) Same path Select new entries button Select actual cost button Controlling area :BIL Result analysis version :0 Result analysis key :FERT Enter & Save Press enter to save in your request Define line Id’s Same path Purchase of to get the break up of WIP (Work In Progress)value Select line ID EL (Revenues) EK Direct cost FK Production cost ABR settled cost for controlling area 1000 Select copy as button (F6) Change the controlling area to BIL for all line ID’s Enter & Save Press enter to save in your request Define Assignment (OKGB) Same path Select line ID EL that is revenues for controlling area :1000 Select copy as button Change the controlling area to BIL 155
  • 156. Change masked cost element to 00003+++++ (5 times plus)(300000 to 399999) Enter & Save Press enter to save in your request Select line ID :EK Direct cost for controlling area 1000 Select copy as button Change the controlling area to BIL Change mass cost element to 00004000++ Enter and save Select line ID FK that is production cost for controlling area 1000 Select copy as button Change the controlling area to BIL Production cost elements: 400100 -400199 Personnel 00004001++ 400200-400299 Manufacturing 00004002++ 400500-400599 Depreciation 00004005++ 1200001 Activity allocation 00012+++++ Change master key cost element to 00004001 Enter & Save Notes: for define assignment line ID brak up of WIP Dept A Dept B ept C Issue RM work in progress RM over head Production costs 100000 200000 Calculate internally WIP by using secondary cost elements and transfer to financial accounting require the break up of WIP by using line ID’s and account assignments to line ID’s. Select line ID FK production cost for controlling area BIL Select copy as button Change the mass cost element to 00004002++ Enter & Save 156
  • 157. Select 2FK line ID’s for controlling area BIL Select copy as button –Change masked cost element from first line ID 00004005++ Change to 00012+++++ Enter & save Select bank arrow Select line ID ABR Settled cost for controlling area 1000 Select copy as button Change the controlling area to BIL Change mass cost element to 0001000001 :(settlement cost element) Enter & save Define update; (Tr.code is OKGA) Same path Select new entries button Controlling area :BIL Version :0 Result analysis key :FERT Line ID :select EL revenues Category :select N (costs not to be included) Controlling area :BIL Version :0 Result analysis key :FERT Line ID :Select EK (Direct cost) Category :select K cost WIP :1100001 Revenues :1100002 Controlling area :BIL Version :0 Revenues analysis key :FERT Line ID :FK production cost 157
  • 158. Category :select K cost WIP creation :1100003 Reserves creation :1100004 Select page down button One more controlling area :BIL Version :0 Result analysis key :FERT Line ID :ABR settled cost Category :select A (Settled cost ) Save Press enter to save in your request Creation of two GL Masters: WIP entry Work in process DR BS CA(Current assets, Loans & Advances) To Increase /Decrease in WIP P&L Credit INC/DEC in stocks FS00 Give the GL Account no. :200123 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL A/c No.200121 INV RM local Company code :BIL Enter Change short text to and GL A/c long text to work in process Other fields are common Save GL A/c No.300201 Company code :BIL 158
  • 159. Select with template button Give the GL A/c no.300200 Increase /Decrease stocks FG Company code :BIL Enter Change short text and GL A/c loge text to INC/DEC stocks – WIP (Work in Progress) Save Define posting result for setting work in process Path :Up to period end closing the path is same –Work in process –Define posting results for setting work in process (OKG8) Select new entries button Controlling area :BIL Company code :BIL Result analysis version :select 0 Result analysis category :WIPR (Work in Process with requirement to Capitalized) P & L A/c :300201 Balance sheet :200123 Save Press enter to save in your request Define results analysis version (OKG9) Same path Select controlling area :BIL select details button Select transfer to Financial accounting check box Save Ignore the warning message press enter Press enter to save in your request RM issue overhead production costs Dept A Dept B Dept D FG not received Settle to accounts by using secondary costs elements break up WIP (BY using line IDs) 159
  • 160. Define variance keys: Path :Up to period end closing the path is same –Variance calculation :Define variance keys (OKV1) Select variance key 00001 Production order Select copy as button Change the variance key to BIL1 Change the name also variance key for BIL Enter & Save Define default variance keys for plants (OKVW) Same path Select position button Give the plant :BILP Enter For plant :BILP Assign variance key :BIL1 Save Press enter to save in your request Define target cost version: (OKV6) Notes: Budgeted cost =Budgeted production Qty * Standard price Standard cost =Standard quantity * Standard price Target cost =Actual production qty * standard price Actual cost =Actual Production * actual price Path :Same path Select controlling area 1000 with target cost version 0 Select copy as button Change the controlling area to BIL Change the description to target cost version for BIL Enter & Save 160
  • 161. Press enter to save in your request Assign variance key in Material master Path :Logistics –Material management-Material master –Material –Change – Immediately (MM02) Give the material no.BILFG1 Press select views button Select costing 1 view Enter Give the plant :BILP Enter Variance key :select BIL1 Save Creation of cost element group (KAH1) Give the cost element group :BILPRODN Enter Description :Production cost element for BIL Select Edit-Cost element -Select insert cost element button 400100 400299 Personnel & Manufacturing 400500 400599 Depreciation 1200001 Activity allocation Save Create allocation structure: Path :SPRO-Controlling –Product cost controlling- Cost object controlling –Product cost by order-Period end closing –Settlement –create allocation structure Select new entries button Allocation structure :B2 Text :BIL Production differences allocation structure Save Press enter to save in your request 161
  • 162. Select :B2 Double click on assignments folder Select new entries button Assignment Text 01 Direct costs(Raw materials) 02 Material overheads 03 Production costs Save Select assignment 01 Double click on source folder From cost element :400000 To cost element :400099 Double click settlement cost elements folder Select new entries button Receiver category :select G/L, GL account Select by cost element check box Save Double click on assignments folder Select assignment 02 Material overheads Double click on source folder From cost element :1200000 RM overhead rate Double click on settlement cost elements folder Select new entries button Receiver category :select G/L , GL Account Select by cost element check box Save Double click on assignment folder Select assignment 03 production cost Double click on source folder 162
  • 163. Give the cost element group :BILPRODN save Double click on settlements cost elements folder Select new entries button Receiver category :select G/L Select by cost element check box Save Create settlement profile: Same path Select new entries button Settlement profile :BIL Description :BIL production order differences settlement profile Select to be settled in full radio button Allocation structure :B2 Default object type :select G/L Select % settlement check box Select equivalence number check box Select amount settlement check box Under valid receivers for GL account :Select settlement required Document type :SA Maximum no.of distribution rules :999 Residence time :12 months Save Press enter to save in your request Define CO.No.range interval for the business transactions RKL -Actual Activity Allocation KZPI- Actual overhead (Periodic) User transactions code :KANK 163
  • 164. Give the controlling area :BIL Select maintain groups button Double click on RKL Double click on KZPI Select Co. No. range interval for BIL check box From the menu select –Edit –Assign element group Save Ignore the warning message press enter Define exchange rate for type P (Standard truncation for cost planning for INR to EURO (Transactions code OB08) Select new entries button Exchange rate type :P Valid from :01.12.2008 From currency :INR To currency :EUR Direct quotation :0.02 Save Press enter to save in your request FI Consultant job BILRM2 receipt Purchase order Opening stock | GR | IV Inventory RM local DR BSX To Stock taking GBB BSA Current liability & provision Production order differences are to be settled to accounts Production order differences manufacturing DR PRD To INC/DEC in stocks FG GBB AUA Creation of 2 GL masters (FS00) 164
  • 165. Give the GL A/c No.400201 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL A/c No. :400200 Conversion charges Company code :BIL Change short text and GL account long text to production order differences Select create /bank/Interest tab Field status group change to G014 MM adjustment account Save GL A/c No. :100599 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL A/c No.100500 VAT payable Company code :BIL Enter Select type /Description tab Chang short text and GL account long text to Stock taking Select create /bank /interest tab Change the field status group G049 (manufacturing cost accounts) Save Give the GL account no.300200 INC/DEC stock in FG Company code :BIL Select edit cost element button Valid from :01.04.2008 to 31.12.9999 Enter Cost element category :select 22 external settlement Save Assignment of account for automatic postings (OBYC) (See the material ) Double click on transaction PRD Cost (Price) differences 165
  • 166. Give the Chart of Accounts :BIL Enter Save Give A/c No.400201 production order differences Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Double click on GBB offsetting entry for inventory posting Valuation modifier :X General modification :BSA opening stock taking Valuation class :BIL1 Account no. :100599 stock taking account Valuation modifier :X General modification :AUA production Valuation class :BILL Account :300200 Save Press enter to save in your request PP CONSULTANTS AREA Define order type –Dependent parameters Path :SPRO-Production –Shop floor control-Master data –Order-Define order type dependent parameters. (Tr code is OPL8) Select plant :1000 with order type PP01 Select copy as button Change the pant to BILP Enter and Save Press enter to save in your request Define scheduling parameters for production orders 166
  • 167. Path :Up to Shop floor control the path is same- Operations-Scheduling –Define scheduling parameters for production orders (Tr code is OPU3) Select plant :1000 with order type PP01 Select copy as button Change the plant to BILP Enter and save Press enter to save in your request Define confirmation parameters Path :Up to shop floor control the path is same –Operations-Confirmation-Define confirmation parameters (OPK4) Select plant 1000 with order type PP01 Select copy as button Change the plant to BILP Enter and Save Press enter to save in your request Define checking control Path :Up to shop floor control the path is same –Operations –Availability check – define checking control (OPJK) Select business function :1 & 2 for order type PP01 for plant 1000 Select copy as button Change the plant to BILP Enter Change the plant to BILP Enter and save Press enter to save in your request END USER AREA Creation of production order: 167
  • 168. Path :Logistics –Production-Shop floor control-Order –Create –with material (Tr code is CO01) Give the material :BILFG1 Production plant :BILP Planning plant :BILP Order type :select PP01 Production order Enter Give the total Qty under quantities :10 Start date & end date :Today’s date Select cost order button (Ctrl+F7) From the menu select Goto Costs –Analysis Select back arrow Select release order button (Ctrl+F1) Save From the menu select order display note the order no.60003225 Enter Select assignment tab Not to the reservation no.66076 Raw material receipt by way of opening stock Path :Logistics –Materials management –Inventory management –goods movement – Goods receipt –Other (Tr code is MBIC) Give the movement type :561 Plant :BILP storage location :HYD Enter Give the material no. :BILRM2 Quantity :100 kgs Select save button or Ctrl+S From the menu select other goods receipts display Enter Select accounting documents button 168
  • 169. 200121 Inventory RM LCL 15000 BILRM2 BIL1 BSX 100599 Stock taking 15000 BILRM2 GBB BSA BIL1 100*150 Raw material issue to production order:(Tr code is MB1A) Select to reservation button Give the reservation no.66076 Enter Qty BIL RM1 :15 BIL RM2 :15 Save From the menu select goods issue display Enter Select accounting documents button Select accounting document no. 200121 Inventory RM local 1125 BILRM1 BSX BIL1 400000 RM consumption local 1125 BILRM1 GBB VBR BIL1 Quantity consumed * Avg rate ( 15 *75) 200121 Inventory RM local 2250 BILRM2 BSX BIL1 GBB VBR 400000 RM consumption local 2250 BILRM2 BIL1 Qty consumed * Avg. rate (15*150) Actual overhead calculation Path :Accounting –Controlling –Product cost controlling –Cost object controlling – product cost by order –Period end closing –single functions –Overhead –Individual processing (Tr code is KGI2) Give the order no. :60003225 Period :9 Fiscal year :2008 Select text check box Select dialog display check box 169
  • 170. Execute Select back arrow Deselect text run check box Execute Work in process calculation Path :up to single functions the path is same –Work in process –Individual processing –Calculate (Tr code is KKAX) Give the over no. :60003225 WIP period :9 Fiscal year :2008 Result analysis version :select 0 Select test run check box Execute Select back arrow Deselect test run check box Execute Settlement of work in process to accounts (31.12.2008 (month end date) Path :Up to single functions the path is same –Settlement of individual processing (Tr code is K088) Give the order no. :60003225 Settlement period :9 Fiscal year :2008 Deselect text run check box Select check transaction date check box Execute Select detail lists button Select accounting documents button Select accounting document no. 170
  • 171. 300201 INC/DEC in stock WIP 3713 P &L Account 200123 Work in Process 3713 Balance Sheet (Actual RM +Actual RM overheads) To view work in process report Path :Accounting –Controlling –Product cost controlling –Cost object controlling – Product cost by order –Information system –Reports for product cost by order –Object list –Order selection (Tr code is S_ALR_87013127) Plant :BILP Material number :BILFG1 From period :01 2008 To Period :9 2008 Execute Select report call button Confirmation of production order Path :Logistics –Production –shop floor control –Confirmation –Enter-For operation – time ticket (Tr code is Co11N) Give the order no. :60003225 Operation /Activity :10 kg Confirmation type :select final confirmation Yield to confirm :10 kg Fro activity 2 to confirm :60 Qty Unit :H (Hour) Save Production receipt Path :Logistics –Material management –Inventory management –Goods movement – Goods receipt for order (Tr code is MB31) Give document date :31.12.2008 Posting date :31.12.2008 Give the movement type :101 (Goods receipt for order into ware house) 171
  • 172. Order :60003225 Plant :BILP Storage location :HYD Enter Ignore the warning message press enter Select save button or Ctrl+S From the menu select goods receipt display Document no.5000011861 Enter Select accounting documents button Select accounting document no. 200122 Inventory FG 2860 BILFG1 BSX BIL2 GBB AUF 300200 INC/DEC in stocks FG 2860 BILFG1 BIL2 Qty produced * standard rate 10*286 To make production order technically complete (TECO) Path :Logistics –Production –shop floor control –Order –Change (Tr code is CO02) Give the order no.60003225 Enter From the menu select functions –Restrict processing –Technically complete Save Calculation of variances Path :Accounting –Controlling-Product cost controlling –Cost object controlling – Product cost by order - period ending closing –single functions- Variances –Individual processing (Tr code is KKS2) Give the order no.60003225 Select execute button Select back arrow Deselect text run check box Execute 172
  • 173. Double click on variance amount Open one more session for order display (CO03) Give the order no.60003225 Enter From the menu select go to cost analysis Calculation of work in process (KKAX) Path :Upto single functions same path –Work in Progress –Individual processing- Calculate Work in process for Dec Production for Dec To calculate WIP once again work in process will be reserved and variances will be settled to accounts Give the order no. :60003225 WIP to Period :9 Fiscal year :2008 Result analysis version:0 Deselect text run check box Execute Settlement of work in process to accounts :KO88 Give the order no. :60003225 Settlement period :9 Fiscal year :2008 Deselect test run check box Select check transaction date check box Execute Select details list button Select accounting documents button Select accounting document no. GBB AUA 173
  • 174. 300200 INC/DEC in stocks FG 853 BILFG1 BIL2 400201 Production order diff 853 period 300201 INC/DEC in stock WIP 3713 P & L debit 200123 work in process 3713 –Balance sheet credit ASSET ACCOUNTING AREA Capital work in progress line item settlement Machine purchase Debit to CWIPMachine no.15 01.12.2008 Commission 13/12/2008 Freight charges 05.12.2008 settle from CWIP to respective asset Commissioning charges 12/12/2008 Define settlement profile: Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Asset accounting- Transactions-Capitalization of assets under construction –Define /Assign settlement profiles (TR code is OKO7) Double click on define settlement profile Select settlement profile AI Settlement assets under construction Select details button Select to be settled in full radio button Allocation structure :select A1( CO allocation structure) Default object type :select FXA asset Select % settlement check box Select equivalence numbers check box Select amount settlement check box Under valid reserves for fixed assets :Select settlement required Document type :AA (Asset Posting) Max no. distribution rules :999 Residence time :12 months Save Select back arrow two times Double click on assign settlement :Profile to company code 174
  • 175. Select position button Give the company code :BIL Enter For company code BIL assign settlement profile AI Save Press enter to save in your request Creation of capital work in progress asset master (AS01) Give the asset class :BIL4000 capital work in progress Company code :BIL Enter Description :CWIP –General Capitalized on :01.12.2008 Select time dependent tab Business area :BILH Select depreciation areas tab Depreciation key :0000 (no depreciation) Save Note down the asset no.500001-0 Asset purchase posting (F-90) Give the doc .Date & Posting date :01.12.2008 Type :KR Company code :BIL Posting key :31 Vendor account :2001 Give the amount :600000 Business area :BILH Text :Machinery purchase posting Posting key :70 Account no. :500001-0 175
  • 176. Transaction type :100 External acquisition Remove the TDS codes Enter Amount :* Text :+ Document –Simulate & Save Freight payment (F-02) Give the Doc date & Posting date :15.12.2008 Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :70 Account :500001-0 Transaction type :100 Enter Give the amount :10000 Text :Freight payment Posting key :50 Account no. :200105 SBI current a/c Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Document –simulate & save Creation of machinery master (AS01) Give the asset class :BIL 2000 Dept A Company code :BIL Enter Description :Machine no.15 Capitalized on to days date 176
  • 177. Select time dependent tab Business area :BILH Select depreciation area tab Depreciation key :BIL1 Useful life :15 years Period :6 months Ordinary depreciation start date :Today’s date Save Note: the asset no.200004-0 Settlement of CWIP to machine no.15 Path :Accounting –Financial accounting –Fixed assets –Posting-Capitalized asset under construction –distribute (Tr code is A1AB) Company code :BIL Asset :500001 Sub number :0 Execute From the menu select Edit –select –select all (F5) Select enter button Category :select FXA asset Settlement receiver :200004-0 Give the percentage :100 Select back arrow Save Select settlement button (Shift +F8) Give the asset value date :13.12.2008 (Today’s date) Text :CWIP settlement Deselect text run check box Execute Go and see the document (FB03) Enter 177
  • 178. Note :In live environment you take a purchase of machinery don’t enter directly Asset account, first enter in Capital Work in Progress after commissioning added all charged convert to asset accounting. NEW GENERAL LEDGERS ( ECC 6 NEW FEATURES) New general ledger (Multiple ledgers) Accounting group V3 India group April –March B1 Leading ledger –0L Accounting group K4 US Group Jan –Dec K4 Non leading ledger –M1 Accounting group V6 UK Group July-June V6 Non leading ledger 2 –M2 When we create ledgers automatically ledger group will be created We can assign in ledger group number of legers for 0L we can assign all and M2 At the time of posting –If we don’t specify ledger group –It updates all legers. FC (Foreign currency)Revaluation –Gain /Loss to charge to P & L account -For leading ledger 01 and non leading ledger M1-For UK group purpose it is to be added to asset and calculate depreciation for ledger group 0L-Assign M1 ( 0L is already assigned) –At the time posting it updates ledgers 0L and M1 Representative ledger and non-representative ledger When we create legers ledger group will be created that ledger will be called representative ledger – we are assigning for 0L ledger group M1 –This is called non representative ledger. At the of posting system checks representative ledger periods are open or not –we need not open non-representative ledgers periods. Eg: Ledger GRP (Group)-0L Ledger 01 Representative ledger (April 2008- March 2009) January 2009 period should be open Ledger M1 Non-representative ledger January 2009 –December 2009 January 2009 period can be closed. We are creating M1 ledger –Automatically M1 ledger GRP is created –we are assigning ledger 0L (0L=Leading ledger) –Always leading ledger only should be the representative ledger. 178
  • 179. Document types and no.ranges are required non-leading ledgers –All non-leading ledgers we specify all document types and given only one number range –we give number range interval only for one number range. CUSTOMIZATION Activate new general ledger accounting: Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Financial accounting global settings –Activate new general ledger accounting Select new general ledger active check box Save (This is one time job work at client place) Define ledgers for general ledger accounting Path :SPRO-Financial accounting (new) -Financial accounting global settings (new) – Legers –Ledger-Define ledgers for general ledger accounting Select new entries button Ledger :M1 ( Text filed) Ledger name :Non leading ledger for BIL Totals table :FAGLFLEXT Ledger :M2 Ledger name :Non leading ledger for BIL Totals table :FAGLFLEXT Save Save in your request Ignore the message press enter Define and activate non-leading ledgers: Same path Give the ledger :M1 Enter Select new entries button Company code :BIL 179
  • 180. Fiscal year variant :K4 Posting period variant :BIL Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Give the ledger :M2 Enter Select new entries button Company code :BIL Fiscal year variant :V6 (July to June) Posting period variant :BIL Save Define ledger group: Same path Select ledger group :0L Double click on ledger assignment folder Select new entries button Ledger :M1 Deselect representative ledger check box Save Ignore the warning message press enter Press enter to save in your request Define document types for entry view in a ledger Path :SPRO-Financial accounting (new)-Financial accounting global settings (new) – Document –Document types –Define document types for entry view in a ledger. Give the ledger :M1 Enter Select new entries button Type Number range SA 40 (give it any number range) KR 40 DR 40 WE 40 180
  • 181. WA 40 RE 40 RV 40 WI 40 AA 40 Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Give the ledger :M2 Enter Select new entries button Type Number range SA 41 KR 41 DR 41 WI 41 WA 41 WE 41 WL 41 RE 41 RV 41 AA 41 Save Define document types for general ledger view Same path Give the ledger :M1 Enter Select new entries button Type Number range SA 45 KR 45 DR 45 WA 45 WI 45 WL 45 WE 45 RE 45 RV 45 AA 45 Save Press enter to save in your request 181
  • 182. Select back arrow Ledger M2 Enter Select new entries button Type Number range SA 46 KR 46 DR 46 WA 46 WE 46 WI 46 WL 46 RE 46 RV 46 AA 46 Save Define document number ranges for entry view: Path :Up to document the path is same – Document number rages –Documents in entry view –Define document number ranges for entry view Give the company code :BIL Select change intervals button Select interval button No.range :40 Year :2009 From no. :1100001 To no. :1200000 Enter Select interval button No.range :41 Year :2008 From no. :1200001 To no. :1300000 Enter and save 182
  • 183. Ignore the warning message press enter Define document no.range for general ledger view: Path :Up to document the path is same –Document no.rages –Documents in general ledger view –Define document no.range for general ledger view Give the company code :BIL Select change intervals button Select interval button No.range :45 Year :2009 Form number :500001 To number :600000 Enter Select interval button No.range :46 Year ;2008 From number :600001 To number :700000 Enter & save Ignore the warning message press enter END USER AREA Posting of transaction : Path :Accounting –Financial accounting-General ledger –Posting –Enter general posting for ledger group (Tr code is FB01L) Give the document date :Today’s date Type :SA Ledger group :blank Company code :BIL Posting key :40 183
  • 184. Account number :200100 Cash A/c Enter Give the amount :100000 Business area :BILH Text :Equity share capital receipt Posting key :50 Account no. :100000 Equity share capital Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Document –Simulate & Save Document date :Todays date Type :SA Ledger group :0L Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :200100 Cash A/c Enter Amount :50000 Business area :BILH Text :Equity share capital receipt Posting key :50 Account no. :100000 Equity share capital Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Document –Simulate & Save 0L Leading ledger April 2008- March 2009 10th Period 105000 2008 184
  • 185. M1 Non-leading ledger Jan 2009-Dec 2009 1st Period 105000 2009 M2 Nonleading ledger July 2008 –June 2009 7th Period 100000 2008 To view the ledger Path :Accounting –Financial accounting –General ledger –Account –Display balances (new) (Tr cod is FAGLB03) Account number :100000 Company code :BIL Fiscal year :2008 Ledger :0L Execute Double click on balance 105000 To view the document Select document no.check box Select display document button Select call up document overview button Select back arrow 3 times Select choose ledger button Change the ledger to M1 Enter Change the Fiscal year to 2009 Execute Select back arrow Select choose ledger button Change the ledger to M2 Enter Change the fiscal year 2008 Execute Segments Creation 185
  • 186. Scenario Future scenario Company code :BIL Company code BIL | | Business area :HYD Segment HYD | | Profit centers :Cement, Steel Profit center Cement , Steel In future there will not be any developments Segments will be assigned in the for Business areas profit center In case of automatic line items generation business Area will not be picked up Profit center –through derivation rules Profit center is updated automatically segment also will be updated. Segment creation Path :SPRO-Enterprise structure –Definition –Financial accounting -Define segment Select new entries button Segment Description BGL Bangalore segment HYD Hyderabad segment Select save button or Ctrl+S Press enter to save in your request Assign segment in profit centers: Path :Accounting –Controlling profit center accounting –Master data profit center – Individual processing change (Tr code is KE52) Profit center :select Steel Enter Segment :select HYD Enter Select activate button (Shift +F1) One more profit center 186
  • 187. Profit center :Cement Enter Segment :select HYD Select activate button DOCUMENT SPLITTING In document splitting, line items are split according to selected dimensions –so that we can draw financial statements for the selected dimensions at any time. Eg: Profit Center wise, Segment wise Sales Party X Account Dr 100000 To Sales Steel 80000 Steel profit center To Sales cement 20000 Cement profit center Due to document splitting Party X Account Dr 80000 Steel Party X account Dr 20000 Cement To Sales Steel 80000 Steel To Sales Cement 20000 Cement Creation of 3GL masters :FS00 A) Sales –Steel Sales B) Sales –Cement Sales C)Zero balance clearing a/c current liabilities & provisions FS00 GL Account no. :300010 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the Gl A/c No. :300005 Sales local own goods Company code :BIL Enter Change short text and GL account long text to sales Steel Save Select edit cot element button 187
  • 188. Valid from 01.04.2008 to 31.03.9999 Enter Cost element category :11 Revenues Save Second a/c Give the GL A/c No. :300011 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL A/c :300010 Company code :BIL Enter Change short text and GL a/c long text to sales Cement Save Select edit cost element button Cost element category :11 Revenues Save GL A/c No. :100530 Company code :BIL Select with template button Give the GL A/c No.100505 VAT payable Company code :BIL Enter Change short text and GL account long text to Zero balance clearing Select create /Bank /Interest tab Change field status group to G067 (Reconciliation account) Save Classify G/L Accounts for document splitting: 188
  • 189. Path :SPRO-Financial accounting (new)-General ledger accounts(new) –Business transactions –Document splitting-Classify G/L accounts for document splitting Give your chart of accounts :BIL Enter Select new entries button Account from Account to Category Description 100000 299999 01000 Balance sheet account 300000 399999 30000 Revenue 400000 499999 20000 Expense Save Press enter to save in your request Define Zero balance clearing account Same path Select account key :000 Double click on accounts folder Chart of Accounts :BIL Enter Select new entries button Give the G/L account :100530 Zero balance clearing A/c Save Press enter to save in your request Activate documents splitting Same path Select document splitting check box Save Press enter to save in your request END USER AREA Posting of sales (F-22) Give the document date :Todays date Type :DR Company code :BIL 189
  • 190. Posting key :01 Customer Account :100000 Enter Amount :80000 Business area :BILH Text :Sales invoice posting Posting key :50 Account :300010 Sales Steel Enter Business area :BILH Text :+ Select profitability segment button (right arrow button profit center steel) Ignore the warning message press enter Give the profit center Steel Select continue button One more item Posting key :50 Account no. :300011 Sales Cement Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Select profitability Segment right arrow button Give the profit center :Cement Select continue button Document –Simulate From the menu select Document –Simulate General ledger button Save From the menu select Document –Display 190
  • 191. Select general ledger View button CENTRAL EXCISE AND SALES TAX CIN: Country India Version MM Consultant SD consultant FI consultant –Creation of accounts and assignment of accounts Central excise is an Indirect Tax This will be charged at the time of sales, sales men (Removal of goods) Central excise registration :15 digits code (10 digits will be income tax PAN + 5 digits central excise) Central excise registration will be plant wise Central excise rates are given in central excise tariff chapter IDs :8 digits code Under chapter id we have material description and rate Basic Excise Duty (BED) 14% maximum (now changed to 10%) Additional excise duty (AED) –Products like textiles 15% of basic amount –Now no AED Special Excise Duty (SED)- Tobacco related products 8% on invoice original value Education cess 2% (on 8% excise duty) Higher and secondary education cess 1% (on 2% ED) CEN VAT (Central Excise Value Added Tax) –Earlier MODVAT Where we pay excise duty at the time of purchase, the excise amount can be adjusted when we pay excise duty on sales to excise dept. (Though collected from customer) RG23A Part 1 Quantity updation - Excise duty on consumable Part 2 value updation - 100% CENVAT same year RG23C Part 1 Quantity updation – Excise duty on Capita Goods Part 2 value updation - 50% current year 50% next year 191
  • 192. PLA Personal Ledger Account Bank excise credits and debits ER1 (Excise return 1) (Earlier it was RT12 monthly return) To pay excise before 5th of next month To file the return before 10th next month RG1 Finished goods register Purchase scenario: Consumable purchase capita goods purchase (stores) Basic price 100 200 Excise 8% 8 10% 20 ---- ---- 108 220 VAT 4% 4.32 8.8 ----- ---- 112.32 228.8 Goods receipt for consumables A) Goods receipt entry Inventory RM local DR 100 To GR/IR clearing RM LCL 100 B) Excise entry RG 23 A BED DR 8 To CENVAT clearing 8 Invoice verification for consumables GR/IR clearing RM LCL DR 100 CENVAT clearing A/c DR 8 VAT Receivable DR 4.32 To party 112.32 Goods receipt for capital goods A) Goods receipt entry Inventory stores local DR 200 192
  • 193. To GR/IR clearing stores Local 200 B) Excise entry RG 23C BED DR 10 CENVAT on hold DR 10 To CENVAT clearing a/c 20 Invoice verification for capital goods GR/IR clearing stores LCL DR 200 CENVAT clearing a/c DR 20 VAT Receivable DR 8 .08 To party 228.08 Sales scenario Basic price 1000 Excise rate 14% 140 ----- 1140 VAT 12.50% 142.5 ------- 1283 Sales billing : Customer A/c Dr 1283 To Sales 1000 To CENVAT suspense 140 To VAT payable 142.50 Excise invoice creation CENVAT suspense a/c Dr 140 To Excise duty payable 140 Excise Balances: RG23A RG23C PLA Purchase 8 10 Payable on sale 140 To pay 5 6 129 PLA Deposit PLA A/c Dr 150 To Bank 150 Excise utilization 193
  • 194. Excise duty payable DR 140 To RG23A BED 5 To RG23C BED 6 To PLA 129 10) Sales tax Payment to Dept VAT Payable 143 VAT Receivable 13 To Bank 130 VAT Payable Dr 143 To VAT Receivable 13.10 To Bank 129 11) Final balances in excise registers RG23A RG23C PLA Purchase /Deposit 8 10 150 Utilized at the time of sale 5 6 129 ----------------------------------------------------------------- Closing balance 3 4 21 ====================================== SAP: Tax procedures TAXINJ: Formula based TAXINN condition based In new implementations –TAXINN Client 000-SAP has given TAXINN and TAXINJ Excise conditions /Service tax conditions / Education cess conditions /Sales tax conditions. CENTRAL EXCISE CUSTOMIZATION Activate Country Version India for specific fiscal year Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Financial accounting global settings –Tax on sales /purchases –Basic settings- India-Activate country version India for specific fiscal years Select position button Component :select IND 194
  • 195. Enter For component IND select active check box Save Press enter to save in your request Check and change settings for tax processing Path :Up to tax on sales / purchases the path is same –Basic settings-Check and change settings for tax processing Select new entries button Process :B1 Description :A/P Basic Excise duty (A/P BED) Tax type :select 2 (input tax) Posting indicator :select 2 (separate line item) Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Select process :B1 Select copy as button Change the process to B2 Change the description :A/P CST Posting indicator :select 3 (Distribute to relevant expense /revenue items) Enter & Save Select :B1,B2 Select copy as button Change the process to B3 Change description to APVAT Enter Change the description to AR VAT Other things are common Press enter and Save Change process to B5 195
  • 196. Change description to AR CST Change tax type to :1 Posting indicator :2 separate line item Enter and Save Select B5 Select copy as button Change the process to B6 Change the description to AR VAT Other things are common Press enter & Save Define condition types: Path :Up to tax on sales /purchases the path is same -Basic settings-Check calculation procedure –Double click on define condition types Select new entries button Condition type :BIL1 Description :AP Excise BED Access sequence :select JTAX (IN: Excise Access) Condition class :select D (Taxes) Calculation type :select A (percentage) Condition category :select D (Tax) Select item condition check box Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Select :BIL1 Select copy as button Change the condition type change to :BIL2 Change the description to :APCST Access sequence :Change to JST1 (India Sales tax access) Enter & Save 196
  • 197. Select :BIL2 Select copy as button Change condition type to :BIL3 Change description :A/P VAT Other things are common Enter & Save Define procedures Path :Up to tax on sales /purchases the path is same –Basic settings –Check calculation procedure Double click on define procedures Select new entries button Procedure :TAXINN Description :Sales tax India Save Press enter to save in your request Select :TAXINN Double click on control data folder Select new entries button Step Condition Description From To Statistics Print Base Account type type key 100 Select Base Select BASB amount 362 110 Calculated 100 100 Select cell static’s check box 120 BIL1 AP Excise 100 100 Select B1 BED X 150 Basic 110 140 Select +Excise static check box 160 BIL2 A/P CST 150 150 Select B2 197
  • 198. X 170 BIL3 A/P VAT 150 150 Select B3 X Save Assign country to calculation procedure Path :Up to tax on Sales /Purchases the path is same –Basic settings –Assign country to calculation procedure Select position button Country :IN for India Enter For country IN assign procedure TAXINN Save Press enter to save in your request Define tax codes for sales and purchases Path :Up to tax on sales / purchases the path is same –Calculation –Define tax codes for sales and purchases (Tr code is FTXP) Give the country :IN Enter Tax code :V0 Enter Give the description :0% Input tax Tax type :V (input tax) Enter Save Tax code :V1 Enter Description :V1 Dummy tax code for purchases Tax type :V for input tax Tax percentage rate :0 Enter & Save 198
  • 199. Tax code :A0 Enter Description :0% output tax Tax type :A ( out put tax) Enter & Save One more tax code Tax code :A1 Enter Description :Dummy tax code for sales Tax type :A (Out put tax) Enter & Save Creation of GL masters (FS00) To Copy 200156 RG23A BED A/c Current assets, Loans & Advances to copy 200155 VAT receivable 200157 RG23C BED A/c Current Assets, Loans and Advances to copy 200155 VAT receivable 200158 CENVAT on hold Current Assets, Loans and Advances to copy 200155 VAT receivable 200159 PLA Account Current Assets, Loans & Advances to copy 200155 VAT Receivable 200155 VAT receivable already created 100506 CENVAT A/c clearing current liability provision copy 100505 VAT payable 100507 CENVAT A/c suspense current liability & provisions copy 100505 VAT payable 100508 Excise duty payable A/c current liability & provision copy 100505 VAT payable 199
  • 200. 100509 CST payable A/c current liabilities & provision X copy 100505 100505 VAT payable already created Save Note :In all accounts tax category * posting without check box Define tax accounts Path :Up to tax on sales /purchase the path is same posting –Define Tax accounts (Tr code is OB40) Double click transaction B1 A/P Excise BED Give the chat of accounts :BIL Enter Save Select posting key button Debit 40 Credit 50 Save Press enter to save in your request Select accounts button Give the account no.100506 CENVAT clearing A/c Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Double click on transaction B3 APVAT Save Select posting key button Debit 40 Credit 50 Save Press enter to save in your request 200
  • 201. Select accounts button Give the A/c no.200155 VAT receivable Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain excise registration Path :SPRO-Logistic general –Tax on goods movements –India –Basic settings – maintain excise registrations Select new entries button Excise registration :2 (ECC number means excise control code) ECC no. 1234 Excise Registration no.(15 digits code) (10 digits PAN other 5 Excise no.) :123456 Excise range :Kukatpally range Excise division :Kukatpally division Commissionerate :Hyderaba commissionerate Excise invoice items(EI) :999 Select partial credit check box Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain company code settings Same path Select new entries button Select company code :BIL Select details button CENVAT document type :SA Utilization FI document type :SA 201
  • 202. Select debit account override check box Select auto adjustment indicator check box Select immediate credit on capital goods check box First month “select April Excise selection days :30 days No.of excise invoice selection :999 Excise invoice selection procedure :FIFO Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain plant settings: Same path Select new entries button Plant :BILP Excise registration :002 (This is plant level) No.GRS per Excise invoice :select Multiple goods receipt multiple credits Save Maintain excise groups: Same path Select new entries button Excise group :2 Description :Excise group for BILP Plant :BILP Excise registration :2 No.GRS per excise invoice multiple goods receipts, multiple credits Select default challan quality in GR check box Select EI capture check box under MIGO settings Select post excise Invoice MIGO check box Select duty different at GR check box Select update RGI at MIGO check box Save Press enter to save in your request 202
  • 203. Note :MRO –Invoice verification Maintain series groups Same path Select new entries button Series group :2 Series description :BILP series group Excise registration :2 Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain excise duty indicators: Same path Select new entries button Excise indicator 1 :100% Tax Excise indicator 2 :50% Tax Excise indicator 3 :Nil Tax Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain excise defaults: path :Up to India the path is same –Basic settings –Determination of excise duty – maintain excise defaults select new entries button Tax procedure :TAXINN CVD condition JCV1: A/P BED condition type :BIL1 A/R BED condition type :BILA BED percentage :BIL 4 Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain chapter ID’s:(8Digists excise code) Path :Up to India the path is same –Master data –Maintain chapter Id’s Select new entries button Chapter ID :50000001 Unit of measurement for excise kg Description as per law :Chemicals Save Create request in your Work Bench Request for BIL save Select next entry (F8) button 203
  • 204. Chapter ID :55000001 Unit of measurement for excise kg Description as per law Steel Save Specify G/L Accounts per excise transaction Path :Up to India the path is same –Account determination –specify GL accounts per excise transaction Select new entries button Excise group :select 2 Excise transaction type :GRPO (Excise Invoice for goods receipt against PO) Company code :BIL Chart of Accounts :BIL RG23A BED :200156 RG23C BED :200157 MODVAT clearing :100506 (CENVAT clearing ) G/L account per PLA BED :200159 CENVAT on hold :200158 CENVAT suspense account :100507 PLA on hold :200159 Save Press enter to save in your request The same way the you send the accounts for all excise transaction types. For excise transaction type DLFC same as above Save Note : PLA on Hold Dr To Bank PLA A/c Dr To PLA on Hold A/c (This is used for next year carry forward) 204
  • 205. Specify SAP Script forms Path :Up to India the path is same –Business transactions –Excise registers –Specify SAP script forms Select all the registers of company Code :IN01 Select copy as button Change the company code to BIL for Registers and returns Save press enter to save in your request Maintain number ranges Path :Up to India the path is same –Tools-Number ranges Object :Select J_1IINTNUM (Internally document number to be generated ) Select number rages button Select change intervals button Select interval button Number rage :01 Year :2008 From no. :1 To no. :100000 Save Ignore the message press enter Select back arrow two times Object :Select J_1IRG23A1 (RG23A part 1 no. range object) Select number rages button Excise group :select 2 Select change intervals button Select interval button No. range :01 Year :2008 From number :100001 To number :200000 Enter & save Ignore the warning message press enter 205
  • 206. Select back arrow two times Object :J_1IRG23A2 This is (RG23A part II Number rage object) Select number rage button Excise group :2 Select change intervals button Select interval button No.range :01 Year :2008 From no. :200001 To no. :300000 Enter & save Ignore the warning message press enter Select back arrow two times Select object J_1IEXCLOC (Local excise invoice number rage for sales) Select number ranges button Series group :2 Select change intervals button Select interval button No.range :01 Year :2008 From number :300001 To number :400000 Enter & Save Ignore the warning message press enter Select back arrow two times Select object :J_1IINTPR2 despatch series number Select number ranges button Excise group :2 Select change intervals button Select interval button No.range :01 206
  • 207. Year :2008 From no. :500001 To no. :600000 Enter & save Ignore the warning message press enter Excise rates maintenance Use the Tr code is J1ILN (India local menu) (This have no path) Path :Indirect taxes -Master data -Excise rate maintenance (Tr code is J1ID) Select material & chapter ID combination radio button Select maintain button(F5) Select new entries button Material :BILRM1 Plant :BILP Chapter ID :5000001 Chemicals Material type :Raw materials GR with reference :select multiple goods receipt , multiple credits Declared :1 Declaration date :29.02.2008 One more Material :BILFG Plant :BILP Chapter ID :5500001 Steel Material type :RG1 GR with reference :Multiple goods receipts, Multiple credits Declared :1 Declaration date :29.02.2008 Save Select back arrow 207
  • 208. Select CENVAT determination radio button Select maintain button Select new entries button Give the plant :BILP Input material :BILRM Output material :BILFG Intimation date :01.04.2008 Save Select back arrow Select vendor excise details radio button Select maintain button Select new entries button Vendor :2001 Excise indicator for vendor :1 ( 100% Tax) Type of vendor :select manufacturer Save Select back arrow Select customer excise details radio button Select maintain button (F5) Select new entries button Give the customer no. :200101 Excise indicator for customer :select 1 (100% Tax) Save Select back arrow Select excise indicator for plant radio button Select maintain button Select new entries button Company code :BIL Plant :BILP First month :select April 208
  • 209. Excise indicator for company :select 1 (100% Tax) Save Select back arrow Select excise indicator for pant and vendor radio button Select maintain button Select new entries button First column excise indicator :select 1 Second column excise tax indicator for vendor :select 1 (100% Tax) Third column excise tax indicator for vendor :Select 1 (100% tax) Save Select back arrow Select excise indicator for plant & customer radio button Select maintain button Select new entries button First column excise tax indictor for company :select 1 (100% tax ) Second column Excise indicator for vendor :Select 1 (100% tax) Third column excise tax indicator vendor :select 1 (100% tax) Save Creation of condition records (FV11) (No path this one) Condition type :select BIL1 AP Excise basic Select key combination button Select plant /vendor /material radio button Enter Plant :BILP Vendor :2001 Material :BILRM1 Amount :8 (Excise rate & Tax rupees) Valid from :01.04.2008 Valid to :31.03.2009 209
  • 210. Tax code :V0 Save Select back arrow Condition type :BIL3 A/P VAT Select key combination button Select plant /vendor /Material radio button Plant :BILP Vendor :2001 Material :BILRM1 Amount :4 Valid from :01.04.2008 Valid to :31.03.2009 Tax code :V0 Save SD Excise customization SD consultant job Define condition types Path :SPRO-Sales & Distribution –basic functions –Pricing –Pricing control –Define condition types Double click on maintain condition types Select new entries button Condition type :BIL4 Description :A/R Basic excise duty (AR BED) Access sequence :JEXC (India Excise Access) Plus/ Minus :Select A Positive Condition class :select A discount or Surcharge Calculation type :select A (Percentage ) Select Item condition check box Select amount /percentage check box 210
  • 211. Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Select :BIL4 Select copy as button Change the condition type to BILA Description A/R Excise BED (100% copy) Access sequence :select JDUM (India 100 copy of other fields are values) Enter & Save Select BIL4 & BILA Select copy as button Change condition type to BIL5 Description :A/R CST Access sequence :select JCST (India Central Sales Tax :Access) Plus / Minus : Blank Calculation type :A (Percentage) Condition class :change to D (Taxes) Condition category :select D (Tax) Enter Change the condition type to BIL6 Description :AR VAT Access sequence :change to JLST (India Local sales tax access) Plus or Minus :Blank Calculate type : A (Percentage) Condition class :select D taxes Condition category :select D tax Enter & save Define account keys: Path :SPRO-Sales & Distribution –Basic functions –Account assignment/costing – Revenue account determination –Define and assign account keys –Double click define account key 211
  • 212. Select new entries button Account key :B4 Name :A/R Excise BED Account key :B5 Name :AR CST Account key :B6 Name :AR VAT Save Press enter to save in your request Check and change settings for tax processing Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Financial accounting global settings –Tax on sales /Purchases –Basic settings –Check and change settings for tax processing Select B2 and B3 Select copy as button Change the process to B5 Change the description to A/R CST Tax type :select 1 (Output tax) Posting indicator :select 2 (separate line item) Enter Change process to :B6 Change the description to A/R VAT Tax type :change to 1 Output tax Enter & save Save in your request Define tax accounts: Path :up to Tax on sales /Purchases the path is same –Posting –Define tax accounts (Tr code is OB40) Double click on truncation :B5 AR CST Give your Chart of Accounts :BIL Enter 212
  • 213. Save Select posting key button Debit :40 Credit :50 Select save button Press enter to save in your request Select accounts button Give the account no.100509 CST (payable) Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Double click on transaction :B6 ARVAT Save Select posting key button Debit :40 Credit :50 Save Press enter to save in your request Select accounts button Give the account no.100505 VAT payable Save Press enter to save in your request Maintain pricing procedures Path :SPRO-Sales & Distribution –Basic functions –Pricing –pricing control –Define and assign pricing procedures Double click on maintain pricing procedures Select new entries button Procedure :BIL Description :BIL domestic Pricing procedure Save Press enter to save in your request 213
  • 214. Select :BIL double click on control data folder Select new entries button Step Condition Description From To Require Statistics Print Account type key 100 PR00 Price Select X ERL Check box (√) Subtotal 100 100 Select Select Check Check box (√) box (√) 200 BIL 4 A/R Basic 100 100 B4 excise duty 210 Basic 100 200 Select +Excise Check box (√) 400 Base value 100 -- Select Check box (√) 410 BILA A/R BED 200 200 Select X (100% Check copy) Basic box (√) +Excise 420 400 410 Select Check box (√) 450 BIL5 AR CST 420 X B5 460 BIL6 AR VAT 420 X B6 500 Basic 420 460 Select +Excise+ Check Sales tax box (√) Save Define pricing procedure determination 214
  • 215. Path :Up to pricing control the path is same –Define and assign pricing procedures ( Tr code is OVKK) Double click on define pricing procedure determination Select position button Sales organization :BILS enter For BILS change the pricing procedure to BIL Save Press enter to save in your request Define tax determination rules Path :SPRO-Sales and Distribution –Basic functions –Taxes –Define tax determination rules Select new entries button Tax country :IN Sequence :1 Tax category :BIL5 Tax country :IN for India Sequence :2 Tax category :BIL6 Name:A/R VAT Save Press enter to save in your request Define tax relevancy of mater records: Same path Double click on customer taxes Select new entries button Tax category Name Tax classification Description BIL5 A/R CST 0 Nil Tax BIL5 A/R CST 1 Taxable BIL6 A/R VAT 0 Nil Tax BIL6 A/R VAT 1 Taxable Save Press enter to save in your request Select back arrow Double click on material taxes Select new entries button Tax category Name Tax classification Description BIL5 A/R CST 0 Nil Tax 215
  • 216. BIL5 A/R CST 1 Taxable BIL6 A/R VAT 0 Nil Tax BIL6 A/R VAT 1 Taxable Save Press enter to save in your request Assign delivering plants for tax determination (OX10) Same path Select position button Plant :BILP Enter Select plant :BILP Select details button Select address button(Shift +F5) Region :select AP (Andhra Pradesh) Enter & Save Press enter to save in your request Assignment of accounts for automatic postings Tr code is VKOA Double click on Table 1 Select new entries button Application area :V Condition type :KOFI Chart of Accounts :BIL Sales organization :BILS Account assignment group for customer :01 domestic revenues Account assignment group for customer :03 finished goods Account assign group for account key :B4 AR Excise duty GL Account 100507 (Send VAT suspense account) Save Press enter to save in your request SD END USER AREA Assign tax classification material master (Tr code is MM02) 216
  • 217. Give the material no.BILFG Press select view button Select sales :sales organization data 1 Select organization levels button Plant :BILP Sales organization :BILS Distribution channel :BD Enter For tax classification tax category BIL5 0 taxable For tax classification tax category BIL6 1 taxable Save Enter tax classification in customer master (Tr code is XD02) Select the customer :200101 Company code :BIL Division :BS Select customer sales area button Double click on sales organization :BILS Enter Select sales area data button Select billing documents tab For tax category :BIL6 Tax classification :1 (taxable) Save Creation of condition records (Tr code is VK11) Condition type :select BIL4 A/R basic excise duty Select key combination button Select material radio button Enter 217
  • 218. Sales organization :BILS distribution channel :BD Material :BILFG Amount :10 Valid from to :01.04.2008 Valid to :31.03.2009 Save Select back arrow Select condition type BILA (A/R BED 100% copy) Select key combination button Select sales organization radio button Enter Sales organization :BILS Amount :100 Valid from :01.04.2008 Valid to :31.03.2009 Save Select back arrow Condition type :select BIL6 AR VAT Select key combination button Select country /Plant/Region /Material radio button Enter Country :IN Plant :BILP Region :AP Material :BILFG Amount :4 (Percentage) Valid from :01.04.2008 Valid to :31.03.2009 Tax code :select A1 (Dummy tax code for sales) Save 218
  • 219. To check whether 0% input tax code and 0% output tax code assigned to company code to BIL Path :SPRO-Financial accounting –Financial accounting global settings –Tax on sales /Purchases -posting -Assign tax codes for non taxable transactions(OBCL) Select position button Company code :BIL enter For company code :BIL Input tax code :V0 Output tax code :A0 Company code :BIL enter For company code :BIL Input tax code :V1 Output tax code :A1 Save Press enter to save in your request Creation of Purchase order (ME21N) Purchase org :BILR Company code :BIL Vendor :2001 Enter Give the purchasing group :BIL Item :10 Material :BILRM1 PO Quantity :100 Kgs Net price :75 Currency :INR Plant :BILP Enter 219
  • 220. Select invoice tab Tax code :select V1 dummy tax code for purchases Enter Select Taxes button Select back arrow Save Not the purchase order no.4500017094 To open material periods for January (MMPV) From company code ;BIL period :10 Fiscal year :2008 Select check and close period radio button Execute Ignore the warning message press enter (Note : Use the Tr code J1EI for creation of Excise Invoice no’s following the other steps same above) Give the Excise invoice no. and date Goods receipt ( Tr code is MIGO) Select goods receipt Give the purchase order no.4500017094 Enter Quantity in delivery note :100 kgs Select item ok check box Select where tab Storage location :HYD Press enter Select excise invoice tab Give the excise invoice no.1 Excise invoice Date :Today’s date 220
  • 221. Save Select display button Enter Select document information tab Select FI documents button Select back arrow Select excise invoice tab Select more data button Select part 2 tab Select accounting document no. Invoice verification (MIRO) Invoice date :05.01.2009 Posting date :11.01.2009 Reference :51 Select calculate tax check box Text :Invoice verification Tax code :V1 (Dummy tax code) Purchase order no. :4500017094 Enter Give the amount :8424 Enter Business area :BILH Select payment tab :Base line date (Today’s date) Payment term :0001 Enter & Save From the menu select invoice document display Select follow on documents button To print excise registers: (Tr Code is J1ILN) Path :Indirect taxes –Registers –Excise tax –Extract (J2I5) 221
  • 222. Excise group :2 Start date :01.01.2009 End date :31.01.2009 Select any register radio button Select RG23A part I check box Select RG23A part II check box Execute Enter Select back arrow Select print utility program (TR code is J2I6) Select RG23A part 1 radio button Execute Excise group :2 Start date :01.01.2009 End date :31.01.2009 Execute Output device :LP01 Select print preview button Select back arrow two times Select RG23A part II radio button Execute Excise group :2 Start date :01.01.2009 End date :31.01.2009 Execute Output devise :LP01 Select print preview button To view sales tax register (Tr code is J 1 I L N) Indirect taxes –Registers –Sales tax –sales tax register (J1I2) 222
  • 223. Company code :BIL Tax code :V1 LST condition type :BIL3 Execute SD EXCISE Creation of sales order (VA01) Order type :OR Sales organization :BILS Distribution channel :BD Division :BS Enter Sold to party :200101 PO Number :2 PO date :Today’s date Required delivery date :Today’s date Delivery plant :BILP Payment terms :0001 Item :10 Material :BILFG Order quantity :10 Kgs Enter Ignore the message press enter Select item :10 From the menu select Goto Item conditions From the menu select Edit –In complication log (Ctrl +F8) Select save button Note the sales order no.11771 Delivery (Tr code is VL01N) 223
  • 224. Give the shipping point :BILH Order no. :1171 Enter Actual goods inward received date :Today’s date Select item :10 Select picking tab Picked quantity :10 Kgs Select post goods issue button From menu select out bound delivery –Display Enter From the menu select Environment-Document flow Keep the cursor on go goods delivery no. Select display document button Select accounts document button Select account document no. Post : Inventory FG 700 IN/DE Stock FG 700 Sales Billing (VF01) Select the delivery no. Select execute button Save From the menu select billing document –display Select accounting button Select accounting document no. Excise invoice creation (Tr code is J1ILN) Path :Indirect taxes –Sales /Out bond movements-Excise invoices –For sales order – Out going Excise invoice create /Change /Display (Tr code is J1IIN) Select from billing button (F5) 224
  • 225. Enter Excise group to :2 Serious group :2 Select utilization button (F6) Save Ignore the warning message press enter CENVAT suspense A/c Dr To Excise duty payable Go and see sales billing display (VF03) Give the billing document no.90036108 Select accounting button Select accounting document no. RG23A BED posting (F-02) Give the document date :Today’s date Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :200156 (RG23A BED) Enter Amount :50000 Business area :BILH Text :RG23A Debit Posting key :50 Account no. :200105 Bank account Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Document –Simulate & Save 225
  • 226. PLA Deposit (F-02) Give the document date :Today’s date Type :SA Company code :BIL Posting key :40 Account no. :200159 (RG23A BED) Enter Amount :100000 Business area :BILH Text :PLA deposit Posting key :50 Account no. :200105 Bank account Enter Amount :* Business area :BILH Text :+ Document –Simulate & Save Excise duty payment: (Tr code is (J1ILN) Path :Indirect taxes –Sales /Out bond movements –fortnightly payment (J2IUN) Company code :BIL Plant :BILP Excise group :2 Period :01.03.2009 to Today’s date Business area :BILH Execute RG23A Utilized :6.60 Select duty button 226
  • 227. Select Simulate button (F7) Select right mouse button Select continue button Save Go and see the document (FB03) Document no. :38 Company code :BIL Fiscal year :2008 Enter FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSION Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss account format creation In India –Companies Act –Schedule VI format Summary Schedules Amount Share capital Equity share capital 100000 Preference share capital 100001 Reserves & Surplus General Reserves 100101 Capital Reserve 100102 Secured loans Unsecured loans By using 0-9 levels –we can get all 3 versions consultant creates 2 versions –Summary - Schedules In 000 Client SAP has given for India Bain. Path :SPRO-Financial Accounting –General ledger Accounting-Business transactions-Closing –Document-Define financial statement versions. Select new entries button Financial statement version :BIL1 227
  • 228. Name Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss account Maintain Language :EN Select item keys automatic check box Chart of Accounts :BIL Save Press enter to save in your request Select financial statement item button Keep the cursor on AML1 Select create items button Give the items :Balance Sheet :Profit & Loss account :Net profit /Loss transfer to Balance Sheet Enter Kept the cursor on profit and loss account Double click on No text exists against Liability +Equity Give item :Liabilities Enter Double click no text exists against Assets Give the item Assets Enter Keep the cursor on Assets Press select button (beside reassign button) Keep the cursor on Balance sheet Select resign (Shift+F6) button Select subordinate radio button Enter Keep the on liabilities Press select button (F9) Keep the cursor on Balance Sheet Select resign button (Shift+F6) Select subordinate radio button 228
  • 229. Enter Keep the cursor on Profit & Loss account Select create item button Give the items :Income Give the items :Expenditure Enter Save Press enter to save in your request Keep the cursor on Liabilities Select create items button Give the Share capital Reserves & Surplus Secured loans Unsecured loans Enter Keep the cursor on Assets Select create items button Give the items :Net Fixed Assets :Net Current Assets :Misc. expenditure to the extent not written off Eg: Preliminary exp. Enter Keep the cursor on Income Select create items button Give the heads :Sales :Other Income :Inc/Dec in Stocks Enter Keep the cursor on expenditure Select create item button 229
  • 230. Expenditure : Raw material consumption Personnel expenses Manufacturing expenses Administration Expenses Interest Depreciation Enter and Save Double click no text existent against net result :Profit Give the item :Net profit transferred from P & L Account Enter Keep the cursor on Net profit transfer from P & L Account Press select button (F9) Keep the cursor on reserves & Surplus Select reassign button (shift +F6) Select subordinate radio button Enter Double click on no text exists against net result loss Item :Net loss transferred from P & L Account Enter Keep the cursor on net loss transferred from P & L Account Press select button (F9) Keep the cursor on Misc. Expense to extend not written off Select reassign button Select subordinate radio button Enter Save Assignment of accounts are to be assigned to the last note Keep the cursor on Share Capital 230
  • 231. Select assign accounts button Enter From Account :100000 To Account :100099 Select debit check box Select credit check box From Account :100101 To :199999 Select debit check box Select credit check box Note :Expect 100000 all are same Enter Keep the cursor on net fixed assets Select assign accounts button From Account :200000 To Account :299999 Select debit check box Select credit check box Enter Keep the cursor on sales Select assign accounts button From account :300000 To account :399999 Select debit and Credit check box Enter Keep the cursor on Raw material consumption Select assign account button From account :400000 To account :499999 Select Debit and Credit check box Enter 231
  • 232. Keep the cursor net profit/loss transferred to Balance Sheet Select Assign account button From account :100100 Select Debit & Credit Check box Enter & Save To check whether all accounts assigned or not Select check button Select non assigned account check box Enter & Save Liabilities Amount Sources of Funds: 100000 100001 100002 Share capital 100003 ------- X 100100 100101 Reserves & Surplus 100102 Secured loans X Unsecured loans X ------ Total Liabilities X ===== Double click on liabilities Start of group Liabilities End of group total liabilities Select display total check box Enter Double click on share capital Start of group :Source of funds End of group :Share capital Select display totals check box Enter 232
  • 233. Double click on Reserves & Surplus End group :Reserves & Surplus Select display total check box Enter Note :Same way secured and unsecured loans Double click on assets Start of group :Assets End of group :Total Assets Select display total check box Enter Double click on Net fixed Assets Start of group :Application of funds End of group :Net fixed Assets Select display total check box Enter Double click on Misc. expenditure to extend not written off End group Misc. expenditure to the expend not written off Select display totals Enter Double click on Profit & Loss Account End of Group :Net Profit /Loss for the year Select display total check box Enter Double click on Income Start of group :Income End of Group :Total Income Select display total check box Enter Double click on sales End of Group :Sales Select display total check box 233
  • 234. Enter Double click on Expenditure Start of group :Total expenditure Select display total check box Enter Double click on Raw material consumption End of group :Raw material consumption Select display total check box Enter Double click on net profit /Loss transferred to Balance sheet Start of group :Net Profit /Loss transferred to balance Sheet Select display total check box Enter Double click on No text exist against P & L result Item :Net profit/Loss transferred to Balance Sheet End of Group: Net profit/Loss transferred to Balance Sheet Select display total check box Enter & Save Open one more session : Path :Accounting-Financial Accounting –General Ledger-Information system— General Ledger reports-Balance Sheet/Profit loss Statement /Cash flow-General – Actual/Actual comparisons- Balance sheet/Profit Loss Statement (S_ALR_87012284) Company code :BIL Business area :BILH Financial Statement version :BIL1 Reporting year :2008 Reporting period :1 to 16 Comparison year :2007 Comparison periods :1 to 16 Select classical list radio button 234
  • 235. Select special evaluations tab Balance sheet type :1 (Standard Financial Statement ) Select output control tab Company code summarization :Select 1 (Balance sheet per company code) Business area summarization :select 1(Balance Sheet per business area) Summary report :3 Comparison type :1 Note :2 types of comparison in SAP 2008 2007 Sales 100 75 1) Percentage of Increase Current year –Previous year *100 ---------------------------------- Previous year 100-75/75*100=33.3 2) Percentage of growth :Current year *100 -------------------- Previous year 100/75=133 Scaling :5/2 Scaling note : A) Only Rupees without paise 0/0 B) Rupees with paise 0/2 C)Rupees in lakhs –without decimals 5/0 D)Rupees in mission without decimals 6/0 E)Rupees in crores without decimals 7/0 F)Rupees in laksh –Thousands in decimals 5/2 Sales 987654321.55 Rupees in lakhs (100000) 5 Decimals 2 decimals 2 decimals 9876.54 235
  • 236. Select execute button Select back arrow Select special evaluations tab Give the display currency dollar execute ASSET ACCOUNTING REPORTS: 1.Depreciation forecast Path :Accounting –Financial accounting –Fixed assets –Information system –Reports on asset accounting –Depreciation for cost –Depreciation on capitalized assets (Depreciation simulation) (Tr code is S_ALR_87012936) Give the company code :BIL Report date :31.03.2011 Execute 2. Fixed asset schedule as per schedule VI of companies Act Gross Additi Sales Gro Dep. Acc.De Dep. Dep Acc. Net Net block ons /Trans ss for p.in the for on Dep blo block in the during fers blo the beginni the sales in the ck in the beginn the during ck year ng of year /Trans year in beginn ing year the in end year fer the ing year year the yea yea r r end end Information systems –Accounting –Financial accounting –Fixed assets –Asset History sheet (Tr code is AR02 Give your company code :BIL Report date :31.03.2009 Select group totals only radio button Execute (Note :Retirement mean sale of asset) Select asset button Double click on asset retirement 236
  • 237. PROJECT BIL group (to go for ERP) Packages available Cost / Feature/Time ERP Packages SAP Oracle Financials JD Edwards People soft Decided to go for SAP –Consulting firms Cost/Support /Experience 1) WIPRO 2) Infosys 3) Satyam 4) Intell 5) Zensar Buy SAP package from SAP-India –Bangalore with the support of WIPRO –Hyderabad vendors. Implement all the modules at all locations (BIG Bang project) or in a phased manner BIL WIPRO A) Project Manager A) Project Manager B) Accounts Manager B) FI Consultant C)Cost Accountant C)Co Consultant D) Purchase Manager D)MM Consultant E) Sales Manager E)SD Consultant F)IT Staff F) BASIS Consultant G) ABAP Programmers Kick of Date means Start date Form a steering committee BIL Senior people WIPRO Senior people 237
  • 238. Project Mangers BIL and WIPRO BIL core team members –As is process existing process and requirements from SAP WIPRO- Study the process and prepare to be process GAP reports –Write to SAP the requirement /through programmer/work around /user exits. WIPRO-Customization based clients requirement . BIL core team –Testing WIPRO –Customization document Before going live Training to the BIL company users will be given Fix ago live date: Customization will be transported from development client to production client. Up load masters in production client Upload balances in production client Give the number ranges in production client. On go live date :Enter transactions in production client. Support: For the issues raised by BIL end users. Rollouts : Implementing SAP in different locations afterwards ASAP Methodology (ASAP –Accelerated SAP) 1. Project Preparation 2. Business blue print 3. Realization 4. Final preparation 5. Go and live and support OSS mean Online Support Service Land Scape 1. Development Quality testing Production SAND box –All scenarios configuration selected scenario Testing 2. Development Production 238
  • 239. R/ 3 Structure Presentation application data base SAP Package data stored in data base server 239